Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Testing Times Ahead

As I write this Editorial, my heart is broken, and my eyes are filled with tears because of the ghastly terror attack on innocent tourists at Pahalgam, Kashmir, claiming 26 lives with many more seriously injured. Each story of death and injury is heart-rending. What is most disturbing is killings in the name of religion. It will derail the progress and prosperity of Kashmir as tourists will be afraid to go there. Already, many tourists have cancelled their tours, and those in the valley are returning. The Government has taken steps to neutralize terrorists. Pakistan-based terror groups are believed to be behind this attack with active state support, and therefore, the Government has suspended the Indus Waters Treaty with immediate effect. Citizens of Pakistan are asked to leave India; SAARC Visas are cancelled, the Atari border is closed, and diplomatic ties with Pakistan are pruned. Many more steps are anticipated. The entire world is shocked with major world powers declaring support to India. Indeed, we have a testing time ahead, as such barbaric terror attacks tear the basic fabric of unity, humanity and brotherhood.

Tariff / Trade Wars

On 28th March, 2025, Myanmar experienced a devastating earthquake, the tremors of which were experienced in Thailand and other neighbouring countries.

However, the entire world experienced tremors when the Trump Administration in the USA announced a sweeping tariff hike on 2nd April, 2025, which he described as a “Liberation Day.”

It reminded the world of the Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act of 1930 in the USA, which triggered the global trade war then and was believed to have deepened the Great Depression. The objective then was to bolster domestic employment and manufacturing. However, “the punitive tariffs raised duties to the point that countries could not sell goods in the United States. This prompted retaliatory tariffs, making imports costly for everyone and leading to bank failures in those countries that enacted such tariffs. Some two dozen countries enacted high tariffs within two years of the passage of the Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act, which led to a 65 per cent decrease in international trade between 1929 and 19341 .”


1 https://www.britannica.com/question/Why-did-the-Smoot-Hawley-Tariff-Act-have-such-a-dramatic-effect-on-trade

The “Liberation Day” tariffs are intended to bolster US manufacturing and retaliate against perceived unfair trade practices by some nations in terms of trade and non-trade barriers, which have resulted in large and persistent annual US goods trade deficits. Another objective of high tariffs seems to be to raise revenue to finance the expected sweeping tax cuts. However, there is a fear that these tariffs will increase inflation in the US and reduce international trade considerably. The USA has a significant trade surplus in services as, over the years, it transitioned significantly towards banking, finance, healthcare, education, technology, professional services, etc. With low or zero import duties, sourcing goods manufactured by other countries helped Americans to get cheaper products without the headaches of manufacturing. However, this resulted in the erosion of its manufacturing base and whopping goods trade deficits.

The new tariff hike is significant and differs from country to country. A universal 10 per cent tariff on all imported goods is imposed w.e.f. 5th April. However, the proposed additional reciprocal tariffs on various countries are kept in abeyance till 9th July, 2025, giving countries time to negotiate bilateral agreements. India is also negotiating a bilateral agreement and is expected to sign it soon. The USA has imposed a whopping 145% tariff on imports from China, implemented right away. Indian imports will suffer a 26% tariff in the USA, while imports from Vietnam will face an import duty of 46% in the USA from 9th July, 2025 subject to trade deals, if any. News reports suggest that Samsung and Alphabet are exploring shifting their manufacturing base to India. Thus, it appears that the Liberation Day Tariffs will help India to attract FDI in the manufacturing and other sectors and thereby generate employment, provided we play our cards well. With many countries levying counter-tariffs on the USA (e.g., China clamped a retaliatory import tariff of 125% on all US goods), the biggest fear is a reduction in international trade and commerce, which may lead to a worldwide depression. Will history repeat itself with the Great Depression of the 1930s in 2030? Indeed, we are heading for challenging times ahead.

Testing Time for the Profession

The ICAI has prescribed the revised “Format of Financial Statements for Non-Corporate Entities” (Revised 2022), effective from the financial year 2024-25 onwards, to align the reporting practices of Non-Corporate Entities (NCEs) — including sole proprietorships, partnerships, LLPs, trusts. This will facilitate better presentation, greater and more transparent disclosures, and enhance comparability. Members will have to equip themselves with these new requirements.

A testing time is ahead for partnership firms with the increased and complex TDS requirements under section 194T of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

As such, CAs are always in a testing mode with new tax filing utilities coming every year, studying and interpreting complex, ever-changing laws, keeping pace with technology and so on. The proposed new Income Tax Act will make all of us students once again, as the revised Act is expected to contain substantial policy changes.

This issue carries articles with an in-depth analysis of the important amendments by the Finance Act 2025, the provisions of TDS under section 194T of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and the New Format of Financial Statements for NCEs. We hope readers will find them useful.

Let me end on a positive note by quoting some interesting figures from the latest World Bank Reports2 on India, which states that Poverty at the lower-middle income (reflecting an earning of USD 3.65 per day) fell from 61.8 to 28.1 per cent between 2011-12 and 2022-23 (2017 PPP) and the extreme poverty (reflecting an earning of USD 2.15 per day) rate decreased from 16.2 per cent to 2.3 per cent between this period. Since 2021-22, employment has grown faster than the working-age population and growth rates for India are estimated at 6.5 per cent for FY 2024-2025 and 6.3 per cent for FY 2025-2026 despite the global headwinds.


2https://thedocs.worldbank.org/ 

(Based on Information available as on 10th April 2025)

Well, before the next season begins and before we are put to the test, let’s take out some time to rejuvenate and refresh ourselves with a good vacation with the family.

Best Regards,

 

Dr CA Mayur Nayak,

Editor

Kalachakra (Impacting People, Peace And Planet)

The tenth Raisina Dialogues 2025, from 17th to 19th March, 2025, organised by the Observer Research Foundation and the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA), was held in New Delhi. It is one of India’s most prestigious conferences, where, every year, many interesting geo-political and geo-economic developments are discussed.

The theme for this year’s conference was “Kālachakra: People, Peace and Planet”. One of the important discussions was on Tariffs and Sanctions, where the Minister of External Affairs of India, Dr S. Jaishankar, informed that India is engaged in three big trade negotiations with the EU, the UK and the USA. These negotiations will have a significant impact on India’s trade and commerce, as these countries are growth markets for India and are strategic partners of India with a large Indian diaspora. It would, therefore, be interesting to track developments in these cross-border trade negotiations. Companies in India will have to gear up for fresh competition, both in India and in these markets, with realignment of tariffs.

Let’s look at the Kalachakra affecting People, Place and Planet in different contexts.

PEOPLE

With an estimated 1.46 billion people1, India is not only the most populous country, but is also the largest democracy in the world. India accounts for 17.78% (2025) of the world population, but its share of the world GDP2 is 9.7% (2024). However, India has a demographic advantage, with the median age of its population at 28.8 years. It is also considered one of the fastest-growing economies in the world, with an estimated 6.5% growth in FY 2025. It is likely to become the 4th largest economy, surpassing Japan, in 2025.


1 https://www.worldometers.info/world-population/india-population/
2 https://www.worldeconomics.com/Share-of-Global-GDP/India.aspx

However, India’s GDP per capita (i.e., GDP/Population) puts it 140th in the world ranking. Even considering Purchasing Power Parity, India ranks 119th in the world ranking.3  Within the growth figures, we also need to address the inequality of income and regional disparities.


3 https://www.businesstoday.in

Thankfully, macro-economic data are favourable, and huge capital spending by the government on infrastructure will give a fillip to industrial and economic growth. However, we need to invest a lot in terms of time and effort in skill building, increasing the employability of youth, education and health care. This was also echoed in the Raisina Dialogues. Coming to the contribution of people to India’s growth, some structural changes are required to arrest the brain drain.

The recent survey by Kotak Private Banking of 150 wealthy individuals across India revealed a startling fact that “1 in 5 Ultra-HNIs surveyed are currently in the process of or plan to migrate, most of whom intend to reside in their chosen host country permanently while retaining their Indian citizenship. Professionals show a higher propensity to migrate than entrepreneurs or inheritors. Among those considering global migration, 69% cited smoothening of business operations as the key driver.”4


4 https://www.kotak.com/content/dam/Kotak/about-us/media-press-releases/2025/media-release-kotak-private-top-of-the-pyramid-report-2024.pdf

This emphasises the need to provide a conducive environment for ease of doing business for entrepreneurs to grow and excel. We need large industries for manufacturing and generating employment.

PEACE

With wars in various parts of the world, peace is elusive. Various kinds of wars are being fought today: physical (political), technological, ideological, economic (through currencies, tariffs, etc.) and so on. One would not be surprised to see the borders of many nations changing in years to come. In any case, borders are losing significance with technological and ideological wars. Social media is enough to create a desired narrative which can topple governments. Data and cyber security assume a lot of significance in this new world order. The use of AI may expedite the work, processes, etc., but may pose a big threat to National Security. Guarding invisible technological and financial borders is, perhaps, more important now than ever before. That’s where we have a positive role to play.

The Prime Minister of India categorically stated that India is not neutral in the Ukraine war, but is on the side of Peace. We have seen the devastating impact on the lives of people in war-torn countries. Only Peace can bring prosperity to the world.

PLANET

India believes in Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam (वसुधैवकुटुम्बकम्), meaning the whole Earth is a Family. During the G20 Presidency of India, it was translated to “One Earth, One Family, One Future” and was chosen as the Motto.

Planet Earth is facing many challenges, the primary of them being climate change. The recent earthquake in Myanmar and Thailand has proven the fragility of human edifices. Frequent changes in climate have impacted human and animal lives. Rising temperatures and melting glaciers are matters of concern. The use of warheads, burning forests, and rampant use of fossil fuels have worsened the situation.

In such a situation, reporting for ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) assumes significance. “Environmental criteria examine how a company performs as a steward of the planet. Social criteria examine how a company manages relationships with employees, suppliers, customers, and the communities where it operates. Governance defines a set of rules and best practices, along with a series of processes that determine how an organisation is managed and controlled.”5


5 https://www.thecorporategovernanceinstitute.com/

In India, from FY 2023-2024, SEBI has mandated disclosures as per the updated Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR) format for the top 1000 listed companies (by market capitalisation).6


6 Circular No.: SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-SEC-2/P/CIR/2023/122 dated Jul 12, 2023

It would be necessary for companies to become more responsible and responsive to the environment in which they are operating. It would be interesting to see the impact these new regulations will generate in times to come. Practitioners of the ESG assurance and auditors of the concerned companies will need to keep track of developments in this field and equip themselves for conducting necessary enquiries, reporting and disclosures.

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENTS

The Finance Act 2025 has introduced a new section 194T applicable w.e.f. 1st April, 2025, which mandates TDS on Payments of any sum (in excess of ₹20,000/- during the financial year) in the nature of salary, remuneration, commission, bonus or interest to a partner of the firm. It will create difficulties for those firms which decide remuneration based on profitability at the year-end, as TDS will be applicable even on ad-hoc withdrawal towards remuneration. Such far-reaching amendments resulting in increased compliance should have been discussed with stakeholders before being enacted.

Recently, the Supreme Court dismissed the SLP filed by the Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs against the judgment of the Bombay High Court in the case of Aberdare Technologies Private Limited &Ors. wherein the Hon. High Court had allowed manual or electronic corrections in claiming the input tax credit. The Apex Court held that “Human errors and mistakes are normal, and errors are also made by the Revenue. Right to correct mistakes in the nature of clerical or arithmetical error is a right that flows from right to do business and should not be denied unless there is a good justification and reason to deny benefit of correction. Software limitation itself cannot be a good justification, as software are meant to ease compliance and can be configured. Therefore, we exercise our discretion and dismiss the special leave petition.”

This is a welcome decision giving relief to taxpayers for genuine mistakes and errors. In yet another decision in the case of Radhika Agarwal, the Apex Court clarified and reiterated the important safeguards to be kept in place to ensure that provisions of arrest under the GST laws are not abused. Readers can refer to the detailed Article, as well as in-depth discussion in the “Decoding GST” column on this case, in the subsequent pages of this Journal.

In conclusion, we are living in an exciting time with Kalachakra moving rapidly impacting our profession, businesses, lives and Planet. We shall see many unprecedented developments in times to come, but who knows what is in store for us in the Kalachakra? Let’s hope that whatever comes is best for the People, Peace and Planet.

Best wishes to our readers for the New Financial Year and Festivals.

Best Regards,

 

Dr CA MayurNayak, Editor

GudiPadwa, VikramSamvat 2082: 30th March, 2025

India Creates History

India created history and a world record with an estimated 66.30 crore devotees taking a dip at the PrayagrajMahaKumbh within 45 days. The scale and grandeur of the MahaKumbhMela was unprecedented. I have personally witnessed the superb arrangements, cleanliness in the Mela and unflinching faith of devotees. Truly, it is surprising that so many people taking a dip in one place did not trigger any pandemic or unrest. Salute and Pranam to the devotion and faith of crores of devotees and Kudos to the government for the success of the MahaKumbh, an event which happened in 144 years and could be witnessed only once in the lifetime of an individual.

Economically, too, this KumbhMela has been a great success. The MahaKumbh festival in Prayagraj has generated over ₹3 lakh crore in business, making it one of India’s largest economic events. Various sectors such as hospitality, transport, and retail have seen significant economic activity, benefiting not only Prayagraj but surrounding regions1.


1 https://economictimes.indiatimes.com

2 https://www.indiabuget.gov.in/economicsurvey/

Along with Prayagraj, Varanasi and Ayodhya witnessed a surge of pilgrims. Thus, we find that religious tourism can be tapped to boost the regional economies and help generate employment.

Let’s turn to other important events that happened during the last 45 days or so.

The change of regime in the USA has begun to change the geo-political scenario the world over. We have already started experiencing the same, with the USA changing its stance on the Ukraine War, taking Europe and the world by surprise. The USA has launched a new Golden Card for immigrants, requiring an investment of USD 5 million. A new tariff war to protect American industries has begun in tune with campaigns during the recently concluded election like “Making America Great Again (MAGA).”

Economic Survey 2024-2025 echoes these global developments and remarks that “lowering the cost of business through deregulation will make a significant contribution to accelerating economic growth and employment amidst unprecedented global challenges.”

The Economic Survey exhorts governments around the country to get out of the way and allow businesses to focus on their core mission to foster innovation and enhance competitiveness. It suggests rolling back of regulations significantly and embracing risk-based regulations. It emphasises changing the operating principle of regulations from ‘guilty until proven innocent’ to ‘innocent until proven guilty’. It is indeed a treat to read the well-researched and pragmatic Economic Survey2. Economic Survey gives the real picture of the economy, the global perspectives/trends and benchmarking; sector and region-specific developments, challenges of the economy and possible solutions, etc. Therefore, it should be published at least one month prior to the Union Budget such that it doesn’t miss the limelight amidst the glare/hype of the Budget Proposals.

THE FINANCE BILL 2025

The editorial of January 2023 titled “The Middle Class Deserves More!” laid a case for much-needed relief to this vital class of the economy post-pandemic. Another editorial of January 2025 titled “Don’t Kill the Golden Goose” also urged the government for a friendly and reasonable tax regime and giving much-needed relief to the middle-class population.

On several occasions, the BCAS has represented and pitched for tax relief to the middle class, especially salaried people, the latest before the Consultative Group on Tax Policy at NITI Aayog, which visited the BCAS office on 10th December, 2024. Well, the BCAS efforts bore fruits, and we have had a historic Budget 2025-2026. The Finance Bill 2025 came with a much-awaited relief to the Middle Class, granting a tax-free income of up to ₹12 lakhs (₹12.75 lakhs to the Salaried Class). It is indeed a bold move to grant tax-free income to about 87 per cent of the taxpayers. Kudos to the Government for this unprecedented decision. There are some other relief measures to the Charitable Trusts, increase in thresholds of TDS and TCS; an increase in the investment and turnover limits for the classification of all MSMEs, etc. The estimated fiscal deficit at 4.4 per cent of GDP is in line with the government’s efforts to reduce it on year on year basis. Economic survey predicts growth of the Indian economy between 6.3 to 6.8 per cent for the FY 2025- 2026, which is quite optimistic when we look at the world average of 3.2 per cent.

THE INCOME TAX BILL 2025

Another significant development is the release of “ The Income Tax Bill 2025”, which is considered an honest attempt to simplify the Income-tax Act, 1961. The critics say, “It is old wine in a new bottle.” For a teetotaler like me, the age of wine may not matter, but for the connoisseur of wine, the age does matter – the older, the better. Technically also, it is good that the Bill only aims at simplifying the language without any substantial changes in the provisions, such that the jurisprudence of over six decades will be helpful in the interpretation of the new Act also. One significant change is the replacement of “Previous Year” and “Assessment Year” with “Tax Year”. This will help AamAdami to understand tax law better.

Even though some of the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 are simplified, as well as some inconsistencies are removed, by and large, many old complex provisions requiring the fulfilment of several conditions and those exposed to ambiguous interpretations still remain. It is believed that the government missed a golden opportunity to make these changes at the bill stage. However, the government, with an open mind, may consider doing so at the time of enactment of the Bill, taking into account suggestions from various stakeholders.

EXCESSIVE FINANCIALISATION

One of the concerned areas of the present economy is potential excessive financialisation. The Economic Survey reports that “When the economy reaches a state of ‘over-finance’, the financial sector would compete with the real sector for resources.” It further adds that “the financial markets must grow in line with, but not faster than, the economy’s capital needs and overall economic growth. As the country undergoes this significant transformation, it is crucial to be aware of the potential vulnerabilities that may arise. Excessive financialisation can hurt the economy. The costs may be particularly high for a low-middle-income country like India.” Uday Kotak, founder and director of Kotak Mahindra Bank, expressed similar concerns about over-financialisation. He said, “Over-financialisation can hurt the Indian economy as investors move their savings into equities without understanding valuations.”

People are investing huge sums in Mutual Funds in various schemes/financial products and through SIPs, which are pumped into the equity market, besides direct investments by retail investors. Thus, we find that large amounts of savings of lower and middle-class people are invested in the stock market and the real sector is deprived of cheap finances. This view is supported by the Economic Survey, which states that “Greater levels of financial engineering can create complex products whose risks are not apparent to the regular consumer. At the same time, these products are designed so that the lenders have little ‘skin in the game’. Ultimately, the proliferation of such products can lead to an event such as the financial crisis of 2008.” It is here that Regulators should be vigilant and introduce checks and balances in the system.

The recent failure of the New India Cooperative Bank Ltd. has again brought auditors to the spotlight. We need to be vigilant and careful in certifying the quality of assets (including loans) and hidden liabilities / exposures clients (especially banks) have in their balance sheets.

To conclude, India is poised to grow at over 6 per cent for the fourth consecutive year, which can be faster if the recommendations of the Economic Survey about deregulation and free hand to Indian entrepreneurs are granted. The Income Tax Bill 2025 has raised hope of simplification and reduced litigation. Let’s hope that the tax administration and regulators abide by and follow the same standards of service and trust as they expect from the taxpayers and regulatees!

Greetings for the holy month of Ramadan and the festival of colours — Holi, Ugadi and GudiPadwa.

Jai Hind!

 

Best Regards,

Dr CA Mayur Nayak

Is Tax Binging On Your Earnings?

Will the FM be able to POP the CORNy tax system in the budget? These words were coined after the hullabaloo around GST on popcorn. However, this is also the state of the tax system today: not considering popcorn to be popcorn. It treats it as a staple (unpackaged food item), or namkeen (packaged) or sugary (caramelised) item to levy different tax rates.

For normal mortals — popcorn is popcorn. Fitment seems like an excuse when the difference is 5 per cent to 18 per cent. Then why would Babus think that every form of popcorn deserves a different rate with so much rate difference? One of the reasons I can think is to keep the law packed in complexity so that when it is unpacked there are high chances of litigation and collection of tax on appeal. For Babudom, litigation is akin to caramelising (pun intended), it keeps their importance intact and keeps their tax targets. Let me present another perspective to litigation as a borrowing technique.

Let us ask whether tax ligation is a borrowing technique. If one sees parts of tax collection from litigation as borrowing, you will understand that government interest to lower litigation is about 4.2 per cent (pun intended). How? Firstly, the Union Budget doesn’t factor pending litigation amounts as contingent liabilities or provisions. Secondly, there is 20 per cent pre-payment before the assessee litigates and zero percent when the government litigates. Thirdly, interest on refund of tax is 6 per cent, while interest on late payment of tax is 12 per cent. Interest on refund is taxable at, say 30 per cent. Interest on late payment if grossed up, will be about 17 per cent (as it is disallowed for tax purposes and if tax rate is assumed at 30 per cent). So net interest on refund is 4.2 per cent post-tax at a 30 per cent rate (because the government receives 1.8 out of 6 back as taxes), and you lose 17 per cent when you pay interest for late payment.  What a spread that is! This is as unfair as it is beneficial to the government, such that Sarkar will favour sitting on disputed tax money for long at a very low rate of interest. Lastly, connect another dot: amounts and appeals pending at CIT Appeals  (2024): 549,0421 appeals (₹14.2 Lac Crores), at ITAT (2022): 26,812 cases (₹3.1 Lac Crore), High Court: 29,763 cases (₹3.3 Lac Crores) and Supreme Court: 4,108 cases (₹0.3 Lac Crores). Total disputed amounts come to about ₹21 Lac Crores. Out of these disputed amounts perhaps ₹7 to 9 lac crores along with interest could become payable by the government to taxpayer. Assuming that taxes on some of these amounts are already paid, TDS collected, 20 per cent paid as prepayment for litigating and so on, the government may be sitting on ₹7-9 Lac crore of off balance sheet amounts, which may become payable. Some reports say Income Tax litigation alone is about 9.6 per cent of India’s GDP2. This is more than 64 per cent or more of the 2024 Union Budget (₹48 Lac Crore). So why would Sarkar not want to drag litigation until infinity?


1CBDT Central Action Plan 2024-25

2  Parliamentary Standing Committee Report 2024-25 dated December 2024, amounts are before VSV-2 Scheme

Common taxpayer’s acquiescence of obfuscated tax law is only a sad spectacle of helplessness and not adulation or acceptance. The taxmen, in the meantime, meet their tax targets, often by taxing every activity and even by false demands and litigation to collect money which is often put to suboptimal use, purchase of votes and of course probable future refunds. This mass delusion of over-taxation perpetuated by the finance ministry makes“आयकर” (tax on income) feels like “अतिकर” (excess of taxation) in quantum and complexity.

Over-taxing, a small minority with high rates has been the Indian tax department’s maxim and also a cause of tax evasion. In a conversational format like MrVaze uses in his columns in BCAJ, a common taxpayer (TP) asked a tax expert (TE): How come the Sarkar taxes the same money multiple times? Say I have R10,00,000. When I get it, that amount is taxed. When I spend it, it is taxed. If I spend on things like vehicles or property, the same amount becomes the basis of taxation again with other smart names like road tax or stamp duty. “Well” said the TE: “everything is taxed, including breathing because pollution in the air due to Sarkari apathy, will result in future taxes recovered from your medical treatment”. The TP said, “If I have paid lifetime road tax, why do a pay a toll to cross WorliSealink – is it not a road? The amused TE said: “no it’s a favour from politicians and Babus (who used your money to build it) that they built it for you and are allowing you to use the bridge.Then the TP asked: “I bought a Maruti Car after saving for it worth Rs. 10.62 lacs base price. Why was I charged ₹4.76 Lacs as GST (45 per cent) and ₹1.89477 Lacs as RTO tax (18 per cent), totalling to 63 per cent on the base price of car?” TE said: Well this GST is charged because a car is considered a luxury for decades and therefore you pay sin tax rate!

A person in middle-income bracket/salary class pays Profession tax, GST, Income Tax, Stamp Duty, STT, Water tax, Road Tax, Toll Tax, Sales Tax / Excise on Fuel. The question is what total percentage should one pay as taxes by whatever name called? It also poses a question of whether one works and lives for the government as itsकरदास(tax slave) or one is really aकरदाता(taxpayer)? Should the Sarkar give a deduction of these taxes in ITR so that total taxes do not exceed a certain percentage of income for the common taxpayer? Masquerading levies by different names, such as state / central / local / road tax, etc., is a tax atrocity on middle-income group that is trying to improve the quality of their life, live with dignity, face inflation, become financially stable and bring their family out of lack.

Now, let’s come to the final point: Tax GDP ratio.SurjeetBhalla, a former EAC member of Modi 1.0 wrote an article in a national daily last week. India’s personal income tax to GDP has reached 3.9 per cent. Eastern Europe is highest at 3.4 per cent. China is at 1.1 per cent, Vietnam at 1.8 per cent, Brazil at 3 per cent and Mexico at 3.4 per cent. To counter the argument that countries find other taxes to meet their needs, he gives the total taxes (state / centre / local / wherever) to GDP ratio. There, India tops even the developed countries and is likely to cross 19 per cent of GDP. East Asia is at 13.5 per cent, China at 15.9 per cent, and Vietnam at 14.7 per cent. Countries like Korea and the US with per capita income more than eight times higher are at 20 per cent and 19 per cent of GDP, according to Bhalla.

It’s not that middle income does not want to fend for those in need. It’s also not that the government has not done a good job mostly. At the same time the government should not give the excuse of ‘compulsion’ all the time. The question to the government is best put in the words of Thomas Sowell: what exactly is ‘your fair share’ of what ‘someone else’ has worked for. To cut to the chase, we need more balanced, realistic and innovative tax system that takes care of those who pay taxes.

Finally, lets end with the debate on tax rate and tax base. We hope that some other advice of Kautilya, who is quoted by the FM will be taken this time. King should, by his orders, take from his subjects, very small amounts of taxes[ 7.129]3. The tax rate should not be detrimental to the tax base, and they should be rather conducive to the tax base. We hope that tomorrow, the FM madam will announce a Budget that will make the taxpayer feel like there is also a “Laadkaa Taxpayer Yojana” and will spill into the upcoming Income Tax Code!


3 “On the Manu-Kautilya norms of taxation: an interpretation using laffer curve analytics” – D K Srivastava, Professor at National Institute of Public Finance and Policy

 

Raman Jokhakar

Co- Chairman, Journal Committee, 31st January, 2025

Do Not Kill The Golden Goose

Corporate Tax contributed 46.47 per cent, and Personal Income Tax contributed 53.31 per cent of total direct tax collections in India in the FY 2023-24.1 Total collection on account of direct taxes in the FY 2023-2024 was ₹19.60 lakh crores. Thus, we find that taxpayers, both corporate and non-corporate, are major contributors to the government exchequer. GST contributed ₹18.01 lakh crore for the FY 2023-20242.


1 https://incometaxindia.gov.in/Documents/Direct%20Tax%20Data/Final-Approved-Time-Series-Data-2023-24-English.pdf
2 https://pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2016802

There were 7.5 crore individual taxpayers for the AY 2023-2024.3 This shows that only 5 per cent of the population pays tax in India or files tax returns. Out of this, 87 per cent has returned income of less than ₹10 Lakhs. Fifty per cent of the total individual taxpayers are salaried class, of which 82 per cent have income less than ₹10 lakhs. This shows that the majority of the taxpayers belong to the middle class. Individual taxpayers, and especially the salaried class are the worst hit by inflation and taxes. Over and above income tax, they pay GST on their gross spending. GST should be reduced on items of mass consumption to give relief to people. There is no social security for a large number of private sector employees, and they are taxed at a higher maximum marginal rate of 30 per cent as against the peak corporate tax rate of 25 per cent. There is a strong case for substantial relief to the middle class.


3 https://incometaxindia.gov.in/Documents/Direct%20Tax%20Data/Approved-version-Income-Tax-Return-Statistics-for-the-AY-2023-24.pdf

The government refers to taxpayers as “Pratyek Karadata — ek Rashtra Nirmata”(प्रत्येक करदाता एक राष्ट्र निर्माता). However, unfortunately, this Rashtra Nirmata is not given his due credit, respect, benefit or any social security. In fact, a ‘taxpayer’ is debarred from many government benefit schemes. It pains to see the hard-earned money of the taxpayers utilised in freebies and unproductive work.

Instead of rewarding taxpayers, they are penalised by assessing officers with high-pitched assessments, unreasonable penalties / demands, unfriendly communications, prosecution notices, litigation and so on. Complex tax laws, long-drawn litigation and ambiguity have resulted in uncertainty in tax system / compliances.

It is interesting to note that Mr Sanjay Malhotra, then Revenue Secretary4, echoed the sentiments of taxpayers while addressing the Directorate of Revenue Intelligence5 on 4th December, 2024:

  •  The government aims to make the tax system simple, easier to understand and comply with. He said that the aim is to reduce disputes and litigation.
  •  He conveyed the government’s intent of building trust with taxpayers by avoiding harassment and inconvenience to honest taxpayers, at the same time dealing rigorously with dishonest.
  •  He exhorted members present to remain alert and keep the interest of the economy ahead of the interest of the revenue.
  •  He said that tax officials should desist from raising unwarranted high-pitched demands and keep economic growth in mind.
  •  He said, “If in the process of garnering some small revenue, we are hurting the whole industry and economy of the country, that is certainly not the intent,”
  •  He said, “Revenue comes in only if there is some income and so we have to be very cautious that in the process, as they say, ‘do not kill the golden goose’.”

4 Mr. Sanjay Malhotra has been appointed as the 26th Governor of Reserve Bank of India w.e.f. 11th December 2024
5 DRI is the apex anti-smuggling agency of the Central Board of Indirect Taxes & Customs (CBIC).

Mr. Malhotra’s comments carry a lot of weight, as he has played a pivotal role in shaping policies related to both direct and indirect taxes. On 31st May, 2024, he met BCAS along with many other organisations and trade bodies to understand the challenges faced by taxpayers. While he has now taken up office as Governor of the Reserve Bank of India, let us hope that his successor will follow a similar approach and provide much needed relief to the taxpayers.

It is heartening to note that the government is seized of these issues and has set up a Consultative Group on Tax Policy at NITI Aayog6 to analyse tax policies and processes and suggest reforms that help in tax simplification, enhance tax collections, reduce tax compliances, and other costs for the taxpayers through improved filing, grievance redressal mechanisms and reduced litigation. Dr Pushpinder Puniha, IRS, the chairman of the Consultative Group on Tax Policy, along with Mr Sanjeet Singh, IRS, Senior Adviser at NITI Aayog, visited BCAS on 10th December, 2024 to discuss the changes required in the direct tax laws to achieve the above objectives. They were very open, and their approach was pragmatic. The profession and business community have high hopes from this Consultative Group with regard to tax reforms.


6 National Institution for Transforming India (NITI)

UNION BUDGET 2025

Union Budget 2025 will be presented on 1st February, 2025. One hopes that the Government fulfils the hopes of Aam Adami (Common Man) and brings in reforms to ease the tax burden and compliances. The government consults various trade associations, professional bodies and stakeholders before the Budget. However, once it is announced, there is hardly any discussion by the honourable Members of Parliament (MPs) while passing the same. It would be better if a Committee of Experts from across sectors is set up to study and evaluate the proposals in the Union Budget, including the Finance Bill, before the same is taken up for debate and discussion in Parliament. This group can highlight the pros and cons of various proposals, which would guide MPs while passing them.

ECONOMIC CHALLENGES AHEAD

It is well known that India is facing tough competition from countries like Vietnam, Indonesia, etc. Somehow, India has failed to attract desired investments and capitalise on the present geo-political and economic upheavals and the economic turmoil in Bangladesh, China (credibility crisis post-Covid) and other war zone countries. If India is to attract foreign investment and play a crucial role in the global market, then it needs to address some of its perennial problems, such as lack of stability and consistency in tax laws, adversarial tax regime, corruption, long-drawn tax litigation and complex laws.

It is imperative that India creates an image of a taxpayer-friendly jurisdiction, that cares for and respects all contributors to the progress of the country. India needs to focus on the generation of employment, exports and economic development. Revenue is the by-product of economic growth and should not become a hindrance to development.

At present, India is facing multiple challenges, namely, the slowdown of the economy (for the Q.E. Sep 2024, it is expected to be 5.4 per cent — a seven-quarter low), rising inflation and depreciating rupee7. The new RBI governor has a tightrope to walk on.


7 Rupee ended at 85.53/$1 on 27th December, 2024 – the steepest single day fall since 15th March 2023 Source: The Economic Times dated 28.12.2024.

NEED OF THE HOUR

In the present global scenario, India needs to play its cards wisely. As Mr. Malhotra rightly said, if there is income, revenue will come automatically. All we need to do is to provide a conducive environment for the business community to grow and prosper. A friendly and reasonable tax regime will give much-needed relief to the middle-class population. GST rates need to be reduced, as they are regressive, and ultimately, the end consumer (which is largely lower and middle-income class people) bears the burden.

As we bid adieu to 2024, let us hope that 2025 will bring a simplified tax regime in which the golden goose (taxpayers) will be so well treated that it will give more and more golden eggs for a very long time.

I wish you all a happy New Year 2025!

Best Regards,

 

Dr CA Mayur Nayak

Editor

Justice Delayed Is Justice Denied

VISHWAS BADHAO, VIVAD GATAO

In the recent decision in the case of OM Vision Infrasapce Private Limited vs. ITO, the Gujarat High Court (HC) made serious observations on the pendency of appeals before CIT(Appeals). It was a case where the petitioner approached the Court against the recovery proceedings pending appeals before the CIT(A). The Court took serious note of pending appeals before the CIT(A) for more than three to four years and issued notices to the Chairman, CBDT, The Finance Secretary, Principal CCIT (National Faceless Appeal Centre, Delhi) seeking replies on the pendency of appeals before the CIT(A), the average life of the appeal (i.e., time taken for the disposal of appeal), how many appeals are allocated on an average basis to each Commissioner and remedial measures suggested by the CBDT in cases of inordinate delay, as in the case of the appellant.

Interestingly, the Income-tax Department filed an affidavit giving the following statistics of the pending appeals as of 26th September, 2024:

With 279 CIT(A) working in a faceless manner, 64 CIT(A) working in a non-faceless manner, and 100 JCIT(A), the average pendency of appeals with faceless CIT(A) was around 1,400 cases and around 1,252 cases with non-faceless CIT(A) as at 26th September, 2024. The High Court expressed its displeasure with the huge pendency of appeals and lack of any concrete plan to dispose of them expeditiously and ruled in favour of the petitioners to grant a stay on recovery of the entire demand during the pendency of their appeals.

The pendency of appeals with CIT(A) has been a serious issue since the introduction of the faceless appeals scheme. The pendency is increasing day by day with Assessing Officers continuing to do high-pitched assessments, unwarranted adjustments being made by CPC while processing returns under section 143(1), frivolous additions / disallowances, denying credit of TDS / TCS, rectification applications being summarily dismissed, and other issues.

The Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance (No.2) Bill 2024 acknowledges the mounting pendency of cases at the CIT(A) level and the overall increase in litigation at various levels due to a larger number of new appeals than the number of appeal disposals.

Recently, the Supreme Court upheld the notices for re-opening the assessment under section 148 (under the erstwhile provisions of law), impacting more than 90,000 cases, thereby unsettling settled cases. As and when assessments are completed in these cases, a round of fresh litigation may start.

If we add the pendency of cases with the Tribunal, High Courts and the Supreme Court, the figure would be alarming.

To address the issue, the government appointed 100 JCIT(Appeals) in 20231, also notified the e-Dispute Resolution Scheme in 2022, and enacted the Direct Tax Vivad se Vishwas Scheme 2024 (DTVSV 2.0). However, these measures are grossly insufficient, without any definitive timeline for completing the pending appeals or deciding cases by the various authorities / courts. Radical measures are certainly called for. At the current rate of disposals, it would take about five years to dispose of the existing pendency. Bunching of similar appeals or repeated issues for different succeeding years in appeals, covered matters, etc., could be one of the solutions which can help in the speedy disposal of appeals by CIT Appeals.


1.Section 246 and E-Appeals Scheme, 2023 dated 29th May, 2023

In the given scenario, taxpayers can avail the benefits of the DTVSV 2.0. However, this scheme may really be of assistance only to taxpayers whose appeals are pending at higher appellate levels.

DIRECT TAX VIVAD SE VISHWAS SCHEME, 20242

The first DTVSV was brought out by the Government in 2020 for the appeals pending as on 31st March, 2020 and was successful in garnering revenue to the tune of about ₹75,000 crores from about one lakh taxpayers. The objective of DTVSV 2.0 is to provide a mechanism for the settlement of disputed issues, thereby reducing litigation without much cost to the exchequer.

DTVSV 2.0 provides for a lower rate of taxes for the new appeals as compared to the old appeals. Old appeals are those which are pending since prior to 31st January, 2020, and the new appeals are those filed after 31st January, 2020 and pending as on 22nd July, 2024. In the case of old appeals where the declaration is filed before 31st December, 2024, 110 per cent of the disputed tax is to be paid. The corresponding rate is 120 per cent if the declaration is made on or after 1st January, 2025. For new appeals, 100 per cent of the disputed tax is to be paid for declaration filed on or before 31st December, 2024 and 110 per cent for declaration filed on or after 1st January, 2025. The amount payable under the scheme will be reduced to 50 per cent in cases where the Income-tax Department files the appeal or if the taxpayer’s case has been decided in his favour by the ITAT / High Court and has not been reversed by the higher authority, namely, High Court or Supreme Court, as the case may be.

The new scheme does not apply to search and seizure cases, or where the prosecution is launched before filing the declaration or where disputes are relating to undisclosed foreign sources of income or assets, or tax arrears pertaining to assessments or reassessments based on information received from the foreign government/s. Besides, the large number of writ petitions against reassessment proceedings, moving back and forth between the High Courts and the Supreme Court, would also not be eligible for settlement under the scheme. The scheme does not apply to cases where the time limit for filing appeals has not expired as on 22nd July, 2024, if the taxpayer does not file an appeal. The last date for the scheme is not yet announced.

Broadly, some taxpayers having long pending demands may benefit from the scheme, as it provides substantial relief in interest and penalty amount. In any case, one needs to do a cost-benefit analysis. On the one hand, there is a huge cost of litigation, mental stress, waste of time and energy and yet, the uncertainty of outcome; while on the other hand, there is certainty and mental peace through settlement of disputes.


2. CBDT Circular No. 12 of 2024 dated 15th October, 2024

TRUST DEFICIT

It is said that prevention is better than cure. A scheme like DTVSV is not a permanent solution. It is good for settling the existing litigation, but not in arresting the creation of fresh litigation. For that, we need simpler laws and pragmatic administration based on trust and respect for the taxpayers. Assessing officers should be empowered with a positive mindset to facilitate taxpayers in compliance with laws and not threaten them with power and authority. High-pitched assessment orders, frivolous litigations, pressure for unreasonable recoveries, blatant violation of principles of natural justice, arbitrary disallowances of legitimate business expenses and so on have increased the trust deficit between the tax administration and taxpayers over the decades.

Both taxpayers and the tax administration need to work together to build a strong nation. It is heartening to note that the Government is aware of this and has taken steps to simplify provisions of the Income-tax Act. However, the need of the hour is simple yet effective tax administration. When we look at the quantum of tax litigations in India vis-à-vis some developed nations, we find a stark difference. There is a dire need for a drastic reduction of tax litigations in India by comprehensive measures of tax simplifications and administrative reforms.

Interestingly, the Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances & Pensions issued a Print Release on 13th August, 2024 on “Less Government More Governance”3, announcing several measures to simplify tax laws, streamline Government administration, use of technology, repealing archaic laws etc. Let us hope that we get some lasting solution to reduce the tax litigation such that we can devote more time for some constructive work to make the dream of a developed India come true.


3. See Editorial for November, 2024 [56 (2024) 891 BCAJ]

 

Best Regards,

 

Dr CA Mayur Nayak

Editor

Editorial

Overdose of Laws and Regulations?

[Need of the Hour: Less Government, More Governance]

 

An interesting statistic is found in Wikipedia1 about the number of Acts in India. Apart from the Finance Acts, there are 891 Central Acts which are still in force as of 15th October, 2024, of which 108 Acts are of the 19th Century (1836–1900), 571 Acts are of the 20th Century (1901–2000), and 212 Acts are of the 21st Century (2001–2024). Apart from the above, there are a number of Acts passed by each State Government, Municipal Corporation and other Government bodies. The oldest Act in force is the Bengal Indigo Contracts Act, 1836, and the latest being the Public Examination (Prevention of Unfair Means) Act, 2024. It is heartening to note that 1,486 obsolete and redundant laws have been repealed by the Government of India since 2014 till date2.


1   https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_acts_of_the_Parliament_of_India and https://cdnbbsr.s3waas.gov.in/s380537a945c7aaa788ccfcdf1b99b5d8f uploads/2023/10/202408221608906963.pdf

2   Refer the Editorial of June 2024 for more details

Many countries have far more Laws as compared to India, and as such, the number of Laws in a country depends upon its needs, complexities and various other factors; hence not comparable. What is important is to see that the law is an enabler and not a roadblock in progress.

Laws should not be made for exceptions, as often happens in India. There will always be some people who find ways to circumvent well-intended provisions of law. For a few deceitful people, the majority of law-abiding citizens should not be punished. A number of amendments in the tax laws and their complexity, relating to the provisions concerning Charitable Trusts, is a case in point. To quote Geoffrey de Q. Walker3, “the people (including, one should add, the government) should be ruled by the law and obey it, and that the law should be such that people will be able (and, one should add, willing) to be guided by it4.”


3   The Rule of Law: foundation of constitutional democracy (1st Ed., 1988)

4   https://www.ruleoflaw.org.au/principles/

Over-regulation gives a feeling of suffocation, and one would like to escape to freedom. Operational freedom is a must for businesses to flourish. For example, we had a stringent law called the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 (FERA), which strictly regulated foreign exchange transactions. This resulted in the throttling of Indian entrepreneurship and arresting the growth of the Indian economy. With the results, we found people leaving India and settling in business friendly jurisdictions like UAE, Singapore, etc. With the enactment of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, (FEMA) with a focus on facilitating external trade and payments and management of foreign exchange rather than controlling it, we find Indian businesses and the economy flourishing. Liberalisation of various laws, removal of the “licence – permit – quota” regime and controls, along with the enactment of FEMA, resulted in an increase in India’s Foreign Exchange Reserves from USD 5.8 billion in 1991 to USD 688 billion as of 18th October 20245. Thus, we find that Indians can do wonders if there are fewer controls and more freedom.


5   https://tradingeconomics.com/india/foreign-exchange-reserves

Interestingly, the Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances & Pensions issued a Print Release on 13th August, 2024 on “Less Government More Governance6. Recognising the need for a citizen friendly and accountable administration, a series of steps have been initiated by the Government. These include simplification of procedures, identification and deletion of archaic laws / rules, identification and shortening of various forms, leveraging technology to bring transparency to the public interface and a robust public grievance redress system. Promotion of Self-Certification in place of affidavits and attestation by Gazetted Officers will greatly reduce the time and effort on the part of both the citizen as well as the Government officials. The Government has launched a website titled mygov@nic.in to provide a citizen-centric platform to empower people to connect with the Government and contribute towards good governance. Suggestions are also invited on the PMO website, which also seeks expert advice from the people, thoughts and ideas on various topics that concern India. We all should participate in this nation building activity by giving constructive suggestions.


6 https://pib.gov.in/newsite/PrintRelease.aspx?relid=108623#:~:text=13%3A48%20IST ,Less%20Government%20More%20Governance,this%20goal%20have%20been%20initiated.

The rule of law is the hallmark of a civilised society, and therefore, laws cannot be done away with. We need to enact laws which are equal for all, fair and simple to understand, and without the presumption of “mens rea” (guilty mind), meaning thereby that one is presumed to be innocent until proven otherwise. Compliances and filings under various laws should be a bare minimum. Today, a practising CA has to comply with almost 25 to 30 different laws and a host of compliances for his own firm. This puts enormous pressure on him, as he also has to help his clients comply with a plethora of regulations of different Regulators and Government agencies. It is observed that the Government is placing more and more burden on the public for compliances and reporting, for example, compliances under GST, TDS, TCS, etc.

To streamline the Direct Tax Laws, the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) has formed an internal committee to conduct a comprehensive review of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

This initiative aims to make the Act concise, clear, and easy to understand, fostering reduced disputes, litigation, and increasing tax certainty for taxpayers.

The committee has invited public inputs and suggestions in four categories:

1. Simplification of Language – Making the legal language more user-friendly.

2. Litigation Reduction – Identifying areas to reduce disputes and conflicts.

3. Compliance Reduction – Easing procedural complexities for taxpayers.

4. Redundant / Obsolete Provisions – Eliminating outdated provisions.

Suggestions can be submitted on a dedicated webpage created on the e-filing portal of the Income-tax Department.

Additionally, a task force from the Direct and International Taxation Committees of the BCAS is actively compiling recommendations. Readers can send their suggestions by 10th November, 2024 to vp@bcasonline.org or editor@bcasonline.org.

Excessive regulations are counterproductive and kill creativity and entrepreneurial spirit. On the other hand, lack of or insufficient regulations can lead to anarchy and disorder in society. So, we need to strike a balance.

Many qualified CAs are not taking up ICAI Membership, may be for the fear of being regulated. Generation Z (born between 1997 to 2012) and Alpha (born between 2013 and present) value their freedom more than anything else. They refuse to get regulated or controlled. In 2018, the two-member bench of the Supreme Court held that “action can be taken against CAs if their conduct brought ‘disrepute’ to the profession — even if such an action was not related to his / her professional work.” For example, if a CA drinks and drives or creates a scene in a public space that can bring disrepute to the profession, action may be taken against him, whether it was in his professional capacity or not.” While reporting this news item, The Economic Times7 gave a catchy title: “Donning CA’s hat means being an accountant & be accountable 24×7”. Thus, CAs are regulated 24×7. Should such a code of conduct not be expected from all professionals / degree holders all the time?


7   Dated 27th November, 2018

Friends, ICAI elections are around the corner, and we must vote without fail. Let’s vote for the pragmatic 26th Central Council and 25th Regional Councils, which can lead the profession from the front and take it to new heights. In this era of turmoil and turbulence, members look up to their Alma Mater for guidance, leadership, protection and growth.

I wish you all a happy Diwali and a Prosperous New Year – Vikram Samvat 2081.

 

 

Dr CA Mayur Nayak

Editor

Work–Life Balance & SA 600

There is a famous quote by Dolly Parton: “Never get so busy making a living that you forget to make a life.”

The age-old debate on work–life balance is back at the centre of discussion, with the deaths of a young chartered accountant and a banker on account of alleged work-related stress.

It is well known that work-related stress is at an all-time high in modern times across every segment of society in India, be it industry, profession, government departments, or even homemakers. One assessing officer confided years ago that after every assessment season, many officers develop a variety of diseases, such as hypertension, diabetes, etc., due to sheer work pressure.

Some professions or occupations are more exposed to pressures and stress, whereas at some places we find toxic work culture due to aggressive work atmosphere.

There are multiple factors leading to toxic or work-related stress. Unrealistic expectations and targets, tight deadlines, intense competition, peer pressure, etc., are some of the factors leading to stress. These factors are man-made and, therefore, can easily be controlled with proper planning and orientation.

Unfortunately, “work from home” has its own set of problems, such as extended working hours, depression, posture problems, loneliness, emotional imbalances and so on.

Whole Life Balance

The problem of balancing “work” and “life” aggravates as we consider them apart and separate from one another. Work is an integral part of our life and therefore, it is not a separate thing. To quote Sadhguru: “There is no such thing as work–life balance. It is all life. The balance has to be within you.”

Unfortunately, our education system teaches us how to make a living but not how to live a life. Systematic training / teaching is required on how to handle pressures and failures in life and live a balanced life.

People who have no work face different kinds of problems, stress and trauma. Work keeps our minds occupied and healthy. Therefore, work, per se, is not bad; it is how we do it that matters. If one has a congenial work atmosphere, with good camaraderie with colleagues, one does not feel the pressures of long hours of work. Here, we also carry the responsibility of making our workplaces healthy, productive and better without too much of pressure. India, being a developing country, needs to put in extra hours of work to catch up with the rest of the world. As Swami Vivekananda said, “There is no substitute for hard work.”

However, when we don’t like our work, situation, people or environment, we feel more stressed. More than physical exertion, mental stress kills a person. If we love our work, then we don’t get stressed even by working for long hours and work itself rejuvenates us. Many of us spend more of our awake time at the office than at our homes, and therefore, everything and anything that happens at the workplace does shape our lives or is part of our lives. We should, therefore, be more careful of how we spend time at our workplaces.

Having said that, we must remember that anything in excess is bad. Therefore, we need to achieve a life balance by a proper mix of official work and personal work.

Proposed revision of Standard of Auditing (SA) 600

Another talk of the profession is about the proposed revision of SA 600 by the National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA). The existing SA 600 on “Using the Work of Another Auditor” essentially deals with guidance on group audits. Its objective is to establish standards in situations where an auditor (referred to herein as the ‘principal auditor’), reporting on the financial information of an entity, uses the work of another auditor (referred to herein as the ‘component auditor’) with respect to the financial information of one or more components included in the financial statements of the entity. “Component” means a division, branch, subsidiary, joint venture, associated enterprise or other entity whose financial information is included in the financial information audited by the principal auditor.

Paragraph 24 of the SA 600 deals with “Division of Responsibility”, whereby it provides that “the principal auditor would not be responsible in respect of the work entrusted to the other auditors, except in circumstances which should have aroused his suspicion about the reliability of the work performed by the other auditors.”

Corresponding to SA 600, the International Standard on Auditing 600 (revised) (ISA 600) addresses issues related to group audits. ISA 600 states that “the group engagement partner remains ultimately responsible, and therefore accountable, for compliance with the requirements of this ISA”.

It may be noted that SA 600 was issued by the ICAI in 1995 and revised in September 2002. The revised version is stated to be generally consistent with the ISA 600 in all material respects but with a significant difference with respect to the degree of responsibility of the Principal Auditor vis-à-vis the Component Auditor. Thus, fundamentally, SA 600 provides for shared responsibility between a principal auditor and component auditors, whereas ISA 600 provides for singular responsibility of the principal auditor for the quality of audit, including the work of component auditors.

NFRA proposed the revision of SA 600 on the lines of ISA 600, primarily with respect to the degree of responsibility and has issued the draft of the proposed SA 600 (Revised) for public consultation and comments by 30th October, 2024. The revisions proposed are to be applied to audits of Public Interest Entities (PIEs)1 except Public Sector Enterprises, Public Sector Banks, Public Sector Insurance Entities and their respective branches.


1 Only those PIEs which fall under Rule 3 of NFRA Rules 2018

As per newspaper reports, the ICAI has raised concerns and requested to put the proposal on hold2. ICAI has a detailed procedure to set or revise any auditing standard, and therefore its opinion does matter. We hope that NFRA will address various concerns raised by the ICAI, and both will work in tandem to improve the quality of audit.


2 The Economic Times, dated 20th September, 2024

The consultation paper on the proposed SA 600 (Revised) by NFRA gives detailed reasoning of the necessity for change and explanations to some of the apprehensions pertaining to the concentration of audits, impact on small and medium accounting and auditing firms, etc. Readers are well advised to go through this paper and give their valuable suggestions to NFRA / ICAI on the proposed revision.

One thing is certain: auditing, per se, has become sophisticated and demanding, and the proposed change will cast a huge responsibility on the Principal Auditor, who needs to be well-equipped to handle such risks. Component auditors can also benefit by adopting best practices and by participating actively from the planning to closing of audits of the entire group.

A day is not far when the Principal Auditor and Component Auditors may require additional qualifications to do audits of large groups, as is prevalent in some countries. ICAI can play a pivotal role in training and upgrading the skills of its members who wish to do audits of large groups / conglomerates.

Well, to sum up on the work–life balance, we need to put more life in our work than work in our life. Take regular breaks and vacations, find out our de-stress buttons and press them often to relax and rejuvenate.

Let the upcoming Deepawali fill your life with brightness and joy.

Best Regards,

 

Dr CA Mayur Nayak

Editor

 

Faceless, Fair and Friendly

The Finance Minister, Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman, in her address on the occasion of the 165th Anniversary of the Income Tax Day celebrations in New Delhi, emphasised on a “Faceless, Fair and Friendly” Tax Administration — something taxpayers have been yearning for ages.

Every year, 24th July is celebrated as Income Tax Day in India. This day commemorates the introduction of Income Tax in India by Sir James Wilson in 1860. While this initial implementation laid the groundwork, it was the comprehensive Income-tax Act of 1922 that truly established a structured tax system in the country. This Act not only formalised various income tax authorities but also laid the foundation for a systematic administration framework1. In 2010, for the first time, the Income Tax Department decided to celebrate 24th July to mark 150 years of the levy of the tax in India.


1. https://pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage - posted on 21st August, 2024

However, the Ministry of Finance celebrated the 165th anniversary of Income Tax Day in New Delhi on 21st August, 2024 and released a “My Stamp” dedicated to Income Tax Day. The Finance Minister hailed both taxpayers, for contributing to nation-building, and tax officials, for raising revenues for the country. She urged tax officials to write notices in simple and courteous language and use enforcement only in exceptional cases. She emphasised making income-tax filing seamless and painless. Her message was loud and clear to make the tax administration transparent, taxpayer-friendly and trustworthy. Such a request and exhortation coming from the Finance Minister raises a great deal of hope.

Most of us have experienced the pains and agony of our clients due to high-pitched assessments, unfriendly notices, unjustified penalties, threatening prosecution even for a venial breach, adjustment of old unverified demands against current refunds and whatnot. And therefore, the FM’s assurance matters. She has also informed about the plans to introduce simplifications to the Income Tax Act in six months.

The buoyancy in tax revenues and increase in voluntary tax compliances (with 58.57 lakhs first-time ITR filers for A.Y. 2024–25) are testimony of the growing economy and taxpayers’ faith and participation in national development2. A fair and just treatment from the tax department is the least a taxpayer can expect in return.


2. A growth of 17.7 per cent achieved in net collections and an increase of 7.5% in the number of ITRs filed over the previous year (till 31st July,2024) [Source: https://pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage - posted on 21st August 2024]

The expectations of fair treatment and reasonable tax laws are not just in respect of direct taxes, but indirect taxes as well, especially Goods and Service Tax (GST).

GST was introduced just seven years ago as a panacea for the complex indirect tax regime in the country. It was expected to be ‘faceless’, with the GSTN portal being the ‘face’ of the administration. The law also provides for the issuance of notices and orders only on the GSTN Portal. Despite such a clear mandate and frequent Court interventions, it is common to receive a notice or an order offline. Clearly, what is legislated is not administered. As far as hearings are concerned, the GST law mandates that a hearing is a must before adjudication but does not specifically mention about an online / faceless hearing. At times, the authority proceeds to pass orders without granting even a hearing in person. Is this the interpretation of faceless hearing? Strange!

A fair attempt to resolve controversies (which are inevitable in tax laws) by the legislators and the policy makers, is visible with the issuance of a barrage of circulars providing relief to various sectors where controversies were brewing. However, within this apparent ‘fairness’ lies the ‘gross unfairness’. How could it be ‘fair’ when a retrospective amendment permits a belated claim of input tax credit in cases which are being litigated but denies refunds to a genuine taxpayer who paid up tax, interest and penalties immediately on demand in similar situations? When the resolution of controversies is regularly sought to be achieved on the principle of ‘as is where is’ basis, this inequity, as well as inequality, is clearly ‘unfair’, especially in cases where the taxpayer coughs up the tax, interest and penalties based on a ‘friendly’ advise from a tax authority, whose actual conduct portrays everything other than ‘friendliness’, just to later on realise that another taxpayer who did not act on such ‘friendly’ advise and withstood the pressures is ultimately exonerated.

In indirect taxation, there is a concept of ‘unjust enrichment’. The dictionary meaning is “a benefit gained at another’s expense without legally justifiable grounds, such as one gained by mistake”. In other words, a taxpayer cannot get a refund of taxes paid by him to the government unless the same are borne by him. If the taxpayer has collected taxes from others and paid to the government, the refunds arising for any reason cannot be granted unless those taxes are restituted to the payer (customer).

The majority judges in the case of Mafatlal Industries Ltd. vs. UOI3 held that “the doctrine of unjust enrichment is, however, inapplicable to the State. The State represents the people of the country. No one can speak of the people being unjustly enriched.”


3. SUPREME COURT REPORTS [1996] SUPP. 10 S.C.R.

Is it fair on the part of the government to be unjustly enriched at the cost of the taxpayers?

There are umpteen instances where one can question the ‘faceless nature’, ‘fairness’ and ‘friendliness’ of the indirect tax administration. In fact, such instances have become a far too familiar pattern. An overzealous tax authority would attempt far-fetched interpretations (e.g., Securities held by a holding company in a subsidiary company, Share Premiums, ESOPs, etc., would amount to rendition of services) to garner more revenue even without authority of law. Despite the interpretation being far-fetched, it sky-balls into a nationwide investigation, with virtually all significant taxpayers being issued ‘not so friendly’ notices or summons. The taxpayers and associations run helter-skelter and reach out to the policy-makers, with the entire issue receiving a disproportionate media coverage and, ultimately the policy-makers clarify the situation to resolve the issue. While all’s well that ends well, the process does leave significant scars on the impacted taxpayers, with the ‘as is where is’ principle adding further salt to the wounds. It is in this background that the significant words of relief of the Finance Minister need to percolate to the tax administrators.

All in all, the way GST law is administered is against the spirit of ease of doing business in India. There is a strong demand to reduce the peak rate of GST and rationalise other slabs to reduce the tax burden. With the sizable increase in GST revenue, there is a scope for some relief to people at large, as indirect tax is regressive and results in inflationary pressure in the economy.

Turning to the important amendments by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 (FA Act), this issue carries a series of articles giving an in-depth analysis of the old and new provisions. Restoration of the indexation benefits by the FA Act, at the option of the assessee, in case of immovable property acquired before 23rd July, 2024, with 20 per cent tax rates for individuals and HUFs is a welcome step; however, a number of issues may arise due to change of taxation in case of buy-back of shares. Readers may refer to the detailed discussion in the separate article in this issue.

Recently, we lost a dedicated contributor to the BCAJ, CA Jayant Thakur. His contribution to the Journal will be remembered for a long time. We pray for the departed soul.

To conclude, let’s hope that both the Direct and Indirect Tax Administrations become ‘Faceless, Fair and Taxpayer-Friendly’ in letter and in spirit. A mechanism of constant monitoring is required to ensure fair, equitable and friendly treatment to taxpayers. Needless to add that unless tax officials are made accountable, the fair and friendly tax administration may remain a utopian dream.

Union Budget 2024 – A Step Towards Viksit Bharat

The Finance Minister, Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman created history on 23rd July, 2024 by presenting the 7th Union Budget in a row. This was also the first budget of the 3rd term of PM Narendra Modi-led government, and therefore, it attempts to lay a road map for the next five years. The budget has identified 9 priorities for sustained efforts towards ‘Viksit Bharat’. In each of the priority areas, sizable allocations are made, and various schemes are announced to achieve the goals. The government must be complimented for keeping the fiscal deficit in check and clearly listing priorities which will keep the growth momentum high.

The budget claims to focus on employment, skilling, MSMEs, and the middle class. Let’s look at some of these focus areas:

THE MIDDLE CLASS

The general perception of the middle class is that the budget has not given enough to them and, in some sense, taken away more than giving. Various schemes announced by the government are beyond the reach of the middle class due to various conditions attached and red tape. Some of the longstanding expectations of the middle class include restoration of travel concessions to senior citizens, exemption of dividend income/long-term capital gains, higher deductions for school fees paid for children’s education, increased standard deductions for salaried employees (at least to take care of their necessities), availability of cheaper credit for homes, good medical facilities at reasonable rates etc. In short, the middle class wants a dignified life and “ease of living”.

INDIA’S MITTELSTAND1

MSMEs constitute 30 per cent of GDP, 45 per cent of manufacturing output and employs 11 crore people2. MSMEs have played a key role in some of the major economies of the world. The budget has announced various schemes, increased allocations and measures for MSMEs. However, the MSME sector continues to face extensive regulation, compliance requirements and significant bottlenecks in funding. “Licensing, Inspection, and Compliance requirements that MSMEs have to deal with, imposed particularly by sub-national governments, hold them back from growing to their potential and being job creators of substance”.3


1. Mittelstand commonly refers to a group of stable business enterprises in Germany, Austria and Switzerland that have proved successful in enduring economic change and turbulence. It is usually defined as a statistical category of small and medium-sized enterprises. [Source: Mittelstand - Wikipedia]
2. Invest India, 2023 (https://tinyurl.com/56393ekz)
3. Economic Survey 2023-24 – Page 159-160

EMPLOYMENT AND SKILLING

India’s workforce is estimated to be nearly 56.5 Crore, of which more than 45 per cent are employed in agriculture, 11.4 per cent in manufacturing, 28.9 per cent in services, and 13.0 per cent in construction4. According to UN population projections, India’s working-age population (15-59 years) will continue to grow until 2044, and for that Indian economy needs to generate nearly 78.51 lakh jobs annually in the non-farm sector to cater to the rising workforce. This will require faster job creation in the non-agriculture sector as the agriculture sector has a lot of disguised employment with low productivity. The alarming facts revealed by the Economic Survey suggest that “Sixty-five per cent of India’s fast-growing population is under 35, and many lack the skills needed by a modern economy5. Estimates show that about 51.25 per cent of the youth is deemed employable6.” In other words, almost 50 per cent of graduates are not employable.


4. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare
5. Helping India build a skilled, inclusive, workforce for the future, World Bank, 2023 (https://tinyurl.com/2tp4xpab)
6. Economic Survey 2023-24 – Page 158

The government is aware of the massive challenges listed above and addressed some of them in the Union Budget, which has many balancing provisions. Many macro-level provisions will further accelerate India’s economic growth and take the country forward towards Viksit Bharat. The private sector and NGOs in social sectors will have key roles to play in addressing some of these challenges.

Turning to the provisions of the Finance Bill 2024, there are mixed responses. Some provisions are good, while some are harsh and need reconsideration. Reduction in the holding period to 12 months from 36 months for qualifying as a long-term capital asset, in respect of a unit of a unit of a REIT / INVIT on which Security Transaction Tax has been paid, is a welcome proposal. An increase in the limit and scope of disclosure of any movable foreign assets under the Black Money Act by a resident individual in Schedule FA of the income-tax return will give some relief to taxpayers. It is important to note that the penalty of ₹10 lakh for failure to disclose the foreign asset is very harsh, as the Assessing Officers are levying separate penalties to each spouse in respect of joint investments and for every year of non-disclosure. Some more concession in the amount of penalties in genuine cases of lapses and joint holdings is the need of the hour. Clarification on tax incidence on gifts by companies will reduce litigation and stop aggressive tax planning. The abolition of the angel tax will give much-needed relief to start-ups and unlisted companies. The reduction of tax rates for foreign companies by 5% is also a welcome change.

However, there are some hard-hitting proposals as well.

REVAMPING OF CAPITAL GAINS

Withdrawal of the indexation benefit for long-term capital gains is viewed as one of the harshest proposals. Even though the impact is sought to be reduced by lowering the tax rate to 12.5 per cent from 20 per cent, there will be some loss to the taxpayers. Moreover, there is no surety that the rate will not be increased in future.

The amendment sought is retroactive in nature, as it will take away indexation benefits for all existing properties. This amendment may encourage understatement of consideration. Over the past decade until 2022, consumer price inflation in India averaged 5.5 per cent7. Indexation is necessary to adjust the reduction in the value of the rupee every year. It is suggested that the proposed amendment may be reconsidered or modified.


7. https://www.focus-economics.com/country-indicator/india/inflation/

It may be noted that non-residents are better placed as no change is proposed to the 1st proviso of section 48 whereby they will continue to get the benefit of computing capital gains on the sale of shares and debentures of an Indian company in the same currency in which original investment was made, which usually takes care of the impact of inflation and changes in interest rates.

BUYBACK OF SHARES

Gross consideration from the buyback of shares is proposed to be taxed in the hands of the shareholder as dividends, and the cost of shares is to be treated as capital loss. This provision needs reconsideration as it will deprive taxpayers of claiming the cost of acquisition if there are no capital gains to offset losses, besides the adverse impact on cash flow due to timing mismatch and the differential tax payable on artificial classification as dividends and capital loss. Alternatively, the cost of acquisition should be allowed as a deduction from the buyback consideration taxable as dividends.

TDS BY PARTNERSHIP FIRMS UNDER SECTION 194T

A TDS @ 10 per cent is proposed on partners’ salaries, remuneration, commission, bonus and interest. No rationale is given for this amendment. This provision will further increase the compliance burden for MSME firms.

When one looks at the Budget Proposals, one gets a good feeling of macro measures towards a ‘Viksit Bharat’ – focus on MSME, Infrastructure, Ease of Doing Business, etc. However, when one looks at the proposals of the Finance Bill, one finds that there is no change in the trend of tinkering with well-settled provisions, retroactive amendments, nullifying court decisions in favour of taxpayers, and increasing tax compliances. Taxpayers are often at the receiving end in complying with TDS provisions, where instead of being rewarded for services to the government, they are penalised even for a venial breach.

May we expect some positive changes while passing the Finance Bill 2024?

Individually and collectively, let us commit ourselves to contribute our might towards ‘Viksit Bharat’ to provide a better and brighter future for our children.

I wish a happy 78th Independence Day to all our readers!

Bharat and BCAS – The March Towards a Centenary

It is heartening to note that on 6th July, 2024, BCAS will complete 75 years. Even the CA profession in India is completing 75 years, as ICAI was established on 1st July, 1949. Two years back, India or Bharat completed its 75 years of independence. Therefore, the theme for this special issue is “Bharat and BCAS March Towards Centenary”. At the Government level, the period of 25 years from the 75th anniversary to the 100th anniversary is regarded as an “Amrit Kaal”, with the objective of “Viksit Bharat” which means “Developed India”.

With the above theme in mind, this issue of the Journal contains thought-provoking articles on important aspects of India by leading domain experts in the fields of Law and Judiciary, Education, etc. I hope that the thoughts expressed here will help set India on the road map towards becoming Viksit Bharat.

Turning to 75 years of the CA Profession and looking to the future, we can say that we have a glorious past, are witnessing a difficult present but are hopeful of a bright future. The entire world is passing through a tumultuous transition, and the CA Profession is no exception. Disruptive technologies, disruptive ideas and expectations rule the world. Let us look at two traditional core areas of CA practice: Audit and Taxation. Both these areas of practice have undergone significant changes, which are continuing at a huge speed and on an unprecedented scale.

AUDIT AND ASSURANCE PRACTICE

In the good old days, Auditors were expected to audit manually and express their opinion on the true and fair state of the financial accounts. However, over a period of time, expectations from Auditors have increased significantly. Today, the Auditor is expected to have a 360-degree view of the state of affairs and to give an assurance to all stakeholders. This requires reasonably sound knowledge of various statutes, which may not be his domains of expertise. If anything goes wrong in a company, the Auditor comes under the scanner. He may be charged with negligence, incompetence, etc., till such time he proves his innocence beyond doubt. Auditing has become a high risk and less rewarding job if measured in terms of health and mental peace.

Now the Auditor is answerable to multiple regulators and agencies such as NFRA, ICAI, SEBI, NCLT, RBI, CBDT, GST Authorities, Customs, MCA, and many others. The code of conduct prescribed by ICAI with good intentions puts onerous responsibilities on Auditors and conflicting obligations. For example, amendments to the Code of Ethics by ICAI, applicable w.e.f. 1st October, 2022, requires CA Employees and Auditors of Listed Companies to respond to Non-Compliance with Laws and Regulations (NOCLAR) about which they become aware during their engagement. The provisions of NOCLAR are quite onerous in nature1. The provisions of Tax Audit are now so framed that a Tax Auditor virtually does assessment of his client on behalf of the Assessing Officer, without being remunerated by the latter. He is expected not only to express an opinion on the true and fair view of the accounts but also to deliver his view on the import of various provisions where he and the auditee may have a genuine difference. System-driven reporting makes his job difficult and the AI-driven processing of his reports renders his life miserable.


1. Refer Editorial of June 2023 for the detailed discussion on the provisions of NOCLAR

The advent of ESG (Environment, Sustainability and Governance) Reporting has necessitated a different skill set from Auditors. An Auditor is supposed to assess the sustainability of the business and comment on the governance of the organisation. This shows a clear shift of auditing functions and expectations from the traditional role of assuring true accounting and opining on financials. The ever-increasing burden results in Auditors being cast with the title of “Conscience Keeper” for various stakeholders. The profession should be conscious of the heavy price that may have to be paid on account of this title, in terms of health and reputation. There is a limit to the responsibilities that one can shoulder.

THE ROAD AHEAD

Looking at the applicability of various statutes, varied expectations from stakeholders, sophistication in technology, numerous regulators, etc., in discharging audit function, it appears that very soon MSME firms will be out of this space. The time has come for multidisciplinary audit firms where different domain experts conduct audit as a team with joint and several responsibilities. Indemnity insurance will become a necessity for large audits and may be made compulsory.

Perhaps, additional pre-qualifications / requirements may be introduced for large private sector audits, just as prevalent today for audit of banks and PSUs. Once AI tools stabilise, their use may be made mandatory to eliminate human errors and ensure accuracy of data. The profession needs to accept, adopt and adapt to these challenges but with clarity on its role and responsibility. Dialogues need to take place with stakeholders (including regulators and agencies) and clarity needs to emerge as to the realistic expectations from Auditors, thus reducing or eliminating expectation gaps. It is here that the profession hopes that its alma mater, ICAI, will play a role.

TAX PRACTICE

Direct tax practice has been a stronghold of CA professionals since inception. However, here too, there is a significant shift, with more thrust on compliances. Readymade software has made computation of income easy. Information collated in the AIS form by the Income-tax department from various sources makes it impossible to hide any income. It also acts as a reminder and helps a taxpayer to disclose his income accurately. Online filing and e-compliances have made life quite simple.

Corruption in assessment and litigation was a major hurdle in tax practice. To address the menace of corruption, the government introduced Faceless Assessments and Faceless Appeals. Some experiences of Faceless Assessments have been really encouraging, despite difficulties in passive communication. A lot more still needs to be done. Possibly, a calibrated approach, with incremental coverage may help in solving the current crisis of huge pendency.

FUTURE OF TAX PRACTICE

The reopening of assessments based on audit objections, change of opinion and one-off Tribunal decisions continues to clog the judiciary with tax writ petitions. The objective of achieving early finality to tax assessments remains a pipedream, with the issue of summons by tax authorities to seek roving information which could form the basis for reassessment, in effect, assessment by the backdoor. The trust deficit between the government and taxpayers still continues, despite buoyancy in tax collections. Technology and the use of AI has enabled the Income-tax Department to collate information from various sources. Linking Aadhar with PAN will help in collecting various details of taxpayers / non-taxpayers, including investments and property dealings. India has signed a number of Automatic Exchange of Information Agreements, through which it seamlessly obtains details of overseas transactions of Indians.

Professionals too will have to adapt technology, use AI for preparing written submissions and be conservative in advising clients to avoid long drawn litigations and uncertainty. CAs should also be careful in advising clients and ensure that their advices are compliant with General Anti Avoidance Regulations (GAAR), Specific Anti Avoidance Regulations (SAAR), Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), Black Money Act (BMA) and any other applicable laws and regulations. The cost of litigation is increasing not only in terms of money but time and loss of opportunities. It is time the profession reminds its clients the age-old maxim, “Discretion is better than Valour”.

THE FUTURE OF THE PROFESSION

With India poised to become the third largest economy of the world, the demand for CAs will certainly go up. With a majority of CAs opting for industry roles, practicing CAs will be more in demand.

Realising the need for more CAs, ICAI has reduced the tenure of articleship from three to two years and will conduct CA exams thrice a year, instead of twice a year. CAs should continuously upgrade their knowledge and skills by attending educational programs offered by ICAI and voluntary professional bodies such as BCAS. The need of the hour for the CA profession is to introspect, raise standards by ethical practices, stop undercutting and continue to serve the Nation with vigor and enthusiasm, as CAs are torch bearers in Nation Building!

Wish you a happy CA and BCAS Founding Day!

Expectations from the New Government

The Summer heat and the heat of Elections, both are receding now. By the time this Journal is in your hands, one of the biggest and the longest festivals of Democracy in the world ­­— Elections in India — would have been over, and the new Government would have been elected by the people of India.

Climate change and current wars have contributed to the unprecedented heat this year. The solace is in the predictions of normal monsoon in India, which we all are eagerly awaiting. People also await and expect a lot from the newly elected Government at the Centre, especially when India is in its Amrit Kaal. A few of the significant expectations are listed below:

1. EASE OF MANUFACTURING AND DOING BUSINESS IN INDIA

India has travelled a long distance from the “license, permit, quota raj” to a liberalised economy. The country had inherited many archaic laws enacted by Britishers to control and stifle Indian entrepreneurship. Foreign Exchange crisis in 1990 turned into a boon as India perforce had to open up its economy. However, many archaic laws still continued and even today, we are far from the ease of doing business in India.

On 1st April, 2022, while answering a question in the Lok Sabha on identification and repeal of obsolete Provisions / Acts, the then Minister of Law and Justice Shri Kiren Rijiju answered as follows:

“The present Government had constituted a Two-Member Committee to identify the obsolete and redundant laws for repeal in 2014. The said Committee had examined and identified 1824 obsolete Acts (including 229 State Acts) for repeal and submitted the report to the Government. The said 229 State Acts have been forwarded to the respective State Governments for repeal. Thereafter, the Legislative Department took up the matter with the concerned Ministries/Departments of the Government to examine and review the Acts administered by them. So far 1486 obsolete and redundant laws have been repealed by the Government of India since 2014 till date.” (Emphasis supplied)
Out of 229 State Acts, only 75 State Acts have been repealed by the concerned State Governments till April 2022. Many of these Provisions / Acts impact doing business in India.

Acquisition of land is one of the biggest obstacles, besides the requirement of a host of permissions at the local, State and the Central level. Entrepreneurs fear the applicability of criminal laws to civil offences. Concrete action is required to decriminalise business laws to increase the ease of doing business and restore confidence of entrepreneurs. To illustrate, the manner of implementation of Income-tax and GST Acts leaves much to be desired. Businessmen are harassed and penalised for trivial offences or issues. The need of the hour is business-friendly laws and a taxpayer-friendly administration.

2. EASE OF LIVING IN INDIA — CITIZEN-CENTRIC ADMINISTRATION

The new Government should focus more on day-to-day issues concerning common people, especially middle class, to make their living easy and comfortable. One of the most irritating factors is multiple KYCs from multiple agencies. Bankers freeze customer’s accounts for want of KYC and put them in great difficulties, especially senior citizens who have to run from the pillar to post to release their funds. We are living in a country where every single day, one has to prove one’s identity, one’s aliveness and what not!

The second Administrative Reforms Commission was set up by the Government in 2005 under the chairmanship of Shri M. Veerappan Moily. It submitted the 12th Report on the “Citizen Centric Administration” in February 2009. The report1 is of 188 pages and contains wide recommendations in areas of Functions of Government; Citizens’ Charters; Citizens’ Participation in Administration; Decentralisation and Delegation; Grievance Redressal Mechanism; Consumer Protection; Special Institutional Mechanisms and Process Simplification, etc. This report may be revisited in the present context and suitable recommendations should be implemented.


1. https://darpg.gov.in/sites/default/files/ccadmin12.pdf

3. JUDICIAL REFORMS

There is a famous legal maxim that says, “Justice delayed is justice denied.” If this be true, then it is happening in India, day in and day out. Many a time, it takes generations to get a verdict from the Court. One of the impediments to attracting Foreign Investments in India is its slow legal system. Where ordinary citizens wait for years to get a hearing, influential politicians get urgent hearings. Our present judicial system is based on a British model and needs a complete overhaul / change to bring accountability and transparency in the judiciary including the manner of appointment of judges.

4. UNIFORM CIVIL CODE

“One Nation – One Flag – One Law.” India is a diverse country. And, therefore, it is imperative that we have a common thread binding all of us. If each segment of the diverse population is allowed to have its own laws, then there will be chaos. Almost all religions of the world are practised in India. Therefore, laws based on religion are strictly not desirable. If there is no common civil law, then there would be constant conflicts amongst various personal laws, as it is happening in India today. A few sections of the population will get preferential treatment, or favorable laws based on their religions, and that will further divide the population. All states in India should implement UCC in the right intent and spirit.

5. ONE NATION — ONE ELECTION

India has 28 States and 8 Union Territories. At any point of time, some or the other election is in progress. This impacts the normal functioning of the Government besides the huge cost of holding separate elections. Instead, if the Central and the State Government elections are held together then a lot of efforts, time and money can be saved. The Lok Sabha elections can also be advanced to winter instead of being held in the scorching summer. (Readers can refer to the detailed discussion on this topic in the May 2024 Editorial).

6. NEW EDUCATION SYSTEM

Acharya Devvrat, Governor of Gujarat, in February 2023 said that “the British education policy aimed to establish “psychological slavery” in India to sustain the colonial rule. He further added that on the recommendations of Lord Macaulay in 1835, the British ‘destroyed the Gurukul education system’ of India which was ‘deeply rooted in traditions to carve human beings’.” 2 (Emphasis supplied)


2. https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/ahmedabad/gujarat-governor-acharya-devvrat-british-education-system-psychological-slavery-india-8451691/

Unfortunately, the Britishers’ style of education to produce English-speaking officers and clerks continued in India for more than 70 years post-independence. Moreover, this education system contained certain distorted historic facts.

Fortunately, the new National Education Policy 2020 has been implemented with effect from the academic year 2023–24.3 It is claimed that the new National Education Policy is based on the pillars of Access, Equity, Quality, Affordability and Accountability. It aims to make both school and college education more holistic, multidisciplinary and flexible.


3. https://www.learningroutes.in/blog/new-education-policy-2021-things-you-need-to-know

Hopefully, this will put an end to British-era style education system and take India to the path of a developed nation.

7. OTHER EXPECTATIONS

Well, the list of expectations is very long. However, some other important areas that need attention of the new Government are as follows:

Linking of Voter’s ID with Aadhaar to remove bogus voters, Civil Services Reforms, review of Pensions to MPs and MLAs, strict actions against defaulter contractors jeopardising public life, empowering genuine NGOs rendering great social services, revamping Indian Trust Act and simplifying provisions concerning Charitable Trusts under the Income-tax Act, 1961, etc.

The entire world is passing through a turbulent time and therefore, a stable Government at the centre with a strong majority is the need of the hour. Let us hope that Indian voters will elect a strong Government, which will carry out judicial reforms, accelerate the growth engine of India, reduce inequality, provide relief to the large middle class population and ensure social justice.

Wish you a good monsoon post scorching summer!

Biggest Festival on Earth – General Elections in India

India and the world are experiencing the biggest festival on Earth in the form of General Elections in India. Election, in the world’s largest democracy — India, is as good as a festival. Colourful rallies, roadshows, party flags, banners, mandap decorations at public meetings, etc. give a festive look to the entire election process.

It is heartening to see the scale and size of the election process in India. For the 2024 election, 968 million people are eligible to vote, out of a population of 1.4 billion people1. This is the largest-ever election in history, which would last for 44 days, surpassing the 2019 Indian general election, and second only to the 1951-52 Indian general election. Kudos to the Election Commission of India (EC) for conducting such a large-scale election in India.


1   https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2024_Indian_general_election

The use of Electronic Voting Machines (EVMs) has facilitated the conduct of elections, quick counting of votes as also saved tons of paper. Even many advanced countries have not been successful in implementing EVMs. By using Voter Verifiable Paper Audit Trail (VVPAT), EC has eliminated chances of electoral fraud and rigging. VVPAT is an independent paper record of the electronic voting machine, which is connected with EVM through a printer port, which records vote data and counters in a paper slip to verify the correct recording of vote by EVM. Through VVPAT, voters can verify their votes before casting. Recently Supreme Court upheld the use of EVMs in elections in India, putting an end to an age-old controversy as to the accuracy of EVMs.

VOTE YOU MUST!

EC has taken various measures and resorted to many innovative ways, such as organising marathons, rallies, endorsement by celebrities and songs, etc., to educate the public and encourage voters to vote. Systematic Voters’ Education and Electoral Participation program, better known as SVEEP, is the flagship program of the EC for voter education, spreading voter awareness and promoting voter literacy in India2. However, the low percentage of voting is still a matter of concern in every General Election. One of the reasons for the low turnout of voting could be the wrong season of the General Election, i.e., summer. Government should consider the options of either incentivising or penalising voters to increase voting. World’s best practices may be adopted in this regard.


2   https://www.eci.gov.in/voter-education

WHOM TO VOTE FOR?

Manifestoes published by the contesting parties before elections showcase their agenda if voted to power. Educated voters do refer to (or at least, are supposed to refer to) these manifestos carefully, before casting their votes. Others may rely on communications by candidates or party leaders, and / or interpretations by journalists, political analysts and so on. Unfortunately, freebies offered by various political parties continue to influence voters and, in the absence of any law, political parties take advantage of the situation. Caste, creed, and religion still influence voting patterns in India. However, the strength of Indian election system is in its process and participation by all parties.

An important factor in the election is the need to ensure selection of the right candidate. Almost all political parties have candidates with criminal records. In India, unfortunately, even a person sitting in jail can fight election, unless he is convicted and is sentenced to imprisonment for two years. There have been a number of instances when a person in jail has contested and won an election. Therefore, education of voters is of paramount importance.

ONE NATION, ONE ELECTION

Unfortunately, India is always in an election mode due to different timings of Gram Panchayats, Municipal Bodies, States and Central Elections. Therefore, there is a proposal of ‘One Nation – One Election’. And if this election is held in winter, then nothing like it.

A high-level committee was set up under the chairmanship of the former President of India, Shri Ram NathKovind. The Committee submitted its Report3 comprising 18,626 pages on 14th March, 2024 recommending a two-step approach to lead to the simultaneous elections. As the first step, simultaneous elections will be held for the Lok Sabha and the State Legislative Assemblies. In the second step, elections to the Municipalities and the Panchayats will be synchronised with the Lok Sabha and the State Legislative Assemblies in such a way that Municipalities and Panchayats elections are held within one hundred days of holding elections to the Lok Sabha and the State Legislative Assemblies4 Over 80 per cent of the respondents supported simultaneous elections, which includes 32 political parties out of 47 parties which submitted their views and suggestions. It would be interesting to see further developments in this regard post general elections.


https://onoe.gov.in/HLC-Report-en#flipbook-df_manual_book/1
4  https://pib.gov.in/PressReleaseIframePage.aspx?PRID=201449

VOTE WISELY!

It is alleged that many domestic and international forces are at work to derail or influence the electoral process in India. Even in developed countries, allegations are made of election rigging and foreign intervention in the election process. Social media and deepfake videos make it extremely difficult to understand the reality. One should not be misguided or influenced by provocative messages and / or videos, but should vote wisely.

The power of ONE VOTE can hardly be undermined in Indian democracy, where on 17th April, 1999, the Government collapsed being short of one vote.

India and the world are passing through turbulent times, and we need a strong government at the Centre. Today, the world is looking up to India with hope and that casts additional responsibility on us to elect a leader who can lead not only India, but the world at large. So, let’s vote in large numbers, motivate others to vote. Let’s vote sensibly on merits, keeping National Interest in sight!

Remember, our ONE VOTE will decide the direction and speed of India’s progress, as we are marching towards Bharat’s Centenary Celebration in 2047!

Jai Hind!

Best Regards,

 

Dr CA Mayur Nayak

Editor

Elections in India: Political Funding or Politics of Funding

Funding for any election, whether for a Municipal Council, State, Nation, or even ICAI is a burning issue.

Recently, the five judge-bench of the Supreme Court of India (SC) struck down the anonymous Electoral Bond Scheme (EBS) as unconstitutional and directed the State Bank of India (SBI) to stop issuing electoral bonds immediately. SC held that electoral bonds violate the right to information under Article 19(1)(a) of the Indian Constitution, which guarantees the freedom of speech and expression. SC held that voters have the right to know who funds political parties and their campaigns under Article 19(1)(a) of the Indian Constitution.1


1 https://www.newindianexpress.com/explainers/2024/Feb/25/explainer-ctrl-delete-electoral-bonds

So, what was EBS?

Electoral Bonds were like promissory notes. They were interest-free bearer instruments, payable to the bearer on demand. These bonds could be purchased by any citizen of India or entities incorporated or established in India. These bonds could be donated to any political party registered under Section 29A of the Representation of the People Act, 1951 and which secured not less than 1 per cent of votes polled in the last general election to the House of the People or the Legislative Assembly of the State. Only SBI was authorised to issue these bonds. They were issued four times in a year, i.e., January, April, July, and October, for 10 days in a month (open for 30 days in Lok Sabha Election Years) with a validity of 15 days only. The bonds were in the denominations of ₹1,000, ₹10000/-, ₹1 lakh, ₹10 Lakh and ₹1 crore. A buyer could maintain anonymity as his name was not revealed publicly, and he could donate bonds to any political party, which could encash the same with SBI.

Along with the EBS, the SC also struck down amendments to the Representation of the People Act, 1951 (RPA), the Income-tax Act, 1961, and the Companies Act, 2013, which were brought to facilitate corporate donations to political parties.2


2 https://forumias.com/blog/electoral-bonds-scheme-explained-pointwise/#gsc.tab=0

The government introduced EBS with objectives such as transparency in election funding, protection of donors’ anonymity, political accountability, and reduction of black money in politics. The bonds were issued only by SBI to KYC-validated individuals, besides corporates, etc. Earlier, the amount of money that a party could accept in cash from anonymous sources was ₹20,000, which was reduced to ₹2,000 with the introduction of EBS. This was done to reduce the use of black money in elections.

However, the EBS was criticised and challenged on many grounds. It was alleged that EBS compromised the citizen’s ‘Right to Know’, which is part of the right to information under Article 19 (1) of the Constitution.

One of the major concerns was the removal of the clause of the Companies Act 2013, which limited the donations in aggregate in any financial year by a company to the extent of seven and a half per cent of its average annual profits during the three immediately preceding financial years. As a result, a company could donate any amount without adequate profits, raising significant risks of pumping black money into political funding through shell companies. The companies did not require shareholders’ approval for political funding; therefore, Board of Directors could fund any political party of their choice. Donations received by a political party through electoral bonds were not required to be reported under section 29C of the Representation of the People Act 1951. This, too, compromised the transparency of political donations. Thus, EBS was perceived to compromise the free and fair election process, which the SC considers to be a part of the basic structure of the Indian Constitution. Well, with the direction of SC, SBI has made public the full details of the donors and the beneficiary political parties. However, nothing seems to have changed with such disclosures, except allegations and counter allegations. The ban on EBS without an alternative may fuel cash funding of elections, as the Lok Sabha elections require huge funding.

There are many suggestions for the way forward. The Indrajit Gupta Committee on State Funding of Elections has supported partial state funding of recognised political parties3. State funding has proved its effectiveness in a number of countries like Germany, Japan, Canada, Sweden etc.2 A National Electoral Fund can be set up to which all donors can contribute. The funds can be allocated to various political parties in the proportion of votes they secure in the election. The Law Commission of India, in its 255th Report, has recommended capping the entire donation received through anonymous sources at ₹20 crores or 20 per cent of the total funding of a political party3. With increased digitization, a complete ban on cash donations can be imposed to curb the menace of anonymous donations. Companies making political funding should obtain shareholders’ approval in general meetings and disclose them prominently in their financial reports. Various recommendations of the Venkatachaliah Committee Report (2002) for strict regulatory frameworks for auditing and disclosure of party income and expenditure may be implemented forthwith.


3 However, the Venkatachaliah Commission rejected the idea of State Funding for elections.

Some global practices may be considered, such as restrictions on the donations that a political party can accept and the mandatory disclosure of the source of the donations by the Publicity Act (USA), Elections and Referendums Act 2000 (UK), and the EU regulations. France banned corporate funding in 1995 and capped individual donations at 6,000 Euros. Brazil and Chile have also banned corporate donations after several corruption scandals related to corporate funding emerged2.

Corruption and corrupt practices, such as using illicit money in political campaigning, exercising undue influence, and political rigging, are common in elections of almost every nation, and India is no exception.

In this context, a recent (4th March 2024) seven judge-bench decision of the SC in the case of Sita Soren is worth noting, wherein it was held that “An MP/MLA can’t claim immunity from prosecution on a charge of bribery in connection with the vote or speech in the legislative house.” The SC further stated, “Corruption or bribery by a member of legislature erodes probity in public life,” adding, “Accepting bribes itself constitutes the offence.”4


4 https://www.oneindia.com/india/supreme-court-overrules-1998-narsimha-rao-judgment-mps-mlas-lose-immunity-from-prosecution-3765427.html?story=4

Blatant violations of the model code of conduct and good practices propounded by the election commission/authorities are followed more in breach than in compliance in any election. Haven’t we experienced spending beyond the authorised amount in campaigning or the use of unethical practices in the big housing society’s elections, or elections of Municipality, or in some cases of ICAI elections also? We, as enlightened citizens, should vote for clean candidates and clean the political system. The dictionary definition of ‘Politics’ is “a methodology and activities associated with running a government or an organisation.” However, today, it has become a dirty word and a synonym for wrongdoing.

Let us rise to the occasion and be vocal for fair and free elections. Let us begin by exercising our vote judiciously in the upcoming Lok Sabha Election. If the Nation survives, we survive. Therefore, “Nation First” should be our mantra.

Jai Hind!

Dr CA Mayur Nayak

Editor


	

Section 43B (h) – Kahin Khushi Kahin Gham

Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME) are the backbone of the Indian economy. The share of MSME Gross Value Added (GVA) in the all-India Gross Domestic Product (GDP) during the years 2019–20, 2020–21 and 2021–22 was 30.5 per cent, 27.2 per cent and 29.2 per cent, respectively. The share of MSME manufacturing output in all India Manufacturing output during the years 2019–20, 2020–21 and 2021–22 was 36.6 per cent, 36.9 per cent and 36.2 per cent, respectively. The share of export of MSME-specified products in all India exports during the years 2020–21, 2021–22 and 2022–23 was 49.4 per cent, 45.0 per cent and 43.6 per cent respectively.1 As of 2nd August, 2023, the total number of persons employed by MSMEs was over 123.6 million people.


1      https://pib.gov.in/PressReleaseIframePage.aspx?PRID=1946375

This shows the importance of the MSME sector in the development of the Indian economy. The government is aware of these facts and hence, has offered a slew of incentives and launched several schemes to help, protect and promote the interests of MSMEs. The schemes / programmes inter alia include the Prime Minister’s Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP), the Credit Guarantee Scheme for Micro and Small Enterprises (CGTMSE), the Micro and Small Enterprises-Cluster Development Programme (MSE-CDP), the Entrepreneurship Skill Development Programme (ESDP), the Procurement and Marketing Support Scheme (PMS) and the National SC/ST Hub (NSSH).

 

However, despite these schemes, the challenges faced by this sector are humungous. Some of the major challenges faced by MSMEs are a constraint of resources in terms of finance, human resources, technology and so on. If only these challenges are addressed, the share of MSMEs in the GDP of the Indian economy can be increased up to 50 per cent from the present 30 per cent or so. One of the advantages of the MSME sector is that it is labour-intensive and generates employment, which can be seen from the above mentioned figures. A cash-rich company is King in any industry, more so for the MSME sector. With the objective of helping Micro and Small Enterprises (Medium Enterprises are excluded) expedite their collections and improve their cash flows, a new clause (h) was introduced in section 43B of the Income-tax Act, 1961, w.e.f. 1st April, 2024. Accordingly, any payment outstanding at the year-end (e.g., 31st March, 2024) and paid beyond the due date prescribed under section 15 of the Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED) is to be allowed as a deduction only in the year of payment. Section 15 of the MSMED Act provides the due date of payment as per the terms of the agreement or 45 days from the date of acceptance or deemed acceptance, whichever is earlier and within 15 days from the date of acceptance or deemed acceptance where there is no agreement2. These timelines are applicable across the board without any exceptions. Thus, payments made by one MSME to another Micro or Small Enterprise would also be subject to provisions of section 43B(h). Industries and businesses have not received these provisions requiring adherence to stringent timelines well for various reasons. The normal payment cycle is six months in some industries, e.g., textiles. Even FEMA provides nine months to realise export proceeds. Ninety days is the normally accepted period for the settlement of dues in various industries. Thus, 45 days is perceived to be too short a period for the settlement of dues of MSMEs.


2      Please refer to the separate Article in this issue of the Journal for the criteria for determining MSME, important provisions under the MSMED Act, 2006 and various issues arising from the amendment of section 43B of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

 

The Memorandum explaining the Finance Bill 2023 justifies the insertion of clause (h) in section 43B as a part of the Socio-Economic Welfare Measures. It states, “To promote timely payments to micro and small enterprises, it is proposed to include payments made to such enterprises within the ambit of section 43B of the Act. Accordingly, it is proposed to insert a new clause (h) in section 43B of the Act to provide that any sum payable by the assessee to a micro or small enterprise beyond the time limit specified in section 15 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act 2006 shall be allowed as deduction only on actual payment. However, it is also proposed that the proviso to section 43B of the Act shall not apply to such payments.” The proviso to section 43B of the Income-tax Act, 1961, allows deduction on an accrual basis for various items if the amount is paid by the due date of furnishing of the return of income — this exclusion does not apply to micro and small enterprise dues. The reason for this provision seems to be to not grant time beyond what is prescribed under the MSMED Act. Whereas MSMEs should be happy with this provision, some also fear the loss of contracts from big companies, unless they deregister as MSMEs. The protection is available only to an MSME that qualifies as a “supplier” under section 15 of the MSMED Act. A “supplier”, as per section 2(n) of the MSMED Act, is that Micro and Small Enterprise which has filed a memorandum with authority referred to in section 8(1) (i.e., Udyam Registration). Thus, Udhyam Registration is a must to get protection under section 43B(h) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

Another taxing issue for the tax auditor is to report such disallowances in Form 3CD. It will be extremely difficult to obtain information about the status of all suppliers in a large corporation. This is an additional burden on otherwise stretched tax auditors. Auditors will have to rely on the declarations filed by the MSMEs or representations made by the client. Detailed guidance from the ICAI will be useful to auditors. ICAI should consider how much responsibility be cast on tax auditors, and some portions of the tax audit report should be in the form of declarations / representations by the clients instead of certification of each and every figure by a tax auditor in Form 3CD. Micro and small enterprises should mention their Udyog Registration Number on their invoices, and the buyer or recipient of services should obtain a copy of such certificate on record.

In conclusion, the insertion of clause (h) in section 43B is with good intentions; however, considering varied practices across the industries, the proviso to section 43B, as applicable to other payments, should also be extended to Micro and Small Enterprises, allowing deduction of payments made before the due date of filing of the return. As demanded by various trade associations, the provisions may be deferred by one year so that sufficient time period is available for businesses to align with these provisions.

An amendment of this nature that significantly impacts businesses should be carried out only after consultation with stakeholders.

Election is around the corner, so we do not have a full-fledged budget this year. We await the full budget to be presented by the newly elected Government.

 

Warm Regards,

Mayur Nayak,
Editor

Occam’s Razor

Now that I am a ‘temping’ as a stopgap Editor for this month, I thought I could write something I have been following for months and enjoying listening to! Budgets are a passé this month as we already had a VOA. Books and Videos and Podcasts I am finding with each passing day have the best ROI over a long period of time as they compound so well. Some 25-odd years ago, you paid lacs of rupees to get information, or to learn live from the smartest / wisest people alive. You travelled far. Say what information a fancy international advisor had is today available freely (if not free) on the internet for a fraction of the cost. In other words, one can learn something that is priceless with about ₹1000 of data!

In November 2023, we lost Charlie Munger, one of the smartest men (super investor) alive, just weeks before he would have turned a hundred. For his age, he had the advantage of being through many more years than most people alive. He was also at a vantage point where most people aren’t – being a top investor in US markets. However, his greatest knack was: seeing what most people didn’t, in a way one needs to see at that point of time and capture and articulate it so brilliantly.

If you haven’t heard of him, read on. If you haven’t heard him, you must. If you have, you should hear him again and read up on him! Just as music is to aficionados of music, so is the light of wisdom to seekers of it. What a way he communicated — a combination of intellectual honesty (churn of learning from experience), with a flow of precise witty directness that penetrates a worthy listener.

In one video, Charlie speaks about ‘tricks’ he learned early in his life. When someone of that stature shares his ninety-plus years of being alive during the most amazing times in human history, one just listens without even blinking their eyes.

I like it when he talks of simple, basic things! In one video, he talks about ‘common sense’. And he calls it – “when a man can operate over a broad range of human territory without making many boners … and that is a very important thing to be good at and the question is how to get it”. We all see how uncommon (common) sense is. Charlie says how he saw someone who was really good at something and he thought he would never be as good as that person. And then he saw all these ‘follies’ out there everywhere. And he thought to himself: “… I suddenly realised (if) I just avoid all the follies, I can get the advantage without having to be really good at anything”. This is a classic Charlie Munger idea which he calls turning something around backwards to find something worthwhile. It is like saying can you stop being stupid, if you can’t be wise; can we stop doing something at least, if we cannot do what should be done?

At another point, he speaks about being a ‘collector of ideas’. “I loved big ideas that had a lot of instructive powers and I didn’t mind when they were in somebody else’s territory.. and I used them to solve problems and do self-education…”. At one point, he says he is a collector of inanities because there are so many of them all around. For all other collections, one needs to put in so much effort. Whereas, collection of inanities and cataloguing them in one’s head, he says has been a wonderful thing. He speaks about interplay of some of these ideas and how the process of synthesis worked in areas other than where the ideas came from.

In his own words, he talks about Occam’s Razor (read more online for this tool for understanding the world) and how things should be made as simple as possible, but not simpler (attributed to Einstein). This is evident from all that Charlie has talked about. How to reduce ideas to irreducible basic elements which are simple and few. Further, he explains how to look at a result that is a lollapalooza. He calls for looking at the ‘confluence of multiple causes’, multiple forces operating in the same direction. He says how with all this he could see more clearly than most experts in that field saw. This is perhaps a key knack to have when investing money apart from everything else in life.

About a specific social science problem, he asks whether we can fix this problem? And, he answers, “Yes.” Then asks whether it is likely to happen? He says, “No.” And this is so true — so many things have absolutely common sense answers that they can be fixed. But when you ask if they are likely to get fixed, the answer is a clear ‘NO’. From a study I did recently on the Ease of Doing KYC, bankers take self-attested PAN cards every two years for KYC, where PAN never changes, and for the existence of customers, they already take a signed form. Now, if you ask the same question – whether this can be fixed by stopping to take self-attested PAN from a biometrically covered nation – the answer is ‘YES’. But if you ask whether this will stop soon, the answer is ‘NO’.

His business partner Buffett says: “Charlie marches to the beat of his own music, and it is music like virtually no one else is listening to.” A good observable generalisation that Charlie points out: “the standard human condition is stupidity … it suffers from mis-cognition”. At another time, he said: “It’s remarkable how much long-term advantage people like us have gotten by trying to be consistently not stupid, instead of trying to be very intelligent.” He stretched it further when he said “If people weren’t so often wrong, we wouldn’t be so rich.”

I leave you with my favourite ones:

For its potent obviousness: “The best way to get what you want in life is to deserve what you want”.

For its sarcasm coming from an investor: “The derivative accounting in America is a sewer, is an insult to sewage”.

For its self-deprecating humour: Buffet: Charlie is big on lowering expectations. Charlie: “That’s the way I got married, my wife lowered her expectations”.

About fraudulent accounting: “It’s like what they do in Italy when they have trouble sending mails and they pile up and irritate postal employees, they just throw away a few carloads”.

About Understanding (by Samuel Johnson): “I can give you an argument, but I cannot give you an understanding”.

About Investing in Gold: “I think civilized people don’t buy gold, they invest in productive businesses (unless you were a Jewish family in Vienna in 1939)”.

I won’t mention but I know that you know the type of people this quote is talking about: “When they are talking they are lying and when they are quiet they are stealing”.

Taxpayers’ Charter – Implement It in Letter and Spirit (Respect Begets Respect)

One would like to visit a place often where one gets respect. More than what we are treated with, “how” we are treated is important. And therefore, one would shudder to go to a Police Station. However, some people have a similar feeling while visiting the Income tax office. The trust deficit between the Income-tax department and the taxpayer is so high that both suspect and disrespect each other. Respect for the fellow human being is the cardinal principle of a civilized society. However, it is not to be found while dealing with some government agencies.

In this connection, the first two declarations of the Taxpayers’ Charter by the Income-tax Department1, which was issued on 13th August, 2020, deserve our attention.


  1. https://incometaxindia.gov.in/Documents/taxpayer-charter.pdf

They are as follows:

“The Income Tax Department is committed to:

1. Provide fair, courteous, and reasonable treatment

The Department shall provide prompt, courteous, and professional assistance in all dealings with the taxpayer.

2. Treat taxpayer as honest

The Department shall treat every taxpayer as honest unless there is a reason to believe otherwise.”

In all, there are 14 declarations in the Taxpayers’ Charter. However, even if the first two declarations cited above are implemented in letter and spirit, they can help to reduce the trust deficit to a great extent.

When one looks at the language of the notices or summons issued by the Income-tax department, one feels that much needs to be done to implement these two declarations in the Charter. Of late, summons are sent by the Investigation Wing of the Income-tax department even to non-residents who have been living abroad for ages, seeking details of their worldwide affairs without jurisdiction. Moreover, the notices threaten to levy a penalty for non-attendance and contain a direction not to leave the officer’s chamber until permitted to do so. Such an attitude creates fear and causes reluctance in nonresidents in even venturing into obtaining a PAN in India. Notices from the Income-tax department use unfriendly language and end with a threat to levy a penalty for noncompliance. The tone of the communication from the Income-tax department is that taxpayers are suspected tax evaders. These attitudes need to be changed with soft skills training for officers on the approach to taxpayers.

It is worth noting the remarks made by the Prime Minister while launching the Taxpayers’ Charter – “it is a significant step where the taxpayer is now assured of fair, courteous and rational behaviour.” He said the charter takes care of maintaining the dignity and sensitivity of the taxpayer and that is based on a trust factor and that the assessee cannot be merely doubted without a basis. Many steps have been taken by the Government to improve taxpayers’ services, such as the use of technology, faceless assessments, faceless appeals, etc.; however, much more remains to be done.

The experience of the taxpayer is quite dismal when it comes to fair and reasonable treatment by the Incometax department. High-pitched assessments, withholding of refunds, denial of exemptions/deductions, reopening of assessments without making base papers available to taxpayers, adjustment of refunds against unverified past demands, past incorrect demands reappearing time and again, and the absence of accountability on the part of tax officials remain painful experiences of taxpayers, even today. The levy of a high penalty (Rs. Ten Lakh) under the Black Money Act for mere failure to disclose (in respect of a legitimate transaction) a foreign asset or signatory of a foreign bank account, etc., by an Indian resident cannot be justified as fair and reasonable on any count. Some overzealous Assessing Officers want to tax anything and everything, as there is no accountability if they are found to have gone overboard.

The powers given by the recent insertions in section 245 of the Income-tax Act are prone to misuse and harmful to taxpayers. The amended provisions allow tax authorities to withhold refunds on the basis that they are anticipating some demand to arise in future upon the conclusion of pending assessment proceedings. In any case, refunds of higher amounts are invariably delayed or withheld without any valid reason; the amended provision will legitimatise the right of tax officials to delay refunds.

Backdoor assumption of powers by the CBDT?

Many sections, e.g., section 115BAB, sections 206C(1G/H), 194-O, 194Q, 194R, 194S, etc., are amended to assume powers by the CBDT to issue binding guidelines on the taxpayers and tax officials. So far, guidelines issued by the Income-tax department were biding only on the officers. However, under the new provisions, guidelines issued by the CBDT shall be binding on both taxpayers and IT officials. Even though these guidelines need to be approved by the Parliament, it hardly makes a difference. There is a fear that officials will assume powers to amend the law in the name of clarifications, etc. The glaring example is FAQ 4 of Circular 12/2022 issued in the context of S.194R, which states that the cost of a free medicine sample given by a pharma company to a doctor with the narration ‘Not for Sale’ can be considered as a ‘benefit’/‘perquisite’ provided to the doctor and hence the pharma company providing free samples needs to deduct TDS under section 194R. This interpretation of the tax department may not stand the test of judicial scrutiny. However, till such time, the taxpayer will be bound by it, as it is a part of the binding guideline. Such provisions are clearly against the spirit of the Taxpayers’ Charter, which aims to be people-centric and public-friendly.

Unfortunately, one can still see the grip of bureaucracy over law-making. The laws are framed for outliers/exceptions. In the name of plugging loopholes, court rulings in favour of taxpayers are nullified by legislative amendments, citing legislative intent, which may not be true. This calls for a complete change of mindset in policymaking and advising.

Two other important declarations in the Taxpayers’ Charter are (i) Providing a Just and Fair Tax System and (ii) Reducing the Cost of Compliance. When one looks at both of these declarations, one cannot help but feel that the ground-level reality is far from the promises in the Charters.

Let us hope that the Income-tax officials will implement the Taxpayers’ Charter in the spirit of “Transparent Taxation — Honouring the Honest”, the underlying theme announced by the PM while launching the structural reforms platform of Faceless Assessment, Faceless Appeal and Taxpayers’ Charter. Needless to add, every rule, law, and policy has to be people-centric and publicfriendly, rather than process and power-centric.

New Criminal Laws in the New Year

One major development on the judicial front is the enactment of three new criminal laws, to replace the colonial-era criminal laws. The focus of the earlier laws was to levy penalties, whereas the focus of the new laws is to give justice to the victim. The three New Laws are: (1) The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (replacing the “Indian Penal Code, 1860”) (2) The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 [ replacing The Code of Criminal Procedure, (CrPC) 1973] and (3) The Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (replacing the “Indian Evidence Act, 1872”).

The laws are not only named in Bharatiya style but claimed to be Bharatiya in spirit to keep pace with the current times and get rid of the colonial mindset. The new laws provide penalties for crimes such as terrorism, mob lynching, and offences jeopardising national security. The new laws will have a far-reaching impact on internal security and law and order situation in India. However, to make these laws more effective, judicial reforms need to be undertaken at the earliest.

Let us hope that Bharat ushers in the New Year with a progressive, positive, and pragmatic mindset, leaving behind a colonial legacy!

Wish you a happy and prosperous 2024!

Pains of Harsh Penalties for Bonafide Mistakes

“It is the power of punishment alone, when exercised impartially in proportion to the guilt, and irrespective of whether the person punished is the King’s son or an enemy, that protects this world and the next.” – Kautilya

 

In a recent decision, the division bench of the Mumbai ITAT, in the case of Shobha Harish Thawani,1 confirmed the levy of penalty under Section 43 of The Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income And Assets) And Imposition Of Tax Act, 2015 (BMA) for non-disclosure of foreign assets in ‘Schedule FA’ of the Income-tax Return (ITR). In this particular case, the assessee had made a joint investment (with her husband) in an overseas Fund, having a 40 per cent share, but failed to disclose the said foreign asset in Schedule FA of ITR filed for A.Ys. 2016–17 and 2018–19. The assessee explained the source of the investments and offered the income thereon to tax in the ITRs. The Assessing Officer (AO) did not accept the assessee’s plea of bonafide error in disclosing such investment and levied a penalty of R10 lakh for each of the A.Ys. under Section 43 of the BMA for furnishing inaccurate particulars of investments outside India.

1   [TS-554-ITAT-2023(Mum)] dated 9th August, 2023

 

The ITAT noted that Section 43 does not provide any room not to levy a penalty, even if the foreign asset is disclosed in the books, since the penalty is levied only towards non-disclosure of foreign assets in ITR. Strangely, her husband, who was the joint owner of the said investments, also failed to disclose the said investments in his ITR, but AO levied no penalty in his case. The language of Section 43 of the BMA is “…the Assessing Officer may direct that such person shall pay, by way of penalty, a sum of ten lakh rupees”(emphasis supplied). Regarding the discretion to levy the penalty, ITAT held, “The Assessing Officer exercised his discretion judiciously.” Thus, it did not give any relief to the assessee.

However, Mumbai ITAT, in the case of Leena Gandhi Tiwari,2 held that “a mere non-disclosure of a foreign asset in the income tax return, by itself, is not a valid reason for a penalty under the BMA.”


2   Addl. CIT vs. Leena Gandhi Tiwari (2022) 216 TTJ 905 / 96 ITR (T) 384(Mum) (Trib)

As far as the discretion of the AO is concerned, the ITAT held that “It is also to be noted that Section 43 provides that the Assessing Officer “may” impose the penalty, and the use of the expression “may” signifies that the penalty is not to be imposed in all cases of lapses and that there is no cause and effect relationship simpliciter between the lapse and the penalty.”

As to what should be the considerations for the exercise of this inherent discretion by the Assessing Officer, we find some guidance from Hon’ble Supreme Court’s judgment in the case of Hindustan Steel Ltd vs. The State of Orissa3, which, inter alia, observes that “…penalty will not ordinarily be imposed unless the party obliged, either acted deliberately in defiance of law or was guilty of conduct contumacious or dishonest, or acted in conscious disregard of its obligation. The penalty will not also be imposed merely because it is lawful to do so. Whether a penalty should be imposed for failure to perform a statutory obligation is a matter of discretion of the authority to be exercised judicially and on a consideration of all the relevant circumstances. Even if a minimum penalty is prescribed, the authority competent to impose the penalty will be justified in refusing to impose a penalty, when there is a technical or venial breach of the provisions of the Act or where the breach flows from a bona fide belief that the offender is not liable to act in the manner prescribed by the statute.”


3   [(1972) 83 ITR 26 (SC)]

In both these cases, the respective assessee claimed it was a genuine or a bonafide mistake. There was no mens rea. In the former case, this plea was rejected, and in the latter case, it was accepted.

The main objective of the BMA, as mentioned in the Statement of Objects and Reasons, appears to be “tracking down and bringing back undisclosed foreign assets and income which legitimately belongs to the nation.” Therefore, stringent regulations and harsh penalties are prescribed. These provisions are to deal with serious monetary crimes and not for bonafide mistakes or careless omissions, more so when there is no culpable state of mind. The intention behind the omissions must be considered, especially when the income from such investments is offered for taxation. Provisions of Section 43 of the BMA should be invoked judiciously, as one should not be penalised with a harsh penalty when one has made investments through a normal banking channel complying with FEMA formalities (e.g., remittance under Liberalised Remittance Scheme / ODI, etc.) or the income from such investments / assets are offered for tax in India. Levying of penalty in such circumstances, merely for non-disclosure of foreign investments / assets, and that too in a particular part of the return only, may be legally correct but morally wrong.

The severity of this penal provision can be understood by the fact that even if the assessee has made a one-time investment in foreign asset amounting to Rs 1,00,000 but failed to disclose the same in his ITR, a penalty of Rs 10 lakhs can be levied for each year of non-disclosure. For example, if a person fails to disclose such investment for three years, then Rs. 30 lakhs can be levied as a penalty for a technical default repeated three times. The only exception from such a penalty is in respect of an asset, being one or more bank accounts having an aggregate balance which does not exceed a value equivalent to Rs. 5,00,000 at any time during the previous year.”

The AOs should, therefore, use their discretion more judiciously and desist from routinely levying penalties. Unfortunately, some AOs seem to take a different view. In Leena Gandhi Tiwari’s case (supra), the AO relied on the decision of the Supreme Court (SC) in the case of UOI vs. Dharmendra Textiles Processors4relating to section 11AC of the Central Excise Act, 1944, dealing with a mandatory penalty in case of any wilful misstatement or suppression of facts or contravention of any of the provisions thereunder.

4   (2008) 306 ITR 277 (SC)

The situation is no better under the Income-tax Act, 1961. Post SC decision in the case of Dharmendra Textiles, the AOs were invoking penalty provisions under the Income tax in a routine manner. This erroneous interpretation was set right by the SC in UOI vs. Rajasthan Spinning & Weaving Mills5, wherein it was held that: “At this stage, we need to examine the recent decision of this Court in Dharmendra Textile Processor’s case (supra). In almost every case relating to penalty, the decision is referred to on behalf of the Revenue as if it laid down that in every case of non-payment or short payment of duty, the penalty clause would automatically get attracted, and the authority had no discretion in the matter. One of us (AftabAlam, J.) was a party to the decision in Dharmendra Textile Processor’s case (supra), and we see no reason to understand or read that decision in that manner.”


5   (2009) 180 Taxmann 609 (SC)

To conclude, any penalty should be proportionate to the seriousness or magnitude of the violations / lapses. The purpose of a penalty should be to discourage intentional wrongdoing while addressing unintentional errors through a more lenient approach, such as a reprimand or nominal fine. Provisions concerning harsh penalties under BMA, the Income-tax Act, 1961, and various other Statutes need to be suitably amended to give relief in respect of bonafide mistakes or venial / technical lapses or additions arising due to ambiguous provisions. Often, there are delays in compliance (e.g., KYC verification) because of a server failure on the government website, network issues, mistakes in forms, etc. Whereas taxpayers are at the receiving end for mistakes on their part, the revenue officials get away without any penal actions if their decisions are overruled or found to be blatantly incorrect or are in contrast to the jurisdictional Court / ITAT rulings. Professional bodies like BCAS can assist in identifying harsh penalty provisions under various laws and suggest checks and balances to stop their misuse and encourage compliance.

Let us hope and trust that till the time the laws are amended, the Courts and AOs will take a lenient view of such pardonable lapses, which will help to bridge the trust deficit between the taxpayers and the Income-tax department.

National Litigation Policy: Need of the Hour

With several distinctive features, Bharat is also famous for prolonged, repetitive and frivolous litigations. In fact, one of the major impediments or deterrents to FDI and ease of doing business in Bharat is its time-consuming judicial system. Today, the Judicial system in Bharat is clogged with crores of pending cases, i.e., 4,46,05,238 as of 27th October, 20231 at the District and Taluka levels only, out of which more than one lakh cases are 30 years old, as per the National Judicial Data Grid. Majority of these cases (75.11 per cent) are criminal cases, and the balance are civil cases. The total number of cases pending at various High Courts is 61.66 lakhs, and at the Supreme Court, it is 0.79 lakhs. This shows how alarming the situation is.

In 2022, Former Chief Justice of India, Shri N. V. Ramana2 said, “It is a well-acknowledged fact that governments are the biggest litigants, accounting for nearly 50 per cent of the cases.” Even though the exact number of cases where the Government is a party cannot be known in the absence of data, it is an accepted fact that the government is the biggest litigant in India. Recently, the division bench headed by the CJI of Delhi High Court, in the case of UOI vs. Kiran Kanojia3 and other appeals, observed that “the overwhelming majority of cases currently clogging the judicial system involve either the Central Government, State Governments, or public sector undertakings (PSUs).”

The former Finance Minister and former President of India, Bharat RatnaPranab Mukherjee4, said, “One area of concern is litigation with taxpayers. The (Income-tax) Department is filing appeals in a routine manner without careful thought and examination, leading to the Department earning the dubious distinction of being the biggest litigant in the Government of India.” Coming down heavily on frivolous cases, in May 2023, a bench headed by Justice B. R. Gavai verbally observed that at least 40 per cent of litigation filed by Central and State Governments is frivolous. Thus, the issue is not only of a large number of cases by the Government but also of them being frivolous and unjust in nature. In Urban Improvement Trust, Bikaner vs. Mohan Lal5, the Supreme Court observed that “It is a matter of concern that such frivolous and unjust litigation by governments and statutory authorities are on the increase. Statutory Authorities exist to discharge statutory functions in public interest. They should be responsible litigants. They cannot raise frivolous and unjust objections, nor act in a callous and highhanded manner.” Unfortunately, Government officials get away with frivolous claims as there is no accountability on their part. Notably, the States of Sikkim and Haryana have implemented rules / policies to hold Government officials accountable for lapses resulting in failure of cases.


1 https://njdg.ecourts.gov.in/njdgnew/index.php

2 Speaking at the Joint Conference of Chief Ministers and Chief Justices of High Courts

3 FAO 265/2014, CM APPL. 39547/2019 Judgement date 22nd September 2023

4 Speaking at the 150th Anniversary of Income Tax in India in 2010

5 (2010) 1 SCC 512. Special Leave Petition[C] 29852 OF 2009 [CC NO.11768] dated 30.10.2009

 

It is not that the Government is not aware of this sorry state of affairs. In a pivotal move to tackle this issue, the “National Litigation Policy, 2010” (NLP) was formulated. However, unfortunately, this policy was never implemented. There were plans to introduce a revised NLP in 2015, but this, too, is yet to be implemented. On 13th June, 2017, the Government formulated the “Action Plan to Reduce Government Litigation.” This plan emphasises that appeals should only be filed in cases which touch upon significant policy matters and vexatious litigation should be promptly withdrawn. However, practical experience suggests that this, too, is not followed by Government officers. The Government came out with the “Vivad Se Vishwas” Scheme to reduce the pendency of litigation; however, it did not get the desired response for various reasons.

Regarding reasons for the Government being the biggest litigant, the Supreme Court, in Urban Improvement Trust (supra), noted as under:

“Unwarranted litigation by Governments and statutory authorities basically stems from the two general baseless assumptions by their officers. They are: (i) All claims against the Government / statutory authorities should be viewed as illegal and should be resisted and fought up to the highest court of the land.

(ii) If taking a decision on an issue could be avoided, then it is prudent not to decide the issue and let the aggrieved party approach the court and secure a decision.

The reluctance to take decisions, or tendency to challenge all orders against them, is not the policy of Governments or statutory authorities but is attributable to some officers who are responsible for taking decisions and / or officers in charge of litigation. Their reluctance arises from an instinctive tendency to protect themselves against any future accusations of wrong decision-making, or worse, of improper motives for any decision-making. Unless their insecurity and fear is addressed, officers will continue to pass on the responsibility of decision-making to courts and tribunals.”

In order to monitor the cases involving the Central Government, a portal called LIMBS — Legal Information Management and Briefing System is established. Currently, LIMBS is showing that 6.75 lakh cases involving the Central Government remain pending. This shows the dire need for a well-thought-out strategy to reduce litigation.

A step towards the reduction of tax litigation was taken by the CBDT in 20186 by increasing the monetary limits for filing Departmental Appeals. The present limit before the ITAT stands at Rs. 50 lakhs; before the High Court — R One Crore and before the Supreme Court — R Two Crore.

Almost 96 per cent of direct tax collection is by way of voluntary payments by taxpayers in the form of Advance Tax, Self-Assessment Taxes, TDS and TCS, where there is no cost of collection to the Government, but the taxpayers bear high compliance costs. Ironically, instead of thanking taxpayers for their services in tax collection, they are penalised heavily and threatened with prosecution even for minor and technical lapses. This increases litigation and harassment of honest taxpayers. The tendency to reopen cases based on change of opinion, interpretation, audit objections (often unjustified), retrospective amendments to tax laws, or decisions favouring Revenue, etc. leads to a plethora of cases. The recent spate of reopening of cases under section 148 of the Income-tax Act is a glaring example. The recent ruling by the Apex Court in the case of Nestle and others regarding giving effect of an MFN Clause in a tax treaty will surely result in a flood of fresh litigation. Isn’t it strange that all these litigations and heart burns are only to collect remaining 4 per cent of revenue.


6 CBDT Circular No. 3 of 2018 dated 11th July, 2018

 

The clogging of cases in Indian courts is a complex issue. It requires a multi-pronged strategy. There is an immediate need for a comprehensive National Litigation Policy with a definitive timeline for its implementation, along with provisions for accountability of Government Officials for frivolous and unjust applications. On the other hand, Government Officials should be empowered to take bold decisions in favour of taxpayers / citizens without fear or favour. CAG Audit objections, which are at times contrary to the law laid down by the Courts, need not be acted upon where the tax authority and his superior are of the view that no mistake has been committed. The launch of a Faceless Assessment Scheme is a step in that direction. Besides, there is a need to change the mindset on the part of officers. The Government should promote Alternative Dispute Resolution methods to reduce litigations coming to courts and expedite the decisions. When a court decision, contrary to the view taken by courts in the past, which will have large-scale repercussions on past assessments, is passed, the CBDT, in the interests of stability of business, should take a pragmatic view and implement that decision prospectively. There is a need to increase the overall efficiency in working of the judicial system by cutting the number of holidays, removing vacations, filling up vacancies and so on. In short, comprehensive Judicial reforms, along with stable, simple and pragmatic laws, can help reduce litigation and make the lives of citizens easy.

Wish you all the best wishes for a happy Deepavali and a Happy New Samvat Year, 2080!

Faceless Appeal Scheme – Way Ahead

Samudrika Shastra  is part of Ancient Indian Scriptures dealing with the study of face reading, aura reading, and whole body analysis1. The Sanskrit term “Samudrika Shastra” translates roughly as “knowledge of body features.” It is related to astrology and palmistry (Hast-samudrika), as well as phrenology (kapal-samudrika) and face reading (physiognomy, mukh-samudrika). It is now scientifically proven that humans communicate not only through words but also through gestures, actions, aura, thoughts, etc. Collectively they are known as “aids to communication”.

1. Samudrika Shastra. (2023, March 22). In Wikipedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Samudrika_Shastra

“Communication” is an art, and it is difficult to master, especially when it comes to convincing a person on the opposite side of the table, having a different perception, focus, context and mandate.

We all have experienced how difficult it was to convince an Assessing Officer or a Commissioner of Appeals during our personal hearings / interactions. This was despite using all aids to communicate besides “words”.  Personal hearings are in the nature of ‘Active Communication’, which is perceived to be easier than ‘Passive Communication’ in the form of writing, in the case of faceless hearings. However, to get the best of both worlds, now the new Faceless Appeal Scheme, 2021 provides for video conferencing / video calling facility to the taxpayers.

One of the pain points in personal hearing for the assessments / appeals was “corruption”. And, therefore, the need was felt to have lesser / no personal interface/interactions between taxpayers and tax officials.

With the laudable objectives of bringing greater efficiency, transparency, and accountability to the functioning of the Income-tax Department, the Government introduced faceless assessment and faceless appeal schemes.

The Hon’ble PM, on 13th  August, 2020, while launching the Faceless Assessment and Taxpayers’ Charter as part of the “Transparent Taxation – Honouring the Honest” platform, had announced the launching of the Faceless Appeal Scheme (FAS 2020) on 25th September, 20202. The Press Release noted that on the date of launching the FAS, about 4.6 lakh appeals were pending at the level of the Commissioner (Appeals) in the Department. Out of this, about 4.05 lakh appeals, i.e., about 88 per cent of the total appeals, were expected to be handled under the Faceless Appeal Mechanism.

FAS 2020 was introduced during the time of the Pandemic, when physical movement was highly restricted. It had laudable objectives. However, the Scheme met with a lot of opposition as well. Many cases were filed, alleging denial of a fair hearing, contrary to the principles of Natural Justice. Some of the objections were sought to be resolved by making provisions for video conferencing, video telephony, etc. However, this facility was not available as a matter of right to the taxpayer and was subject to the request being approved by the concerned authority. This provision was challenged in the Supreme Court in the case of CBDT vs. Lakshya Budhiraja & Anr3. However, the government acted promptly and replaced the FAS 2020 by a new Faceless Appeal Scheme, 2021 (FAS 2021) on 28th December 20214. The FAS 2021 provides for mandatory virtual hearing through a video conference/video calling facility if demanded by the taxpayer. Here also, the identity of the CIT(A) hearing the case will not be revealed, but the taxpayer will be able to put across his arguments verbally and effectively.


2. https://pib.gov.in/PressReleseDetailm.aspx?PRID=1658982. Refer Notification No. 76 dated 25th September 2020, for the Faceless Appeals Scheme 2020 (2020) 428 ITR 1 (St).
3. Transfer Petition(s) (Civil) No(s).  1445-1446/2021. SC decision dated 10th January 2022
4. Notification No. 137/2021/F. No. 370142/57/2021-TPL(Part-1). Faceless Appeal Scheme, 2021 Notification No. S. O. 5429(E), dated 28th December, 2021

One of the advantages of the FAS is that CIT(A) can dispose of appeals on merits, even in cases of appeals against high-pitched assessments, as there are no direct interactions with the Appellant. Appellants, on the other hand, can expect transparency and efficiency in the system. Also, the establishment of the National Faceless Appeal Centre (NFAC) for the allocation of appeals, using Artificial Intelligence, will ensure impartiality and secrecy.

Faceless Assessments preceded Faceless Appeals. The practical experience of Faceless Assessments has been mixed. In some cases, contentious issues raised year after year have been accepted, while in some cases, even small issues have resulted in unreasonable demands/treatments. One of the advantages of Faceless Assessments is that every year the Assessing Officer is different, and hence, he is not under pressure to take a similar view of any contentious issue year after year and can decide the matter afresh based on merits.  It is learnt that Faceless Appeals have not yet picked up pace, and therefore, there is a huge backlog of pending appeals which has crossed five lakh mark as on 31st March 2023.  It is unfortunate that lakhs of appeals are pending, and taxpayers have to live with uncertainty. It is sending a wrong signal to the investor community worldwide. Let’s hope that Income-tax Department upholds it promise given in the Taxpayers’ Charter, where it is mentioned that “The Department shall take decision in every income-tax proceeding within the time prescribed under law.” It may be noted that justice delayed is justice denied, and therefore, a system may be devised to expedite the process and clear the pendency of appeals at the CIT levels. With an objective of disposing of a huge backlog of pending appeals at CIT levels, the Finance Act 2023 has inserted a new section 246 with effect from 1st April, 2023 providing for the filing of appeals before the Joint Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) [JCIT (Appeals)]. The need is to change in outlook on the part of officers and disposal of appeals boldly, solely on merits, irrespective of the sum involved. The government should focus on fair and equitable justice rather than revenue maximisation. This puts huge pressure on tax officials and results in high-pitched assessments/appeals.

One thing appears certain, i.e., Faceless Assessments and Faceless Appeals are here to stay, and both, the taxpayers and the Income-tax Department need to work in tandem to make these schemes work. Needless to add, in the Faceless Assessments and Appeals era, we professionals need to upgrade our drafting and presentation skills to put across our points of view effectively.

Having said that, it is also found that both sides are inclined to go back to the old system of personal hearings for Appeals. The government may consider the feasibility of both systems working in parallel, at least for some time, with objective criteria, like income or tax threshold or complexities of issues involved, just as certain exceptions are provided in the present FAS. It is earnestly urged that any scheme framed should factor in the principles of natural justice and give the taxpayer a fair chance to explain his case, which can only be achieved through a two-way hearing and dialogue.

In this context, it may be noted that there are differing views regarding the Faceless Appeal Scheme and its sustainability. In any case, such a Scheme should not be at the cost of laying down the proper law and defeating justice for the taxpayer. The legendary lawyer, Nani Palkhivala, in a letter to Soli Sorabjee congratulating him on being appointed as the Attorney General of India, quoted the motto of the Justice Department of the USA: “The United States wins its case whenever justice is done to one of its citizens in the courts”. Let’s hope that the mandatory virtual hearing at the request of the appellant would take care of various apprehensions and concerns regarding the effectiveness of the FAS 2021.

Wise men say change is painful. But the only thing certain is a ‘change’. There are four stages in acceptance of any idea: Ridicule, Oppose, Contemplate and Accept. If we look at the implementation of the “Digital Payments System” in India, we get the answer. The message to our readers is to rise to the occasion and be the proponent of change and not the opponent in your enlightened interest.  

Best wishes for the 77th Independence Day!

CA Profession and BCAS @ 75

Congratulations to all my esteemed professional colleagues in the Chartered Accountancy profession and members of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) for completing 74 years and entering the 75th year. It is heartening to see the profession, and BCAS grow from strength to strength in these 75 years. We must salute the wisdom of our forefathers for having established the voluntary body of CAs, namely, BCAS, within just five days (i.e., 6th July, 1949) of setting up of the Regulatory Body, ICAI, on 1st July, 1949. BCAS has the unique distinction of being the oldest and also the largest (with over 8500 members pan India) voluntary body of Chartered Accountants in India pursuing academic activities for the benefit of the CA community at this scale and in diverse fields. BCAS has rendered yeoman services to the profession since its inception. Today it is rightly considered as the “think tank and the torch bearer” of the profession. Seventy-five years is a long-time span in the life of an individual, as also for a voluntary body of professionals.

The uniqueness of BCAS is the selfless services of its volunteers spread across the country and through generations. It is an amalgam of the wisdom of seniors and the enthusiasm of youth, where a generation nurtures and blossoms talents and then passes on the baton to the next generation. It is a place where the “Profession First” is practised by its committed members in letter and spirit. This has created a unique “BCAS Culture” over the years. Truly, BCAS is working relentlessly for its vision of harnessing talent, disseminating knowledge, building skills, and networking amongst its members and encouraging them to adhere to the highest ethical standards and professional integrity. Many other voluntary bodies of CAs are being motivated and inspired by the precedents set by BCAS.

Incidentally, the Nation completed 75 years of independence on 15th August 2022, and the BCA Journal carried a distinctive feature, “India @ 75”, in which past presidents who completed 75 years of their life shared their experiences of India @ 75. The articles by past presidents were accompanied by QR code-enabled recordings by a team of volunteers, which helped members to listen to the same, also in addition to reading them. This novel experience was well received by the journal subscribers and hence is repeated in this Issue also. Three patriotic poems in Hindi were the highlights of this special feature in the August 2022 issue of the BCAJ, which also happened to be the 750th Issue of BCAJ.

It is interes ting to note that the emblem of ICAI carries a Sanskrit verse  (Ya Esa Supteshu Jagarti) from a shloka from the Kathopanishad (Also known as “Katha Upanishad”). It literally means “A person who is awake in those that sleep.” This quote/verse was given by Sri Aurobindo at the time of the formation of ICAI in the year 1949.

When we look at the emblem of BCAS, we find yet another interesting Sanskrit verse, namely,  (Na Bhayam Chasti Jagratah) The literal meaning of this verse is “if you are alert, you will not have any fear.”

Both these quotes are apt in that a CA is expected to be more vigilant and aware of the latest developments in the laws and regulations to protect the interest of all stakeholders. In February 2022, while speaking at one of the ICAI’s award functions, the Union Minister Dr Jitendra Singh said that “Chartered Accountants are the conscience keepers of the nation’s account. Therefore, the integrity of their own conscience is vital for the health of a nation in general and the financial health of a nation in particular.” It reflects the trust that this profession enjoys from the various stakeholders, as also their expectations. Naturally, professionals, in turn, shoulder huge responsibility to meet these expectations.

Much has changed in the last 75 years in the CA profession. From handwritten notes, we have moved to smart writing pads; from manual counting to calculators and computers; from the manual filing of returns to electronic filings; from in-person assessments to virtual and faceless; and so on. Technology Transformation/disruption has been the biggest impactor in the last 75 years, more so in the last decade or so. The pace of technological developments is changing the face of the CA profession very fast. Auditing today without the aid of technology is unthinkable. Implementation of GST would not have been possible without the use of information technology. The income-tax portal is used not only for disseminating knowledge but also for rendering a variety of services to taxpayers. The advent of “Artificial Intelligence” has taken transformation/disruption to the next level. It will completely change human life and so also our profession in times to come. The profession will have to reinvent itself. New practice areas will emerge and are emerging, and traditional areas of practice will fade away or get extinct. Only those who will accept, adapt, and use technology will survive.

At BCAJ also, we have adopted and adapted to technology swiftly. After the initial cyclostyled ‘Bulletin’, the first printed issue of the “Bulletin” was published in December 1962. Thereafter the Bulletin was printed intermittently, owing to some difficulties. The first issue of the Journal was published in July 1967. However, the first monthly issue was published in January 1969  and since then, it has been regularly published till date. From the cyclostyled Bulletin, BCAJ has moved to modern printing and has also become digital.

Today India is one of the fastest-growing economies in the world. The scale and pace of growth is enormous. Today India is the 5th largest economy in the world and is expected to occupy the 3rd place latest by the turn of the decade, i.e., 2030. Both our country and CA profession are in the Amrut Kaal, and therefore, this year’s theme for the Special Issue of July 2023 is selected as “Economic Development”. Four eminent authors have contributed articles on the impact of four different areas, namely, Audit, Direct Tax, Alternative Dispute Resolution (Legal) and Technology, on the economic development of India. Besides these interesting articles, the special issue also carries a transcript of an interview with Dr Brinda Jagirdar, Economist. One can listen to these articles by scanning the respective QR code printed along with them.

All authors and interviewees have emphasised the role of technology in the economic development of the country.

As our PM Shri Narendra Modi said, truly, we have entered a “Techade” (A decade dedicated to technology), which will rule the world. However, a word of caution here is that along with the increasing use and impact of technology, let us not forget ‘humanity’. We will have to learn certain soft skills, such as the right attitude towards life, compassion, communication, human relations and most importantly, work-life balance. It is good to use technology, but we should not allow technology to use us. Before AI masters us, let us master ourselves!

CA – From a Watchdog to a Bloodhound?
(Onerous Responsibilities Under Various Statutes)

Anything in excess is bad. The food which nourishes the body, if taken in excess, turns into poison for it. Excessive wealth may cause family disputes and so on. One of the famous verses of the Chanakya Niti reads as follows:

It means that by excessive charity, Karna was ruined. Suyodhan was ruined by excessive greed, and Ravana by excessive desire. Therefore, anything in excess should be avoided everywhere.

The above prologue is in the context of excessive responsibilities fastened on Chartered Accountants through various Statutes and/or by several Regulators.

Recent amendments to the Code of Ethics1 by the ICAI that were made applicable w.e.f. 1st October, 2022 requires CA Employees and Auditors of the Listed Companies to respond to Non-Compliance with Laws And Regulations (NOCLAR) about which they become aware or suspicious during their engagement. A Professional Accountant2 (PA) is required to comply with the fundamental principles and apply the conceptual framework set out in section 120 of the Code of Ethics to “identify, evaluate and address threats”. While the applicability of NOCLAR in India with the noble objective of protecting the public interest, it fastens wholesome responsibility on a CA, as NOCLAR covers acts of omission or commission, intentional or unintentional, which are contrary to the prevailing laws and regulations committed by the organisation itself, Management or other individuals working for or under the direction of such organisation.


1. Section 260 for Professional Accountants in Service and Section 360 for Professional Accountants in Practice of the Code of Ethics Volume I.
2. A Professional Accountant is defined to mean “an individual who is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India”.

The illustrative list of laws and regulations covered by NOCLAR are:

  • Fraud, corruption and bribery.
  • Money Laundering, terrorist financing and proceeds of crime.
  • Securities Markets and Trading.
  • Banking and other financial products and services.
  • Data protection.
  • Tax and pension liabilities and payments.
  • Environment protection and
  • Public health and safety.

The above list being only illustrative in nature, the PA will have to exercise due care and vigil while discharging his duties and must have robust documentation to justify his work. What is more burdensome is the requirement to report not only actual but even suspicious non-compliance to an appropriate authority without the knowledge of the concerned party or client. The Management may pretend ignorance about the provisions of laws and regulations and would throw the burden of compliance on a PA. Even the Code of Ethics provides that a PA shall consider whether Management and those charged with governance understand their legal or regulatory responsibilities with respect to non-compliance or suspected non-compliance. Thus, the burden is cast on a PA. Even Regulators and Stake Holders may hold PA responsible for any such breach. Is the profession ready to take on this onerous responsibility? Are we equipped to discharge this obligation?

The only silver lining to this dark cloud is the provision in para 260.24 A1 and 360.10 A2 which states that the accountant is not expected to have a level of knowledge of laws and regulations greater than that which is required to undertake the engagement or for the accountant’s role within the employing organisation. However, when things go wrong, how far the investigating agencies or regulators would accept this stand of an auditor? The experience has not been so good in this respect. One shudders to think of the plight of the auditors and CAs in employment when these standards are applied to even unlisted entities. It necessitates that a PA must have professional indemnity insurance. However, the insurance will take care of only financial loss, but what about the loss of health and reputation?

Another significant development is the issuance of Notification No. SO 2036 (E) dated 3rd May, 2023 by the Ministry of Finance, whereby certain services rendered by Chartered Accountants, Company Secretaries, and Cost Accountants are brought under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA) reporting requirements.

Services rendered by a chartered accountant on behalf of his client in the course of his or her profession, which are notified under PMLA, inter alia, include buying and selling of any immovable property; managing money, securities or other assets of the client; management of bank, savings or securities accounts, organisation of contributions for creation, operation or management of companies; creation, operation or management of companies, limited liability partnerships or trusts, and buying and selling of business entities.

The inclusion of the above services under PMLA casts an onerous duty on Chartered Accountants in terms of verifying, recording and reporting complete details of specified transactions. These requirements inter alia include identifying the object and purpose of the transaction, sources of funds and beneficial owner. This change, coupled with the revision of the Code of Ethics to apply NOCLAR w.e.f. 1st October, 2022 will make the task of chartered accountants in practice or in service much more challenging. All these professionals will have to maintain adequate documentation to prove their innocence in case of any allegations.

From the above developments, it is clear that sound technical knowledge of all applicable laws, compliance with Auditing Standards, Ethical Standards, KYC of clients, detailed Engagement Letter clearly defining the scope and the responsibilities, active engagement with clients, and robust documentation etc. are going to be critical factors for CAs in practice or in service. Above all, professionals should uphold the highest integrity level and not get involved in any wrongdoings.

With the kind of onerous responsibilities cast on CAs, there is a growing feeling and need for a law to protect the interest of CAs. Such a law should protect CAs from being made scapegoats, frivolous lawsuits, harassment, unwarranted arrest and loss of reputation. There is no accountability on the part of people who administer laws, nor on people who drag professionals into unnecessary litigations, which may continue for years. If such a law is in place, CAs will be able to render their services independently without any fear and insecurity.



Let me end my Editorial on a positive note by taking note of the inauguration of the state-of-the-art and architectural marvel – New Parliament House. The New Parliament is part of Central Vista, which will house all Ministries in new buildings going forward. It is said that Central Vista, including the New Parliament, is Vastu Shastra3 compliant. Let’s hope that the laws made in the New Parliament House are fair and equitable and that their administration by various Ministries is balanced, upholding the citizens’ rights provided in the Constitution of India, and Citizens’ Charters laid down by the various Government departments!


3. Vastu Shastra are the textual part of Vastu Vidya – the broader knowledge about architecture and design theories from ancient India. [Source: Vastu shastra. (2023, April 1). In Wikipedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vastu_shastra}

From Finance Bill to Finance Act, 2023

(Emerging Trends in Passing the Finance Bills)

The Finance Bill 2023 proposed 120 amendments to the Income-tax Act, 1961. However, the Finance Act, 2023 was eventually passed with 64 amendments to the Finance Bill. The Finance Bill was passed amidst uproar in Parliament without any discussion at all.

These days there is hardly any debate (for various reasons) in Parliament while passing the Finance Bill, with the result that not only amendments proposed by the Finance Bill get passed, but also additional amendments moved by the Government, which are not part of the original Finance Bill, also get passed easily.

It is suggested that provisions of a Finance Bill having significant impacts should be discussed and debated in Parliament or a select committee thereof and/or with various stakeholders, as it is always a good practice to have a consultative process before making significant amendments that have far-reaching impacts. This would prevent piecemeal amendments to the Income-tax Act, which are often carried out to reverse the judgments favouring assesses, or amendments to curb exceptional misuse of provisions by a few.

Recent amendments to the taxation of Charitable Trusts are a classic example of how amendments without a consultative process could result in enormous compliance burden and complexities. These amendments are a death knell to small and medium size trusts doing yeoman services at grassroots levels where the government has failed to reach.

Two significant amendments made by the Finance Act, 2023, which will have far-reaching impact, and which were not part of the original proposals, are:

(i) increase in the rate of TDS on Fees for Technical Services (FTS) and Royalty payments to non-residents from 10% to 20%, and

(ii) Gains on the sale of investments in Debt Mutual Funds to be taxed as short-term capital gains.

As far as TDS rates on FTS and Royalty are concerned, it will result in an increase in the cost of import of technology/services where the payment terms are net of tax, as the burden will be passed on to the Indian entrepreneur. The lower rate prescribed in a tax treaty may apply, but that claim is subject to a host of compliances such as beneficial ownership, obtaining of Tax Residency Certificate, filing form 10F, and/or obtaining PAN, filing of income-tax return in India etc. The amendments to the TDS rates on FTS and Royalty payments to non-residents have been quite frequent and which only shows that government is not sure of what it means by the ease of doing business. The Memorandum explaining provisions of the Finance Bill 2013 stated that the rate is increased from 10% to 25% because most treaties provide rates ranging from 10% to 25%. However, realizing the burden of TDS on Indian entrepreneurs (in cases of “net of tax” payments), the Finance Act 2015 again reduced the rate from 25% to 10%. The rate is again increased from 10% to 20% vide the Finance Act, 2023. These flip flops, that too without any explanation this time, raise doubts about the stability of tax laws in India.

Another significant amendment carried out by the Finance Act, 2023, was the expansion of the scope of section 50AA to specified Mutual Funds which was originally restricted to only Market Linked Debentures. Memorandum explaining the provisions in the Finance Bill, 2023 provided that “In order to tax the capital gains arising from the transfer or redemption or maturity of these securities as short-term capital gains at the applicable rates, it is proposed to insert a new Section 50AA in the Act…”. It then proposed to tax gains on the “Market Linked Debentures” (predominantly in the form of a debt where the returns are linked to market returns) as short-term capital gains at applicable rates, instead of long-term gains @ 10% without indexation. However, vide the Finance Act 2023, this tax treatment is also extended to units of specified mutual funds (having investments in equity shares of 35% or less) acquired on or after 1st April 2023. This change, having a significant impact on the Mutual Fund industry, AMCs, and investors; was not part of the Finance Bill 2023 and hence there is no explanation or stated logic.

Frequent changes in the tax regime defy one of the basic canons of a fair tax system, namely, “Certainty”. And this is not an aberration, but a repeated trend. The same thing happened with the taxation of dividends and the failed experiment with the Fringe Benefits Tax (FBT). With so many changes, the Income-tax Act, 1961 looks like a bridge with innumerable repair patches. To illustrate, there are fifty-nine sections in section 80 series, from 80A to 80U with many subsections, and similar is the case with section 115 series which has almost 108 sections (115A to 115VZC) spanned over fifteen chapters. There are many such provisions in the Income-tax Act, 1961 that have sub-sections, several explanations, provisos, sub-provisos, and so on, with the result that they look like a Banyan tree, where it is difficult to trace their origin. A classic case is section 10(23C) with over 20 provisos, some with their own explanations. We hope that going forward major changes will be made only after proper debate, discussion, and consultation with the stakeholders, that too once in a few years instead of every year, and assessee-friendly decisions are not reversed as a matter of routine.

Best Regards,

Dr. CA Mayur B. Nayak

Editor

How Happy We Are?

Every year the 20th of March is celebrated as the “International Day of Happiness”. In July 2011, the UN General Assembly adopted resolution 65/309 Happiness: Towards a Holistic Definition of Development inviting member countries to measure the happiness of their people and to use the data to help guide public policy.

While the UN makes things global through such means, the timeless scriptures of Bharat have pointed out Joy or Ananda to be the ultimate goal of humans.  We spend our whole life in pursuit of happiness through every activity. A question which remains unanswered despite all progress is: Where is happiness located? How do we find it? Through career, money, wealth, fame, power, and positions we have tried to reach the elusive goal, only to find it fleeting. It is like ordering something that comes with a ‘very near expiry date’. Not only that, when one desire is satisfied,  the other lures us with the powerful force of attraction. This loop is endless. We seek and we lose; we lose, and we seek again. In fact, the constant pursuit wears us out with stress, strife and discontentment. Thus, the eternal question remains: how can we be happy?

In today’s scenario, this question is more relevant for our fraternity than others. We find that practising CAs are facing various challenges on multiple fronts. The level of stress, risk of reputation and harassment by agencies have increased manyfold, which prompts one to think: is it all worth it? What am I doing and why I am doing this and where will it lead me?

Medical research says anatomical happiness comes from four happy hormones, namely, Dopamine, Serotonin, Oxytocin and Endorphins. Each of these hormones has unique qualities, for example, Dopamine is a ‘feel-good’ hormone associated with pleasurable sensations, learning, memory, etc. Serotonin helps to regulate our mood as well as sleep, appetite, digestion, learning ability, and memory. Oxytocin is known as the ‘love hormone’ that helps to promote trust, empathy, and bonding in relationships. Endorphins act as the body’s natural pain reliever, which is produced by our body when we are engaged in physical activities such as eating, exercising, etc. These hormones can be produced and regulated through various activities, meditation, food as well as empowering relationships, etc.

However, bereft of chemistry, what is the source of happiness? Ms. Karen Hamilton writes in her poem:

 

“What is happiness I hear you say,

What helps us smile on dreary days,

What sends a tingle through our bones,

What helps us talk in cheerful tones?+

 

How does it pick and how does it choose

When to arrive or when to move.

How does it know to run right through

Every person, like me and you?

 

Some people try as hard as they can,

To steal it from another man

It’s yours forever, it’s yours to keep

Don’t let them take something so deep

 

You must search within when times are blue

For, Happiness lives inside of you”

 

Many understand this in varied ways. Some through action – being present and fully engaged or in giving. Swami Chinmayananda said, “bring your mind where your hands are”. That’s mindfulness. When we are fully engrossed in our work, we touch our excellence. We all experience this during the peak season of our work. In such work, there is involvement without expectation of the outcome (which causes stress). There is pressure, and there is tremendous expending of energy, but psychologically, we are not drained. Today many tools of technology, practice management software, judicious use of Artificial Intelligence (AI), a good team, and most importantly delegation can help us to reduce stress.

However, we need to maintain a fine work-life balance to reduce stress and lead a meaningful and joyous life. After all, what is the use of all the money that we earn, if we can’t live a happy life? Fortunately, many CAs are engaged in philanthropic activities and contributing a lot to society. They render pro bono services to Charitable Trusts and NGOs. Such activities help secret a happy hormone called Oxytocin. We must spend quality time with our family and should not entertain clients at unreasonable hours unless necessary. We should be objective in rendering our services without getting involved in the business and financial affairs of our clients. We should do our best without getting attached to the outcome. A good Surgeon would operate on his close relative with precision and professionalism; we should also work in that manner. If we are attached to results, then the high-pitched assessments, penalties for late filings, long-lasting litigation, compounding, etc. will make us stressed.

Here are my top 5 activities to reduce stress and live a balanced life:

1. Philanthropy

2. Inner Work like Meditation, Pranayama, Asanas

3. Short vacations

4. Exercise and Walking

5. Loving what I do

We are embarking on the New Financial Year which is coinciding with many traditional Nav Varsha (New Years) in India, like Gudi Padava (Maharashtrian New Year), Bohag Bihu (Assamese New Year), Ugadi (Telugu and Kannada New Year), Baisakhi (Punjabi New Year) or Navroz (Central Asian and Persian New Year). Let’s take stock of our lives, our days, and our happiness. Let’s find and watch our own happiness index! and not trade it for anything! It’s the Index whose gains need not face any tax, its sale should only take it higher!

Wish you all the best for a truly happy new Financial Year!

Best Regards,
Dr. CA Mayur B. Nayak
Editor

High Hits and Hard Hits of the Finance Bill 2023

On 1st February 2023, the Finance Minister (FM) presented the last full-fledged Union Budget of the present Government as India will go to polls in early 2024. The current Budget was against the backdrop of major global disruptions in the supply chain due to the Ukraine War, economic sanctions imposed by the USA, the Pandemic, and other natural calamities. The good part is that despite all odds, the Indian economy is showing signs of resilience and faring better than other large economies. It was an opportune time for the Government to consolidate the measures taken so far and build on them to lay a solid foundation for a developed India. Cross sections of society were expecting some relief from the Budget. The January 2023 Editorial made an appeal to the Government to provide much-deserved relief to the Middle-class population of India which was hard hit during the Pandemic and is currently reeling under rising inflation. It is heartening to note the Government chose to provide some relief to the Middle-class and endeavored to enhance the Ease of Living in India.

However, it is observed over the years that all good intentions mentioned in the Budget speech may not be reflected in the fine print of the Finance Bill. In the words of Nani A. Palkhivala “India is the fabled land of contrasts, but there is no disparity so glaring and costly as that between the prized ends solemnly pronounced in the budget speech every year and the provisions of the annual Finance Bill which are so admirably calculated to frustrate those objectives.”

With this background let us discuss some of the “high hits and hard-hitting” provisions of the Finance Bill, 2023.

One of the high hits of the Finance Bill is an increase in the limit of the rebate of income tax under section 87A for individuals from Rs. 5 Lakhs to Rs. 7 Lakhs under the new regime of taxation for individuals, which is now the default regime (old regime is optional). It is accompanied by the withdrawal of various tax incentives/deductions from the Gross Total Income. The objective as stated by the Government is to let people decide where to invest their money, rather than to invest compulsorily to save taxes. Thus, withdrawal of tax rebates/deductions for premiums on life insurance policies, PF & PPF contributions, medical insurance premia, donations to charitable trusts, etc. to get the lower tax rates will have far-reaching and long-term consequences.

Let us look at the macro impact. The government started spending on infrastructure and capital projects in a big way since 2020, – during the Pandemic and continues to do so. Private spending/investments on capital projects have increased manifold in the recent past. This will result in a substantial increase in production. This would necessitate a corresponding increase in consumption as well. According to the reply by the Government in the Lok Sabha on 13th February 2023, the total number of individual taxpayers with annual income between Rs. 5 lakhs to Rs. 10 lakhs for AY 2021-2022 were about 1.4 crores. Assume that one crore assesses opt for the new tax regime with a tax-free income of up to Rs. 7 lakhs without any tax incentive-linked savings. This is likely to make available an additional amount of about Rs. 2 lakh crores in the hands of the middle-class taxpayers which they are most likely to spend on consumer durables, necessities of life and other semi-luxury products, etc. This will generate demand for goods, add to the exchequer by way of GST and boost the Indian economy with an increased GDP. However, this may reduce savings in the country with a consequent impact on private-sector capital investment. Along with the Middle-class, the role and contribution of the MSME sector have also been recognized and given some relief too.

Coming to the high hits of the Union Budget, one finds that the FM has laid down clear paths and priorities in seven important areas of the economy, termed as ‘Saptarishi,’ to guide the country through the Amrit Kaal with an eye on India @ 100 in 2047. The focus of the government would be on inclusive growth of all sections of society, promotion of green growth and environment-friendly lifestyle, investments and infrastructure, technology, empowering youth, and financial sector reforms. Thus, when we look at the Union Budget, we find a sincere attempt to address all sections of society with a grand vision for years to come.

However, there are also some serious hard-hitting provisions in the Finance Bill.

The proposed increase in the TCS rates from 5% to 20% under section 206C (1G) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“Act”) in respect of remittances under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme or for overseas tour packages of any amount and other cases, except for education and medical treatment exceeding Rs. 7 lakhs, will cause genuine hardship to people. TCS should be used only for tracking a transaction and not as a revenue generation mechanism. In the recent past, the burden of TCS and TDS has increased manifold, especially on individuals and the MSME sector. A holistic relook at various provisions of TDS/TCS is the need of the hour, with the objective of reducing compliances and encouraging ease of doing business.

Another hard-hitting proposal is with respect to the proposed amendment of section 115TD which seeks to tax the accreted income, of a charitable trust or an institution, being the difference between the fair market value of all the assets as reduced by the liabilities if the trust or institution fails to make an application under section 10(23C) or 12A within the specified time period. The proposed amendment does not provide any leeway even in a case where the delay may be due to any reasonable cause or for a very short period for justified reasons. The irony is that the provision mandates paying the tax on such accreted income within 14 days from the end of the concerned previous year in which such failure has occurred. This is against the principle of natural justice. An elaborate procedure for the opportunity to condone the delay in genuine cases and issuance of show cause notice before such an action should be provided. It is suggested that a one-time EXIT SCHEME should be introduced with a reasonable tax rate for all trusts/institutions which do not wish to claim exemption owing to onerous compliance burden or otherwise. The reason being that trusts/institutions holding properties for ages will not have the cash flow to pay taxes on the fair market values of their assets.

Another disturbing provision in the recent past was regarding the denial of exemption under sections 10(23C) or 11, 12 if the return of income is filed late even by a day. Small trusts/NGOs do not have qualified or paid staff to look after accounts and compliances. Therefore, denial of exemptions and taxing trusts on their accreted income at the maximum marginal rate will be a death blow to small and medium-sized trusts/NGOs.

In recent years, the regime for taxation of charitable trusts and other charitable institutions in India has witnessed unprecedented changes and an increase in compliance burden, virtually strangulating the sector. Therefore, the entire law relating to trusts/NGOs should be rewritten to make it simple. Small trusts should be subjected to bare minimum compliances. All in all, trusts/NGOs should be dealt with more dignity and respect, as they are contributing immensely by providing relief to the poor and downtrodden masses. (Read the Editorial in BCAJ, October 2022 issue, titled “Uncharitable Treatment to Charities?). I think the time has come for providing “Ease of Social Services in India”.

Section 10(10D) read with section 56 of the Act is sought to be amended to provide the taxability of maturity sum on life insurance policies with an annual premium exceeding Rs. 5 Lakhs as income from other sources. One fails to understand why such maturity sum is sought to be taxed under section 56 as income from other sources rather than as capital gains as in the case of ULIPs. It is stated that the amendment is to tax High Net worth Individuals (HNIs). Why deprive HNIs of securing their future in a country which is a welfare state for only selected classes of society? Alternatively, introduce a passbook system for the HNIs to pay them pensions in their old age in proportion to their contribution to the exchequer. To quote Nani A. Palkhivala, “in trying to achieve the objective of levelling of income, our annual budgets merely succeed in widening the gulf between the dishonest rich and the poor and narrowing the gap between the honest rich and the poor.”

What is heartening to see is the sincerity with which the government has planned to implement the Budget Proposals. Prime Minister, Mr. Narendra Modi, conducting 12 webinars on Budget implementation is unprecedented. Barring a few unreasonable proposals, the Budget is in the right direction and if implemented well, can lead India to greater heights. Let’s hope and trust that these provisions will be suitably modified before they are passed by Parliament. The need of the hour is to build trust between the bureaucracy and the people at large by enforcing provisions of laws in a just, fair and humane manner!

Best Regards,

Dr. CA Mayur B. Nayak, 

Editor

We the people of India…

Last month, on 26th January, 2023, we celebrated the 73rd Republic Day, which is the anniversary of the day when we adopted the Constitution. In a couple of years, we will celebrate the Amrut Mahotsav of our Republic. The Constitution is the pillar of any civilised society, as it ensures and assures the Rule of Law. It is perhaps time to reflect on some of the aspects of the Indian Constitution, considering the present circumstances.

The Preamble to the Constitution reads as follows:

“WE, THE PEOPLE OF INDIA, having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a SOVEREIGN SOCIALIST SECULAR DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC and to secure to all its citizens:

JUSTICE, social, economic and political;

LIBERTY of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship;

EQUALITY of status and of opportunity; and to promote among them all FRATERNITY assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation.”

Our forefathers, who were part of the Constituent Assembly, enacted and adopted this Constitution on 26th November 1949, after careful debate and consideration. It plays an important role in shaping the destiny of the country.

The words “Socialist, Secular and Integrity” were added to the Preamble of the Indian Constitution in 1976 during the Emergency, by the 42nd Constitutional Amendment, altering the structure of the Preamble in a hushed manner. Many amendments made during the Emergency period in India were reversed by the succeeding government. However, these three words remained part of the Preamble since then.

India adopted the socialistic pattern of society, where public and private enterprises coexist. Some drastic socialistic steps were taken during the 1970s, such as the Nationalisation of leading private sector banks and general insurance companies, the Gold Control Act, the Land Ceiling Act, etc. Entrepreneurship and the free-market economy were stifled with the ‘license, permit, and quota system (raj)’. It was only in 1991, that India opened her economy and embarked on the path of liberalization. The rest is history.

Socialism, which failed all over the world, including Russia, has not worked in India as well. Lee Edward1  writes “Socialism?has failed everywhere it has been attempted for over a century, from the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917 to present-day?Chavez-Maduro socialism in Venezuela.” People talk about socialism to get votes, but there is hardly anyone who would want to go to North Korea, or who would have jumped over the wall from West Germany to East Germany. It is the epitome of inefficiencies, corruption, and red-tapism. There is a strong case for dropping the word “Socialist” from the Preamble of the Constitution.


1. https://www.heritage.org/progressivism/commentary/dismantling-the-mythsthe-socialist-paradise

India is a multi-faith country and not a secular state. India is also a civilizational state and not just a geographical entity. The division of the population into minority and majority mocks the word ‘equality’. The word ‘secular’ being inappropriate, should be replaced with ‘multi-faith’, or delete it entirely, as Justice, Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity cover sufficiently.

The Constitution promises social, economic, and political justice and equality of status and opportunity to all. However, in practice, we find one class is preferred over the other. Caste-based reservation is a classic example of discrimination based on birth and injustice to meritorious students, employees, and job aspirants, resulting in a brain drain. It is a national shame that governments stretch this to the extent of 70 per cent in jobs and education, extending these to education and job reservations to various vote banks. Reservation which was originally contemplated as a temporary measure for 10 years only is continuing even after 75 years showing the need to rethink the manner in which it is provided. Reservation, if at all considered necessary, should be based on economic criteria only.

In fact, the division of the population based on caste, creed, religion, etc. has made the Indian population unequal in their rights, privileges, opportunities, and justice. Let’s obliterate these divisions. ‘Divide and Rule’ was a policy of the Britishers, and the colonial legacy still continues from the founding document. These ‘special cases’ break citizens into groups and creates inequality before law. It is a time to set up a ‘classless’ and ‘casteless’ society.

There is a strong case and need for the Uniform Civil Code, whereby all citizens have equal rights and obligations irrespective of their caste, creed, religion, language, or region. There is a dire need to integrate India socially and culturally through INDIANNESS. If NRIs can live as Indians abroad without being divided into any considerations of caste, creed, or religion, why can’t we live in India as “Indians”?

In the words of the late Nani A. Palkhivala, “We are all individuals. The sense of belonging to one country, the sense that we are all parts of one indivisible society – in short, our identity as a nation – has yet to be evolved.”

When we talk of rights as citizens of India, we must discharge our duties as citizens. Every citizen must be made accountable for his/her conduct. It is the duty of every citizen to contribute to the growth and development of the country, upholding the highest moral values and ethical practices. Each of us must play one’s role diligently in building a strong nation. For this, we must live in a disciplined manner.

India has already crossed the population of China and becomes the most populous country in the world with 141 crore people. India as the largest democratic country in the world has a major responsibility to share. Today the entire world is looking to India to provide leadership for solving its problems. Fortunately, we have strong leadership at the Centre, which is seized of this development and doing its best.

We the people of India have a greater role to play in leading the world.

Today India has become the world’s fifth-largest economy and soon it will ascend to the first three. If we want to become a superpower, we must act and behave like one. We must rise above the ‘caste, class, region, and religion-based politics’ and embrace development. Our aim should be to uplift every citizen from poverty and provide him with the basic necessities of life and equal opportunities. Instead of fighting with each other; let’s fight illiteracy, poverty, corruption, inefficiencies, prejudices and injustice.

India has become the most populous country in the world, the time has come to become the most popular country as well! We as an enlightened class of society, have a greater role to play. Are we ready?

Artificial Intelligence – A Boon or A Curse?

Today, technology has become an integral part of human life and is causing a major disruption in the world. Among the various technologies, we find the growing use of “Artificial Intelligence” (AI) in almost every sphere of life. AI is based on the assumption that the process of human thought can be mechanised. The study of mechanical — or “formal” — reasoning has a long history. Chinese, Indian and Greek philosophers all developed structured methods of formal deduction in the first millennium BCE1. Thus, the advent of AI is not new. Various types of automation, predictive language while typing, the use of chatbots, target advertising, etc., are different examples in which AI has been used for a long time. English science fiction and action films used to showcase the use of AI as early as the 1960s and 1970s. We are all familiar with various types of robots for ages. They are driven by AI. So, what’s the big deal about it now? The use of AI is not new, but its use, spread and scale in the present times is unprecedented. Today, there are thousands of AI applications available on the internet. There are many generative AI tools available in the market. However, for the present, the invention of a generative AI tool like ChatGPT2 is perceived to be one of the most disruptive AI technologies. It acts like your personal genie. It can write reports, software codes, formulae, essays, do research and do a host of other things in seconds/minutes. However, what is worrisome is that these machine-generated reports / research papers, coding, etc., are beyond plagiarism checks. Therefore, a day will come when we will be required to give a disclaimer that this write-up or presentation is prepared without the aid of AI or state that only Human Intelligence is used in its preparation.
________________________________________________________

1   History
of artificial intelligence. (2023, August 16). In Wikipedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_artificial_intelligence

2   ChatGPT,
which stands for Chat Generative Pre-trained Transformer, is a large
language model-based chatbot developed by OpenAI and launched on 30th
November, 2022, notable for enabling users to refine and steer a conversation
towards a desired length, format, style, level of detail and language used.
[Source: ChatGPT. (25th August, 2023). In Wikipedia.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ChatGPT]

Human intervention cannot be eliminated altogether, as whatever is generated by AI needs to be validated. There are huge issues of trust and reliability of generative AIs and their updation, since they rely on publicly available data, which may not necessarily be correct. It is hoped that with the passage of time, ways will be found to make them more stable and reliable. Experts are divided on the view of whether these Generative AIs will replace jobs. It is said that AI, per se, may not replace your job, but a person who knows how to use AI may do so, as he would be more efficient/productive than you. Therefore, it is imperative for each one to learn the effective use of AI.

However, AI can help create more jobs as well. Fortunately, business leaders are bullish on the positive outcome of AI. In the opinion of Tata Sons Chairman, N Chandrasekaran, AI will create more jobs in India as it can empower people with little or no skills to acquire information skills to perform a higher level of jobs. Shantanu Narayen, Chairman and CEO of Adobe Inc., is of the opinion that AI is going to augment human ingenuity and not replace it. Dr Arvind Krishna, the CEO of IBM, said, “I firmly believe that India can lead the AI technology revolution. India has the world’s largest community of developers, a large start-up ecosystem, and a strong scientific and engineering culture.”

Verily, if AI is used wisely and judiciously, it can increase productivity, efficiency and accuracy in work.

The Government of India has already embarked on this revolution, with organisations like MeitY, NASSCOM and DRDO creating the roadmap for AI in India. The Centre for Artificial Intelligence and Robotics (CAIR) has already been established for AI-related research and development, and the Digital India initiative is reaching its zenith. The government has set up a number of Centres of Excellence at various places to research, implement and monitor the use of AI in different sectors of the economy. What is heartening to note is the introduction of AI in the new school curriculum as a part of the National Education Policy 2020. However, the need of the hour is to develop sovereign capability in generative AI and for that, the government should take the lead and invest in necessary research. The Government alone can push academia-industry collaborations with the necessary weight and urgency.3 The US and China have already developed domestic generative AI models. Many other countries are in the process of doing so. Therefore, India cannot lag behind.

__________________________________________________________

3   The
Editorial of
The Times of India on 
29th August, 2023



The use of AI in audit can enhance its efficiency and accuracy. Various tools are available freely on the internet. This issue of the BCAJ carries a separate article dealing with “AI in Audit”. If we integrate AI into office automation, then our efficiency and productivity can be increased manifold. I think we need to embrace AI rather than fear it. If we use it intelligently, it can become our genie, ready to execute any command in no time.

Another significant development is the enactment of the Digital Personal Data Protection Act 2023. The Act provides for the processing of digital Personal Data in a manner that recognises both the rights of the individuals to protect their Personal Data and the need to process such Personal Data for lawful purposes and matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. The Act applies to the processing of digitised personal data online and offline in India and abroad if they relate to products and services offered in India. Readers can refer to a detailed article in this issue covering various aspects of this Act. It is important for CAs and other professionals dealing with the personal data of their clients to protect such data securely4. Heavy penalties are prescribed for any breach or leakage of personal data. Therefore, each one of us will have to invest in building systems, training staff and technology to protect clients’ data and comply with stringent regulations. This aspect needs serious consideration.

______________________________________________________________

4   Members
can be guided by the “Digital Competency Maturity Model for Professional
Accounting Firms – Version 2.0 and Implementation Guide” issued by the ICAI.

These recent developments in the field of technology warrant our serious attention5.

_____________________________________________________________________

5   Read
an article by CA Deepak Ghaisas on the “Impact of Technology on Economic Growth
in India,” published in the July 2023 issue of the BCAJ.

To sum up, AI, although created by Human Intelligence, is a very powerful tool. If not used wisely, it can ruin our lives. The use of drones to carry out attacks in the Ukraine war is a glaring example. Thus, there are dangers of misuse of AI, as well. While addressing the G20 meeting in Delhi, PM Modi also expressed the need for the ethical use of AI. Telecom Regulatory Authority of India has strongly recommended setting up an independent statutory authority for ensuring responsible development of AI and regulation of its use in India. One thing is certain: AI may replace human efforts but cannot replace human emotions. AI may replicate Human Intelligence but cannot replicate Human Perspectives. Looking at both the positive and negative powers of AI, it can be seen as either a boon or a curse, depending upon its use.

On a happy note, AI played a significant role in the success of Chandrayaan 3. Kudos to all Indian Scientists.

Regards,
Dr CA Mayur B. Nayak
Editor

The Middle Class Deserves More!

The year 2022 is behind us. It was an eventful year post-pandemic. Barring the Omicron wave in the first quarter of 2022, the effect of the pandemic has been less severe in India compared to most other countries of the world. Government spending on infrastructure and targeted aid to the poor and needy sections of society, during the two years of the pandemic, showed their impact in bouncing back of the Indian economy. Due to timely and effective measures like free rations and food subsidies to the poor, India prevented an increase in extreme poverty level.

However, according to experts, the pandemic has taken a great toll on the middle-class population of India. Experts from Mumbai University have defined the middle class as spending from US$ 2 to US$ 10 per person per day (i.e., Rs. 160 to Rs. 800 approx.). According to this criterion, almost half of India’s population of 1.3 billion is in the middle class.

Many middle-class families have plunged into poverty due to the loss of jobs, non-availability of food subsidies, and other help from the Government. This one class has been neglected by successive Governments, may be because it is not viewed as a united vote bank. The poor can survive on social welfare schemes with the Government providing free and subsidised foods, medical treatments, electricity, homes, education, gas cylinders, and other freebies. The rich do not need any such help and can thrive despite inflation or recession, whereas it is the middle class that is crushed by high inflation and lack of support from the Government.

India has a strong middle-class population which has the potential of driving the economy to newer heights, if only, it is empowered, encouraged, and provided fair treatment. Middle-class people, especially SME entrepreneurs and salaried people in unorganised sectors, pay taxes all their life, but have no social security to take care of them in their old age. A passbook system should be devised wherein taxes paid by a taxpayer are recorded and after a certain age, pension is paid to him in the proportion of taxes paid by him.

One of the criteria for the reservation for the Economically Weaker Sections of the Society is that “the annual income of the concerned household should not be more than Rs. 8 lakhs.” Ironically, a household earning Rs. 8 lakhs annually, is considered economically weak whereas the Income-tax Act, 1961 provides the threshold of only Rs. 2,50,000 (with the tax rebate of Rs.12,500 the effective limit is Rupees 5 lakhs). Most Indian households have only one earning member and therefore practically this limit, which is quite low, is for the entire household, so to say.

If one were to calculate GST paid on household expenses, then one would find that the actual burden of taxes is much more for the middle class, as it is the largest consumer class in society. Yet, unfortunately, it is at the receiving end with no relief in sight. With the increased collection in GST, there is a case for a reduction in the rate of GST, an increase in the threshold exemption limit, and a reduction of personal income tax rates. In any case, people are paying GST and contributing to the growth of the Nation.

There are some serious non-tax implications as well, of neglecting the middle class. Many families have adopted the One-Child policy as they cannot afford expensive education for their children. Most of the children from middle-class society are aspiring to leave India due to the caste-based reservation policy, lack of incentives, and opportunities at home. Foreign jobs appear to them as the only option to support their families and pull them out of the curse of belonging to the “middle class” in India. Can we not stop this? Can we not provide a dignified living for a middle-class person in India? After all, he is the backbone of the Indian economy. Can we expect some relief in the Union Budget 2023 for the middle-class population of India which is reeling under the burden of inflation and pandemic shocks?

A high-level committee may be constituted to look into the woes of the middle class, which can suggest multidimensional measures to provide much-needed relief.

Let me leave you with a famous quote from an American Political Economist, a former dean of the MIT Sloan School of Management and author of several books on Economics, the late Mr. Lester Thurow:

“A healthy middle class is necessary to have a healthy political democracy. A society made up of rich and poor has no mediating group either politically or economically”.

Let’s usher in the new year 2023 with the hope that the middle-class population in India will get the much-needed attention, recognition, and well-deserved encouragement both, politically and economically. The government is focussing on “Ease of Doing Business” in India, and I think the time has come to focus on “Ease of Living in India” as well.

Best wishes for a happy and prosperous New Year!

Sustaining and Growing in “VUCA” Times!

November 2022 was an eventful month for our profession, India, and the world. ICAI organized the 21st World Congress of Accountants (WCOA) in partnership with the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC), with the highest number of participants (more than 10,000) from 123 countries and set many records. The WCOA is held every four years and is popularly known as the “Olympics of the Accountancy Profession”. For the first time in 118 years, WCOA was held in India at Mumbai.

Perhaps, for the first time in the history of our profession, Indian CA firms were allowed to exhibit their services. The Congress was addressed by many luminaries from the Government, Industry and Political Leaders, Investment Advisors, and Professionals. Almost all speakers were upbeat about India. The theme of the Congress was “Building Trust Enabling Sustainability”. CAs have a major role to play in building trust and ensuring sustainability. We are partners in nation-building and conscience keepers of society. The CA profession is set to scale new heights with the increased role of CAs in policymaking not only at an enterprise level, but also at the national level.

Different stakeholders have different expectations from us as auditors. It is extremely difficult to meet everyone’s expectations and therefore there is a need for collective responsibility of governance and vigilance by all stakeholders. Often our role of audit and assurance is mixed up with that of an investigator, which needs to be clearly spelled out to all stakeholders.

SEBI has mandated a “Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report” (BRSR) for the top 1,000 listed companies (by Market Cap) from the F.Y. 2022-2023. The roots of BRSR are in corporates’ responsibility and sustainability considering Environment, Social and Governance (ESG). ESG refers to an assessment of how an organisation impacts the Planet covering various Environmental aspects; the Society covering staff, customers and the community and its own Governance. As far as the environmental aspect is concerned, the impact of climate change is a major factor. Not only the organisation’s own actions, but actions of others (e.g., the Ukraine-Russia war which has disrupted the supply chain of the world economy), government policies etc. may also impact an organisation.

Although all these aspects are non-financial in nature, they can impact the very existence of an organisation. Their link to financial performance can give a clear picture of the current status and the future of an organisation in turbulent times. Therefore, the Financial Auditors are perceived to be better placed to report on BRSR. However, this additional responsibility must be accepted carefully, as there are diverse stakeholders with conflicting expectations. Moreover, at present, globally there are multiple models, guidelines for assessing the sustainability of a business. There is a compelling need for the globally acceptable Sustainability Reporting Standards. Of course, in India, one would be guided by the standards prescribed by ICAI. In short, we are living in exciting times of challenges and rising expectations of stakeholders.

We can and shall rise to the occasion and endeavour to meet the expectations. However, increased responsibilities will call for increased efforts, capacity building and may result in significant risks in execution. While we would assess the sustainability of businesses, we also need to assess the sustainability of our organisation/firm as well, in the face of growing challenges, fast-paced changes in laws/regulations, changing business landscape, automation, and increasing risks of execution etc. The sustainability of reputation would be a major task for professional firms in the wake of conflicting expectations of clients, stakeholders and regulators.

Another important development is India getting the chair of G20 Nations for one year. Prime Minister, Mr. Narendra Modi gave the theme of the G20 as “One Nation, One Family, One Future”. How apt is the theme when we look at the concerns voiced at the recently concluded COP27 (The 27th Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change) in Egypt! The UN Secretary-General António Guterres emphasised the need for drastic measures to reduce emissions as the world is in an emergency state right now. He remarked that the world should not cross the red line of the 1.5-degree temperature limit. He added that “We can and must win this battle for our lives”. One of the glaring examples of the serious impacts of climate change on developing nations was the recent floods in Pakistan, where almost one-third of the country was inundated. Recognising loss and damages in developing nations due to climate change, COP27 concluded with a historic decision to establish and operationalize a loss and damage fund to help and support the most vulnerable developing nations. However, unfortunately little was achieved on the front of reducing carbon emissions leading to global warming.

When we look at the current world scenario, impacted by climate changes, wars, pandemics and so on, we find that we are living in VUCA times, (i.e., Vulnerability, Uncertainty, Complexity and Ambiguity). Today, we are experiencing supply chain disruption, energy and food crisis, high inflation with the recession in many countries, political uncertainty and social unrest in many parts of the world.

Our profession is also passing through VUCA times. CAs belong to one of the most vulnerable classes being caught between conflicting and compelling expectations from various regulators and diverse stakeholders. We are living in uncertain times of prolonged litigations and their outcomes. We are fraught with many complex and ambiguous laws, regulations and their compliances. Thus, we need to address VUCA challenges day in and day out.

However, it is equally true that our true potential emerges during difficult times, as we challenge our limitations, beliefs and work hard to succeed. Similarly, a new world order will emerge out of this chaos, maybe new political boundaries would be drawn. A new world power will emerge at the end of all this. Clearly, India is in an advantageous position today, thanks to the pragmatic Government policies and focus on digitisation, alternative energy, innovation, and the creation of world-class infrastructure. The former Managing Director of the World Bank Group Sri Mulyani Indrawati, said that India is shining among other developing nations.

Amongst VUCA times, we CAs have a promising future ahead. Challenges would be galore as also opportunities. For this, we must reorient and reposition ourselves by developing different skill sets and mindset to cope with rapidly changing times. We need to be a VUCA of a different type, i.e., Versatile, Unwavering, Competent/Courageous, and Assiduous. Versatile in handling diverse assignments, Unwavering i.e., steadfast, or resolute in our approach, Competent in various laws providing a 360-degree assurance to stakeholders, Courageous to take a stand maintaining independence and Assiduous, i.e., diligent and hard-working in whatever we do.

Let’s contribute our might in nation-building and helping businesses to sustain and grow in VUCA times with our novel VUCA abilities!

Financial Hara-Kiri Through Freebies?

An English adage says, “there is no such thing as a free lunch”. It means when we get something free either someone else is paying for it or we shall pay for it in some or the other manner, or our children or grandchildren end up paying for the same. We often end up paying much more than what we get for free. Getting something for nothing is possible only in charity, but in the commercial world, it is just a gimmick. For example, free filing of a tax return may lure some taxpayers, but in the bargain, they share details of their income, investments, savings pattern, and so on. Data is considered as new oil or a gold mine, which can be used or exploited in many ways. These days, an entity’s valuation depends upon its customer database, rather than profitability. Marketing companies use free gifts to collect vital information about customers through various surveys. Pharma companies offer freebies to push their sales. Tax Havens offer tax- free regimes to attract investments. Thus, the use of freebies is not new, but when it is used to further political agenda it may lead to economic disaster.

These days many political parties in India are resorting to the so-called “Revadi Culture”. The political parties offer many freebies to lure voters to vote for them. There is competition amongst political parties to offer freebies without any planning or calculation of resources to fulfil them if voted to power. These freebies are in the form of free electricity, free water, free public transport, waiver of pending utility bills or farm loan waivers, etc. These expenditures put a heavy burden on the national exchequer and states’ finances. According to SBI Research ECOWRAP dated 3rd October 2022, Andhra Pradesh and Punjab top the list of freebies announced in the F.Y. 2022-23 with a commitment of 2.1 and 2.7 per cent respectively of their Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP). Punjab and Andhra Pradesh committed a whopping 45.4 and 30.3 per cent respectively of their own tax revenue to dole out freebies during the F.Y. 2022-23. Other states which spent a significant part of their own tax revenue on freebies are Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh and West Bengal. If the contingent liabilities for the guarantees issued by the states are added to the cost of freebies, then it amounts to around 10 per cent of GSDP for all the states combined, which is quite alarming. Several bureaucrats met the Prime Minister in April 2022 and raised concerns over pronouncements for freebies made by state governments like Punjab, Delhi, Telangana, Andhra Pradesh, and West Bengal, which are unsustainable and may lead to dire economic consequences. The SBI Research Document on Freebies has recommended fixing a band of 1 per cent of the GSDP or the state’s own tax collections or state revenue expenditure for the welfare schemes of the states.

People supporting freebies compare them with social welfare schemes. However, there is a difference between the two. Freebies are offered across the board, without discriminating between those who can afford to pay and who cannot, whereas social welfare schemes are usually targeted at the weaker and poorer sections of society. For example, free power to everyone is a freebie, whereas free ration to poor people due to the pandemic is a welfare measure.

Unfortunately, there is no legal prohibition on political parties promising or offering freebies. In fact, in 2003 the division bench of the Supreme Court (SC) in the case of S. Subramaniam Balaji vs. State of Tamil Nadu held that the distribution of largesse (freebies) in the form of free distribution of colour TVs and laptops was related to the directive principles of state policy and warranted no interference by the court. However, in August 2022, while hearing a Public Interest Litigation (PIL) filed against irrational promises to issue freebies by various political parties in their election manifestos, the SC proposed to form a three-member bench to reconsider this decision.

During the hearing on the PIL, the Apex Court observed that “Freebies may create a situation wherein the State Government cannot provide basic amenities due to lack of funds and the State is pushed towards imminent bankruptcy. In the same breath, we should remember that such freebies are extended utilising taxpayers’ money only for increasing the popularity of the party and electoral prospects”.

In October 2022, the Election Commission of India wrote to political parties for providing authentic information to the voters to assess the financial viability of their election promises and sought their views on the issue. However, various opposition parties have opposed this move vehemently.

More than legal issues, freebies raise financial, ethical, and social concerns. They encourage laziness and dependency. Once people are habituated to freebies, it is difficult to withdraw these benefits as they consider them as their entitlements. Reservation policy is a classic example in this case. It was introduced as a temporary measure, but it is not only persisting today, but expanding. No Government can dare to withdraw the same. Freebies and liberal welfare schemes are not sustainable in the long run. They are the cause of economic disasters in many countries like Venezuela, Greece, and Sri Lanka. The worst is that they change the character of people so much that they won’t be ready to accept the austerity measures even in the face of imminent danger of a country’s bankruptcy.

Freebies also create social and gender divides in society with those getting the benefits and those not. Freebies lead to inefficiencies with misallocation of scarce resources, and disincentivise taxpayers as their hard- earned money paid in taxes is wasted for political mileage.

Those in favour of freebies would like to leave the choice of accepting poll promises to the wisdom of voters. This is a dangerous proposition in a country like India, where almost one-fourth of the population is illiterate. Even for the literate class, such freebies induce greed in them. Rather than giving freebies, people should be empowered to earn more so that they can buy things/services they need and live a life of dignity and self-respect.

While parties in favour of freebies consider it their constitutional right to make such promises, they should be made to pay the cost from their party funds rather than from taxpayers’ money.

The other possible solutions could be, transparency in Electoral Bonds to provide level playing fields to all political parties, a stringent law restricting the value of freebies with an objective parameter and a complete ban to offer them as poll promises. In any case, freebies should be allowed strictly for a limited period only.

It is high time that the distribution of freebies by any political party is regulated, to save states from the financial hara-kiri caused by them. In any case, it is too important a fiscal issue to leave it to the wisdom of political parties!

Uncharitable Treatment to Charities?

“I slept and dreamt that life was a joy. I awoke and saw that life was service. I acted and behold, service was a joy.” – Rabindranath Tagore.

India is a land of philanthropists for ages. Karna and King Bali are glaring mythological examples of donors who never refused anyone coming to their door for any help. Those who have experienced the joy of giving would go all out to help others. And India is fortunate to have many such philanthropic people who are engaged in helping others in a big way.

In a country of 1.40 billion plus people with 25 per cent below the poverty line, a literacy rate of 77 per cent and an unemployment rate of about 8 per cent, the Government’s efforts need to be complemented by that of NGOs. According to World Poverty Clock, almost 83 million people in India live in extreme poverty. As per NITI (National Institution for Transforming India) Aayog’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) Index, India ranked 66th among 109 countries in the Global Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) 2021, which considers factors like education, health, child mortality, nutrition, the standard of living, etc. Various Government schemes/programs launched with the objective of reducing poverty have been doing well. However, looking at the magnitude of the challenge, the role of NGOs is crucial.

The laws relating to Trusts, Trustees, Charities and Charitable Institutions are part of the Concurrent List of Schedule 7 of the Indian Constitution (under entries 10 and 28). Thus, both the Union and the State Governments have the power to enact laws governing Trusts. Public Charitable Trusts are primarily governed by the law of the State in which they are established.  There is a Charitable and Religious Trusts Act, 1920, which has limited provisions and applications. Trusts set up in Maharashtra and Gujarat are governed by the Maharashtra Public Trust Act, 1950 and The Gujarat Public Trusts Act, 1950, respectively.  Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan have their own Public Trusts Acts. However, West Bengal, Bihar, Delhi, Jharkhand, etc. do not have any Act to regulate public Trusts. An NGO can also be registered as a Society under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 or as a Section 8 company under the Companies Act, 2013.

In view of the wide disparities governing registration and regulation of Public Charitable Trusts, the Central Government is seeking to control or regulate Charitable Trusts through the provisions of the Income-tax Act and the Foreign Contribution Regulation Act. Therefore, both Acts have been amended from time to time.

The recent amendment applicable to the Charitable Trusts pertaining to Books of Accounts and other documents is one such measure. The CBDT has notified Rule 17AA (“the Rule”), specifying the books of accounts and other documents to be maintained by a charitable institution. This Rule casts onerous responsibility on every Charitable Trust registered u/s 12AB or an educational or medical institution registered u/s 10(23C) to maintain detailed books of accounts and other documents mentioned therein. While the rationale of the provisions appears to be to gather more details and/or information, their interpretation and administration are matters of concern. One wonders about the need for such elaborate specification of books and documents, when in any case every NGO had to maintain adequate books of account due to requirements of audit.

The threat of losing exemption due to difference in interpretation/non-compliance with this requirement is real, as experienced post amendment of the definition of “charitable purpose” in section 2(15) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The problem is that small Trusts do not have the wherewithal to either comply or litigate the matter, as they are already struggling with lack of resources and volunteers. Under the circumstances, the very existence of small NGOs is under threat.

Achieving a balance between control and ease of compliance is necessary. Small Trusts can either be exempt or subject to less elaborate requirements along the lines of small companies under the Companies Act, 2013.

There is a need for introspection by Trusts as well. Charity demands purity of not only the end use (purpose) but also its means. The use of Trusts for dubious purposes or misuse of public funds brings disrepute to the beautiful vehicle of philanthropy – “Trust”. Where there is a breach of trust, it is no longer fit to be called a Trust and punishment of such an entity is justified. Shri Maha Avatar Babaji said, “To serve is the nature of Divine.” Those who genuinely serve will be out of pocket but will not pocket a single penny from the Trust. Let us introspect!

The month of October is also one for complying with Transfer Pricing Regulations (TPR). The essence of TPR is that any transaction between two Associated Enterprises (AEs) should be at arm’s length (i.e., at market price). A Trustee and his Trust are AEs by analogy; therefore, any dealing between them needs to be at arm’s length. Moreover, a Trustee is also a protector of property entrusted to him by the donors for the benefit/welfare of the public at large, and therefore he should follow the highest moral standards in discharging his duties. Just as we do a benchmarking exercise to determine the arm’s length pricing in TPR, a Trust may benchmark its practices and performance with other Trusts to adopt best practices and achieve better performance.

NGOs have done commendable work during the Pandemic and saved many lives. Many volunteers lost their lives while helping others. There is a general awareness and inclination towards helping poor and destitute people. Many youngsters are finding their calling in serving others and devoting their lives to social causes leaving lucrative jobs and comfortable lives.

Trustees should help Government to ensure transparency, and the tax administration should ‘trust’ the Trustees. The lack of ‘trust’ between the two is not good for charitable activities through a Trust Regime in India!

TALE OF TWO CLIMATES

Climate change is wreaking havoc in the world. Today we find that many countries, including India, are experiencing torrential rains, resulting in floods in many areas and thereby causing loss of lives, vegetation, and properties. At the same time, Europe and many Western countries are experiencing unprecedented heat and drought. Many rivers have dried up or are on the verge of drying up, resulting in an energy crisis and adversely impacting the global supply chain.

Many forests have caught fire, and millions of hectares of land and vegetation have been destroyed. On 24th August, 2022, Reuters reported that extreme fires have swallowed up vast swathes of land, destroyed homes, and threatened livelihoods worldwide in the first half of 2022. It further reports that wildfires have destroyed over 3.3 million acres of land across the Globe in 2022 alone. This shows the magnitude of the problem.

The Middle East has been disturbed for many years, with continuing fights in Syria, Iraq, and other countries. The war between Ukraine and Russia has been going on for more than six months now, without any end. A large amount of carbon emission due to the use of high-tech weapons in these wars has further aggravated the climatic conditions worldwide. The world is passing through a turbulent time with no immediate relief in sight. The geopolitical situation is very fragile, with increasing tension between China and Taiwan on one side and Russia and NATO on the other. The tension in the Asia Pacific region is also growing, with Indonesia asserting its right in the South China Sea and other Southeast Asian countries.

Under the current scenario, India has a major role to play. However, as stated earlier, not only the natural climatic conditions, but the economic and regulatory climate in India is also changing. India has made notable progress in the recent past and has successfully come out of the economic ill effects of the pandemic. Today, India is poised for a great leap on the economic front. Even the World Bank has predicted impressive growth for India. Under the circumstances, it is imperative that India plays its cards carefully.

Many companies have decided to shift their operations from China, and one of the choicest countries in Asia is India. If India were to gain from these geopolitical developments and touch a five trillion-dollar economy by 2024, then the regulatory requirements should be simple, business-friendly, and with fair administration. There cannot be two views that the country’s revenue base should be protected, and every taxpayer should pay legitimate tax. However, if the regulations are clear and fairly administered, then they will ensure tax certainty and avoid litigations.

Let’s turn our attention to another climatic change in India, i.e., in the area of Tax Audits. Recent amendments under the Tax Audit regime deserve attention. The reporting requirements are such that a Tax Auditor is virtually carrying out the assessment of his client. Tax Audit was introduced with a laudable object of facilitating tax administration by a proper presentation of the accounts such that the time of Assessing Officers could be utilised for attending to more investigational aspects. However, if one were to read the requirements of reporting under Clause 30C, one finds that the Auditor is supposed to do an investigation and report any transaction which is in the nature of an “Impermissible Avoidance Arrangement (IAA)”. Essentially, it requires an Auditor to examine every transaction and report whether it is in the nature of IAA as referred to in section 96 of the Act and quantify the amount of tax benefit resulting from IAA. It requires judgment by an auditor as to whether a particular transaction is impermissible or not. While the Auditor has to certify whether the transaction is in the nature of IAA, it cannot be held so unless a detailed procedure is followed under the Act, and finally, the Approving Panel of experts declares it so after a detailed examination. It also has a danger for the Tax Auditor. What if the transaction was reported by him as IAA and challenged by the taxpayer in higher forums, which ultimately turns out to be a non-IAA? And what happens in the reverse scenario? Is he not in trouble either way?

In a lighter vein, it reminds me of a joke where a student is asking his parents how they expect him to learn all subjects (all by himself), which one teacher cannot teach. Tax Audit, thus, casts onerous responsibility on a Tax Auditor. Ideally, Tax Audit should have provided for merely reporting a transaction without the Auditor’s opinion and/or certification on whether it is an IAA. This Clause, along with Clauses 30A and 30B, requires Tax Auditors to be well versed with Transfer Pricing Regulations and International Taxation (for Interest Deductibility u/s 94B).

Another onerous requirement made applicable from A.Y. 2022-23 is reporting under Clause 44 about the “Break-up of the total expenditure of entities registered or not registered under GST”. It will not only require more time and effort for an Auditor to comply with this requirement but would also need a good amount of knowledge of GST, as is evident from the Guidance Note by the ICAI.

In 38 years of its existence, a tax audit is today as comprehensive as complex.

It requires experts from different fields to do justice. The silver linings are the ability of Chartered Accountants to rise to every occasion, thanks to their rigorous training and faith of the judiciary and revenue department in the profession. The Hon’ble Supreme Court in T.D. Venkata Rao vs. Union of India [1999] 237 ITR 315 (SC) made the following significant observations: “Chartered Accountants, by reason of their training, have special aptitude in the matter of audits. It is reasonable that they, who form a class by themselves, should be required to audit the accounts of businesses whose income (sic: turnover) exceeds Rs.40 lakhs* and professionals whose income (sic: gross receipts) exceeds Rs.10 lakhs* in any given year”.

As rightly observed by the Apex Court, Chartered Accountants are a class by themselves. We are distinct, diligent, dependable, and determined. While new regulations and requirements open new opportunities for practice and growth, we should be mindful of their risks. We should also be mindful of work-life balance in today’s hectic world. Everything comes with a price tag. At the end of the day, we should ask ourselves one question, is it worth?

NEW AWAKENING!

Heartiest compliments on the completion of 75 years of India’s Independence.

In all humility, I accept the chair of the Journal Committee. My connection to the BCAJ dates to my articles days when I used to read BCAJ at my Principal’s office (CA Pruthviraj Shah). BCAJ helped me to remain updated and prepare for my Direct Tax paper as it was the pre-internet era, and the only source of case laws and their legal analysis was print media. Later, when I became a member of the Journal Committee, my respect for BCAJ rose to new heights as I realized how much effort was being put into by contributors and the Committee in its preparation. After my Presidentship, I am glad to communicate with you once again, albeit in a different capacity, as the Editor of this prestigious publication.

I sincerely and heartily compliment my predecessor CA Raman Jokhakar for successfully leading this Committee for the last five years and taking the Journal to a new height. His editorials were enriched by thought-provoking subjects and his masterly analysis of current affairs. I have the daunting task of meeting these expectations and maintaining the leading role of BCAJ in the profession. With God’s grace and your good wishes, I shall do my best and a little more.

I am glad that CA Raman Jokhakar will continue to guide and support me in his new role as the Co-Chairman of the Journal Committee. I have the solid support of two dynamic and experienced conveners, CA Vinayak Pai and CA Jagdish Punjabi, and the dedicated members of the Journal Committee. The wisdom of the members of the Editorial Board will continue to enhance the utility and relevance of this publication.

Well, seventy-five years is a ripe age for human life, but for a civilizational nation that has long-lived and is going to live in perpetuity, it is a short period. In 1947, the India of modern times was born after years of foreign aggression and occupation. India has had a glorious past, but Indian heritage and culture were attacked and systematically destroyed by many invaders.

What does India need to do now? Many things, but important amongst them, can be summarized into these aspects – ignite patriotism, instill discipline and inject honesty into people. We need to shred the slavish mindset, the babudom, and complex laws that control and stifle people’s freedom and entrepreneurship, holding India and Indians back.

Painting everyone with the same brush and doubting the integrity and honesty of every citizen is not a sign of mature democracy. If governance can enable rather than stifle, we can fly higher and faster. Citizens should also perform their part of duty. Rights without duties can result in chaos. Every citizen, irrespective of his/her predisposition or ideology, should work towards making India a well-developed nation with opportunities for all.

Division of population based on caste, creed, religion, region, and language is a curse. The identity of being an INDIAN should supersede all other identities when it comes to important national issues and goals. We are more Indian when we are outside India than in India. Out of India, we take pride in being recognized as Indians, and in India, we label ourselves based on caste, creed, religion, region, or language. What an irony this is! Our formal recognition should only be that of “Indian”. Period! We all should strive to achieve this in our lifetime.

As Indian Chartered Accountants, we serve the nation by being the best in everything we do. As auditors, we watch over the financial health and protect national wealth; as tax consultants, we protect our country’s resources; as enlightened citizens, we facilitate reasonable and growth-oriented laws; as financial consultants, we are promoters, protectors, and restorers of the financial wealth of our clients. In short, we have a key role and major responsibilities to share in Nation Building.

No Nation, profession, or society can rest on its past glory. We can be inspired by the past and apply its lessons to create our future. President A.P.J. Abdul Kalam said, “Strength respects strength and not weakness. Strength means military might and economic prosperity.” Therefore, we must assert our strengths and relate to others in that spirit. At the same time, we need to fight our internal enemies who fail us as in the past.

Let us remember Rabindranath Tagore’s timeless words that still ring true:

“Where the mind is without fear and the head
is held high

Where knowledge is free

Where the world has not been broken up into fragments

By narrow domestic walls

Where words come out from the depth of truth

Where tireless striving stretches its arms towards perfection

Where the clear stream of reason has not lost its way

Into the dreary desert sand of dead habit

Where the mind is led forward by thee

Into ever-widening thought and action

Into that heaven of freedom, my Father, let my country awake.”

Friends, today, the world is looking at India to provide the global leadership in fighting challenges humanity faces. Our timeless wisdom base, if applied correctly in the context, has answers to today’s challenges. I am sure India and Indians will rise to ‘ever-widening thought and action’ and take the world along to a new awakening.

Jai Hind!



Whatever you believe, that you will be,
If you believe yourselves to be ages, ages you will be tomorrow.
There is nothing to obstruct you.
— Swami Vivekananda

EDITOR ON EDITOR

Over the last five years – after 60 Journals, 8000 plus pages, dealing with 180 first-time authors, editing, and initiating more than 350 articles, interviews, surveys, poetries, cartoons, I would like to write this final editorial on the two editors: the person and the position. The person is a composite of all his background and intent, whereas the position is the carrier of expectations of others from a distinguished legacy. Each editor infuses his intent/content into the other, and in the process, an editor edits the editor.

For the editor, the person, to run a professional magazine with a fifty years’ legacy, alongside a full-time day job, calls for additional time and energy, month on month. For the editor, the position, it is vital to keep the direction, consistency and focus on readership. It means: you’ve got to do, what you need to do in the time you’ve got.

Like that pug in the advertisement following his master (Vodafone), wherever one editor goes, the other follows. Therefore, one editor must review and sign off the monthly issue, even at unusual times and places, to stand the test of the other editor. If one can call it so, I recall one scenic review of the journal, which was on an ATR between Manila and Palawan in the Philippines. At another time, a somewhat stretched review involved going over corrections at 1.30 a.m. out of a hotel after a tight day dedicated to a limited review deadline. Then, there was a clinical review, from a hospital sofa, during my father’s hospitalisation when I too was locked into the hospital along with the patient due to COVID protocols.

Then there is the committee. It is made of seniors and past editors who have built the journal thus far. They keep an eye on both editors to ensure they work in concert and look after them through their support, availability and guidance. The editor also comes to deal with wide varieties of people. However, closer home in the committee there are two sets of people like on every committee – those that are committee and those who are committed, if you can catch the pun. Their difference can be marked by the distance between their words and actions. I was blessed to have had a majority of people who were brilliant, and despite being equally busy as anyone else, they delivered sooner than promised. Holding people for their word to give their best to the Journal with a mix of respect, humour, and persistence made it a Sabkaa Saath, Sabkaa Vikas moment!

Coming to the finish line: what will happen to one editor when his term of being with the other editor comes to an end? Perhaps he will carry some part of the editor he had met when he first started with him! Perhaps he will feel like being an editor at large. At the same time, the mould of the editor he had found when he started and tried to fit in now has an impression of his own alongside all the predecessors. In other words, what he carries along as he carries on, is also left behind: some more purpose, some more passion, some more refinement, some more oomph.

Now, it is time for the next editor to meet the editor I had met when I joined five years back. The bright and brilliant, the only second PhD on the committee CA Mayur Nayak, will take over from here as the tenth editor of the BCAJ (and we all know a very well known jersey back that carries No. 10).

I am sure the BCAJ will stand for the profession and speak what must be said without mincing words, with the courage of conviction and for the larger good of the country. As I say so long, I thank the BCAJ readers, especially those who often sent positive vibes and messages despite my shortcomings.

As a freshman at the Society in 1998, the late Ajaybhai Thakkar took me on the journal committee. In those days at the monthly meetings, I listened attentively and tried hard to understand the conversations. Not once did I think then that I might end up writing on this page someday! Well, perhaps that other editor had a secret plan hatched right from then!

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor

DELIGHT OF WRITING

In this Editorial (my penultimate one), I am sharing what I have learnt about writing, especially as an Editor of BCAJ, being a professional for twenty-five years and reading quite a lot of material on writing. Many people had told me to write on writing after I wrote about Reading (‘Top Notch Habit’ in January 2021). Here is all I could fit in two pages out of the tiny speck I have learned after writing and editing for 60 months.

Writing follows an idea. To me, best ideas have come on long walks, post morning wake up time, while reading or listening to exceptional people, or observing something that interests me or bothers me.

An idea germinates as one spends time with the idea. Taking notes1 (your brain is for having ideas, not storing them) when they come unannounced (writing a few words can preserve an epiphany forever), talking to others who are into that subject, gathering more facts and experiences, and seeing it from multiple perspectives to derive clarity, helps the idea to evolve.

Shape the flow: Like a river that makes its trajectory, ideas need shape. Right points need emphasis. Expanding points to the extent the reader needs gives an idea its shape the size. Bullet points serve as the test of clarity. What I learnt decades ago: As a writer I must know what I want to say? And after writing, I must answer the question: Did I say it?

Use of words: Keep it simple2 (it doesn’t mean ordinary). Use the right words, fewer words, and shorter sentences. Know the point and keep to the point. Don’t state the obvious. Be emphatic, declarative and not unsure or hesitant. Rather than being clever, be clear.

Edit: Slash and Burn ruthlessly when you review your own writing. Writing improves not only by what we can add, but also by what we keep out. Self-edit of 30% of initial writing is a sign that you have done well. Make sentences tighter by removing/replacing elements that are useless. ‘The secret of good writing is rewriting3’.

 

1   I use Google Keep. You can clip great reads
to Evernnote.

2  Simplicity is the ultimate sophistication –
Leonardo da Vinci

3   William Zinsser, in his book ON WRITING WELL

Process: Come to the point quickly, unless writing a suspense movie/novel or a sequence leading to a reasoned end. Readers’ attention is under the assault of many competing things. They want to know what’s in it for them. More ideas in less pages, one idea in more pages – know which one to choose depending on situation and readership; comprehensive and concise both have their places. Use subheadings, it’s easier to fill them and easier for readers to register, grasp and revisit. Weave points together – see the beginning and end to ensure they are woven in the middle by sense and purpose.

Cut out the interruptions as you write. Uninterrupted or Indistractable4 time is an absolute must.

Words not to use: Be that as it may (habit driven), notwithstanding (legalise), I believe, I think (what you write is obviously that),…keep the sentence clean, sharp and shining. Many words serve no purpose; they are clutter, distraction and a burden on the reader. A bit like Ads when you are watching a show!

Learning to write: You learn writing by writing just as you become a better cook by cooking or a better swimmer by going into the water. Use active voice. ‘I read it’ is crisper than ‘it was read by me’. Writing is talking to someone on paper. Read your written material aloud and see how it sounds to eliminate the risk of sounding verbose, pretentious or (unnecessarily) complicated or even unnatural.

Use ‘meaning dense’ words so you can use fewer words. I like to use a word from another or local language that conveys meaning better than an English word and translate it so that those who understand will get the point much better. Sometimes bright ideas lose their power when presented in the vessel of unsuitable words.

 

4  Recommended reading: Nir Ayal
(Indistractable:…) and Carl Newport (Deep Work)

Language power is a must. One can develop it over time. Grammar, syntax and vocabulary make it tick. You have many free tools at hand. Be obsessively meticulous.

What helps writing and why writing helps: Writing is thinking and talking on paper. But thinking can be haywire, all over the place, as it has no limits/borders. Therefore, when thinking needs expression or communication, writing makes it effective.

Professional Writing: I have been doing sessions on professional writing for more than eight years. Even legal and professional writing need not ‘sound’ like reading an ‘Act’. From appeal to rectification, writing that lands on the other side and prompts action, works. In England, lawyers were paid per word, so they used the same word 10 times. We can spare the reader.

Unlearn from the Worst: The worst form of writing is on our shelves: Income tax Act, Companies Act etc. Take them as examples of obnoxious writing. Remember Curse of Knowledge5, the writer’s inability to place herself in the position of a reader. Use of technical terms/phrases (technobabble) not intelligible to many readers will make them feel excluded if these terms are not explained (example: ‘bright line test’). A writer should strike a balance between choosing the right word, proof of the author’s expertise and understanding of it by the reader.

Learn from the Best: Imitation is part of learning. Today we can enter the minds of the best people for free via internet – articles, videos, podcasts. Another approach I have liked is extrapolating the ideas expressed in a seemingly different situation / context to my own.

 

5   Coined by Steven Pinker

Writing Resources I like: Follow Nicolas Cole, Dickie Bush and David Parell on Social Media. Books: The Elements of Style (by Strunk), On Writing Well (by Zinsser), On Writing (Stephan King), Several Short Sentences About Writing (by Klinkenbourg). Grammarly, is a good extension to a browser.

Finally, Goswami Tulsidas, in the initial verses of RamaCharitaManas, gives a statement of purpose of writing the 12000 verses that follow. He says I composed the story of RaghuNaath for my own delight: I think like every other expression, writing in the end is for one’s own delight.

Let me leave you with a few quotes on writing:

‘Actually a simple style is the result of hard work and hard thinking; a muddled style reflects a muddled thinker or a person too arrogant, or too dumb, or too lazy to organize his thoughts’.

‘The secret to good writing is to use small words for big ideas, not to use big words for small ideas’.

‘Your writing is only as good as your ability to delete sentences that don’t belong’.

‘You can’t revise or discard what you don’t consciously recognize’.

“If you’re thinking without writing, you only think you’re thinking.”

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor    

THE OTHER 5 TRILLION MARK

In our 75th year of independence, we Indians revisit our collective and individual dreams. As a civilisational nation – the last surviving civilisation – we have to talk honestly about our problems if we want to face them head-on. I thought of calling them the ‘other 5 trillion’, which we need to overcome. One may not be able to quantify accurately but these problems are old, deep rooted, and rancid. The list is not exhaustive and yet it is a drag on the 5 trillion economy dream.

1.    Infinite compliances: India is obsessed, almost drunk on compliance. British rule continues through these compliances. Look at Schedule III – which requires converting numbers in thousands, lacs and crores. But GST returns, XBRL, or ITRs require exact numbers filled. Duplication, laws without timelines, discretion, the list is infinite. Charity Commissioner of Maharashtra: One lady sits on a tall bench and ‘passes’ an order if you wish to add a Trustee to a Trust. It’s not her money in the trust, the trust doesn’t even take public funds, it’s a family trust to do Charity, has no immovable property, but she can bully you and ‘take rent’ for approving something as basic as appointing a Trustee. PM has also talked about these matters to Babudom, but nothing much has happened. ‘Government is not a team. It is a loose confederation of warring tribes.’ – Sir Humphrey Appleby.

2.    Corruption: It persists. Try and take a refund of CIT(A) order when you have to see a AO.  At places where discretion exists, delay and bribe thrive. After taxes and inflation this eats into your earnings and savings every second.

3.    Appeasement based on segregation: For votes, politicians do anything. Today, 70-80-90% reservation either persists or is sought. Caste-based, religion-based, social strata based reservation is a form of wholesale manufacturing of vote banks. The idea is to form a group that can bully and cast votes en masse for or against. Merit is secondary or even disregarded.

4.    Supremely Slow Court: Broadband speeds have increased, car speeds have increased, but courts? Recently a HC said R10-12 crore fraud amount is not very big (after granting a hearing in 24 hours). Postman Umakant Mishra, after 29 years, was cleared of stealing $ 1 after being suspended for that long. The SC recently said every sinner has a future in case of a rapist-murderer of a four-year-old. Court doors open at odd hours for some when 73,000 cases are pending outside the same door. And to one wealthy lawyer, it charged R1 for contempt of court. Its suo motu notice sense has no parallel. One doesn’t know whether to be aghast, amused or ashamed at the behaviour of this broken pillar of the State.

5.    Logic Defying Phenomena: We have towns/stations that glorify murderers – to reach Nalanda, you go to Bhaktyarpur Jn., named after Bhaktyar, who destroyed Nalanda. We have tomb tourism like Humayun and Lodhi tombs around Delhi and elsewhere. We have more taxes than transaction prices on essential things like fuel. We have ‘leaders’ who are lawmakers but do not pay government rents or electricity for years, whereas taxpayers get treatment in accordance with the law. State legalises encroachment to millions with impunity. We have recognised political parties that remember Stalin each year, who killed 9.5 million of his own people. The language of our oppressors is the bridge language for the nation. Even today Income Tax Department asks for address page in foreign passports when most don’t have address page for issuing PAN.

Ease of living and ease of doing business are closer to being a cruel joke than a reality. As we come close to the 75th anniversary called Amrit Mahotsav, we need solutions to survive and thrive. We have come a long way yet the road to be covered is longer. We must aim to surmount this other five trillion mark before we can meaningfully achieve the five trillion dream.

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor    

Bharat’s Progress and Women’s Prowess

India, that is ‘Bharat’, has created history with the success of ‘Chandrayaan 3’. It became the first country to do a soft landing on the Lunar South Pole. The beauty of this achievement is its cost-effectiveness and precise landing timings. Within days of the successful Moon mission, ISRO launched Bharat’s first observation mission to the Sun, named, ‘Aditya-L1’, which is performing as planned. It was heartening to see the contribution of many women scientists in the success of Chandrayaan-3 and Aditya-L1. The dedication and expertise of women scientists propelled the mission forward and significantly contributed to its success. Their involvement not only underscores gender equality and inclusivity but also showcases the remarkable talent and capabilities of women in STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) fields.

Bharat showed its capability and acumen by successfully organising the G20 Summit under its presidency with hundred per cent consensus on all developmental and geo-political issues, running into 38 paragraphs. G20’s theme was based on Vasudhaiv Kutumbakkam – One Earth – One Family – One Future. The importance of the G20 Summit can be understood from the fact that collectively, these countries account for 85 per cent of global gross domestic product, over 75 per cent of global trade and two-thirds of the globe’s entire population. With 9 invitee countries, 27 member countries of the European Union and 55 member countries of the African Union, this representation is still wider. The feather on Bharat’s cap was when it successfully convinced the Group’s member countries to admit the African Union as a permanent member, making the Group of 20 (G20) now G21. Bharat raised its status by becoming a voice for the developing nations of the Global South.

The New Delhi Leaders’ Declaration broadly focuses on the following five key areas:

  • Strong, Sustainable, Balanced and Inclusive Growth
  • Accelerating Progress on Sustainable Development Goals
  • Green Development Pact for a Sustainable Future
  • Multilateral Institutions for the 21st Century
  • Reinvigorating Multilateralism

Bharat grabbed the opportunity to showcase its great heritage and culture to the participants of various working group meetings of G20 throughout the year. It organised over 200 meetings at 50 different locations, which is, perhaps, a unique feature in the history of any G20 presidency. It not only made G20 popular across the nation but also won the hearts of the delegates. The spectacular success of the G20 Summit and its outcomes have been hailed by world leaders and media alike.

It is heartening to note that Bharat launched seven state-of-the-art stealth frigates in just four years from 2019–2023. Bharat stands 4th globally in Renewal Energy Installed Capacity (including Large Hydro), 4th in Wind Power and 4th in Solar Power capacity. Thus, Bharat is shining in all Panchmahabhuta, namely, Earth, Water, Fire, Air and Space.

In the heart of our national capital, New Delhi, stands a new symbol of our democracy and progress — the new Parliament House of India. Inaugurated on the auspicious occasion of Ganesh Chaturthi, this architectural marvel stands as a testament to a resurgent India, symbolising our aspirations and commitment to uphold democratic values for the next 150 years. The passing of the Women’s Reservation Bill in this new Parliament is a significant step towards recognising and empowering the invaluable contribution of Nari Shakti in our nation’s governance and progress.

Yet, it is imperative to consider the notion of reservations. While acknowledging the need to empower and include all sections of society, we must also tread carefully, ensuring that reservations do not hinder meritocracy or perpetuate inequalities. Can Bharat think of becoming the world leader by increasingly ignoring meritocracy and extending reservations in various forms? Our beloved country has seen women hold pivotal roles across various spheres without reservations, highlighting the potential and competence of women in almost every field. The role played by women leaders in the success of G20 or women scientists in the success of space missions has been acclaimed. It is indeed a matter of pride that today, the highest office of the President of India is adorned by a woman, Smt. Droupadi Murmu. Recognising gender equality and the prowess of women, PM Modi rightly named the spot where Chandrayaan 3 landed as “Shiv-Shakti”. In a few days from now, we will celebrate Navaratri, a festival to respect and revere Goddess Durga – a symbol of Nari Shakti.

In the domain of Chartered Accountancy field also, women have made significant strides. Currently, over 40 per cent of the student population pursuing CA comprises young women, and their record of acquiring a high number of positions in the Merit Lists is really impressive. Moreover, approximately 28 per cent of CA members are women. These numbers depict a progressive trend where women are not only entering but excelling in the CA profession, showcasing their proficiency and determination.

As we reflect on these monumental achievements and Nari Shakti, we must also remain vigilant about the road ahead. Our progress should be marked by inclusivity, equity and sustainable development. It is our responsibility to ensure that every stride we take benefits all sections of society, leaving no one behind.

To this end, it is important to note that 25th September is celebrated in India as “Antyodaya Diwas” (अंत्योदय दिवस)to mark the birth anniversary of Pandit Deendayal Upadhyaya and remember his life and legacy. Even Mahatma Gandhi’s idea of Sarvodaya (Universal Uplift and Progress for All), was based on Antyodaya – uplifting the poorest of poor.

Let us continue to embrace innovation, collaborate on a global scale and celebrate the indomitable spirit of Bharat as we step into this promising month of October.

Together, let us forge a path to a brighter and more inclusive future, embodying the true essence of ‘Bharat’.

चांद पे उतरे, मंगल को देखा
अब सूरज की बारी है,
हर क्षेत्र में कौशल दिखाती
देखो भारतीय नारी है।।

एक धरती, एक कुटुंब,
एक नियति हमारी है
विश्व को एक करनेवाले,
भारत तेरी बलिहारी है।।

FORM AND SUBSTANCE OF EXTERNAL AND SELF-REGULATION

If there is ONE regressive belief that is
perpetuated by every government of India and has generally taken the
country backward, it is: if something goes wrong, the answer lies in
government control; because if government controls something, it will
deliver optimum results.

Such an approach to situations results in:

a.  stranglehold of babudom1;

b.  distancing citizens’ from liberty;

c. annihilation of self-governing and self-financing institutions into monolithic government bodies;

d.  developing a false narrative that government delivers and delivers for larger good;

e.  cost overruns, inefficiencies, unaccountable ways generally known by the name ‘public service’ amongst others.

Lacking Government oversight:
Look at the last two big scams – where CAs were blamed, but no
significant government employee responsible for oversight faced any
consequences! Did you see any action on SEBI for the co-location scam?
Did you see action on Reserve Bank of India after the collapse of
systemically important NBFC IL&FS right under its nose called
‘supervision’? One can infer that when regulators fail and/or go unpunished, insiders above them were pulling the strings!

Connect the Dots: Two issues have been debated this week – changes in 3 Institutes and the formation of IIA.

Let’s
look at the past sequence of events – NACAS formed to take away
Standard- Setting powers, rotation of auditors through a top secret
report under Modi 1.0, Modiji makes legendary comments at the ICAI event
in 2017, CAs stopped from giving valuation report2/certifications under a few laws and adding other professions in place of CAs3,
NFRA formed to discipline errant firms, reduction of bank audit
branches/quantum of advances subjected to audits, tax audits and GST
audits removed significantly, NFRA ‘report’ on abolition of company
audits except about 3,600 companies, frivolous NFRA reports and
consultations and parliamentary panel report of 2022 on ICAI that makes
inroads into disciplinary powers. This leaves ICAI to be an educational,
licensing and registrar of members and students body. If you connect
the dots, and especially by this government, it is clear that there is a
certain aversion and clear invasion on self-regulation of ICAI. This is
akin to maximising government and minimising governance because lasting
governance comes from people who need to be governed.

_______________________________________________________________________

1. The tacit mechanism invented, nurtured and perpetuated by public servants
where things are complicated to the level where responsibility cannot be
ascertained, outcome remains sub optimal, and results are slowed.

The Parliament Debate: Seeing a string of BJP MPs shinning out during the parliamentary debate was memorable. One MP from Mumbai said there is a need to increase the pass percentage in CA exams. He said he is not able to understand what is the big technique in CAs4? Another HBS educated BJP MP from Jhansi said Indian audited statements are not accepted in NASDAQ,
and once this amendment act is passed, such financials will be globally
accepted. He even said that in CAG, there are no CAs and still they can
audit the entire country. He went over the top when he said some CA
firm he called Batliboi (he didn’t remember the full name), which used
to be a top firm, is finished when you compare it to EY5.
After listening to astute observations, I felt glad that none of the
ICAI council members have stellar qualification like 43% of winning BJP
MPs of 2019 elections who have criminal records!

________________________________________________________________________

2   Under the Income Tax
Rule 11U and 11UA under DCF

3   DD for companies taking banking facilities

4  On the parliament website, his educational
qualification is ‘under matric’ and one wonders whether that is a qualification
to criticize those who clear one of the toughest exams on the planet.

5   In
case you meet the MP, do let him know that same or similar firm was taken over
by EY or calls itself EY


Statistics:
The PSC report says that between 2006 and 2021, 3832 cases were
resolved out of 5829 cases registered. Amongst the 1997 unresolved
cases, 574 (9.8% of total) cases are more than 3 years old and 81 cases
are stayed by the court. Removal from membership between 1-5 years was
done in 48 cases. Totally 267 removals were either permanent debarment
or between 0-5 years. Now compare this to PM Modi’s speech on 1st July
2017 where he said that in the last 11 years, proceedings have been
undertaken against only 25 CAs. You judge the difference between reality
and rhetoric. ICAI statistics are better than most departments, tribunals and even courts which are etymology of the word inefficiency.
The average pendency of normal cases is 2 to 3 years in ICAI. One
cannot deny the scope for improvement, yet it is better than other
judicial and disciplinary mechanisms in a country where decades old
cases are languishing.

Comparables: National Medical Commission has a medical practitioner as Chairman. Advocates Act 19616,
requires 2 out of 3 members of disciplinary committee from Bar Council
and all three have to be advocates. But CAs are treated differently. Could it because of special vengeance blended with arrogance?
As an MP from Kottayam put it: which Secretary has knowledge of
accounting standards and auditing standards to head disciplinary
mechanism? Assuming that few of the retired govt. nominees may read the
standards, how many of them would have applied it practically in audits
so as to understand the standards at the fundamental level so as to
apply the nuances involved for deciding the cases?

________________________________________________________________________
6. Section 9 of Advocates Act

Facts:
The fact is that government nominees are already on ICAI disciplinary
committee. And they are party to the process. All cases are generally
determined unanimously. To hasten the process, timelines could have been
included in the ICAI regulations. Imposing more babudom,
is a precursor to the advent of politicians (like you see politicians
and their siblings on sports bodies, temples, clubs and every other
place where there are assets, popularity and power) and those who have
no skin in the game.

There is nothing wrong in self-regulation so far as there is transparency, speed and appeal mechanism.
There are brilliant minds who understand the situation since they have
been in one, unlike one IIM Bangalore retired professor, to deliver a
balanced verdict in disciplinary matters. Talking about conflict of
interest, one MP from UP said don’t Babus judge themselves and punish themselves? How does the Army disciplinary system work? Government is the crown jewel of conflict of interest if you go by GOI’s logic. In fact, SRO, is an essential character of balanced oversight and not an impediment.

Fitting in: To fit in to the global scheme of things, GOI propounds its own ‘selective global best practices’.
Have frauds, scams, financial mismanagement reduced in other countries
from where these regulations are purported to be taken as global best
practices? If you look closely, this is done because of lack of original thinking for India. Therefore, the easy way is to import
and affix even that which has failed elsewhere and continue to
propagate colonial mindset to the detriment of local ground realities.
Self-governance is the epitome of democracy and responsibility.
Perhaps until the west does it, babudom and in turn mantri mandal won’t believe in it.

ICAI Reforms: Does ICAI need reforms? Yes, of course! Which institution doesn’t with changing times? However, true reform is like true health that comes from inside – cleansing from within, not by inserting artificial objects or tubes permanently. This half-baked government action seems hazy, hasty and hazardous!

IIA: An idea mooted by the PSC also speaks of IIA. Competition does raise the bar. To call statutory responsibility as a monopoly is nothing short of ignorance unless it is malice!
Rigour of education, exams and practical training are critical to
create public accountants. Currently, and gladly, the ICAI is not based
on a regressive reservation model that mocks merit. Nor has ICAI gone
with a begging bowl to the government for funds. It does much work for
backward and dull-witted government bodies. One would be wiser to use
ICAI set up, and create categories of accountants majoring in various
skillsets rather than creating alleged ‘competition’. I am sure ICAI
would be happy to partner with industry and real-life people on the
ground to create this new set of accountants.

President
Kalam said CAs are partners in nation building. And no Bill can take
that away. Like Kautilya said, destiny follows the words of the wise
souls. ICAI’s destiny will surely follow those words.

MEASURE OF …

The measure of wealth is freedom.
The measure of health is lightness.
The measure of intellect is judgment.
The measure of wisdom is silence.
The measure of love is peace.
– Naval Ravikant

Chartered Accountants are in the profession of ‘recognition’ and ‘measurement’. Much of life, in its wider and deeper sense, needs measuring with each passing year, or in our context, at least at the end of the fiscal year.

What matters may not be in the line of sight. Contemporary wisdom measures and turns on a sharp spotlight on what matters. Wisdom articulates the reality of things with a purpose: to make us aware of the starkness of what matters, the urgency of action and the futility of much of what we believe to be important in the short term. ‘Non-recognition’ of this can be our stupidity, lethargy or even careless disregard. I have been following the writings of Naval for a while and thought of sharing them and leaving you with questions I ask myself.

The measure of wealth is freedom. We gather wealth but, for a long time, run short of freedom. Even on vacation, work chases us. How much freedom do we have on our time and actions? Wealth without freedom is futile. Freedom TO and Freedom FROM are two types of categories. While money gives us the freedom to overcome many life problems, how free do we become from other problems?

The measure of health is lightness. How much lightness do we feel in our bodies? How much space do our minds have to let ‘light’ occupy it rather than the clutter of million thoughts? Are we trading off health with time to our profession?

The measure of intellect is judgment. We often learn this over time. A lot of our work hones judgment. Naval writes: “…wisdom is knowing the long-term consequences of your actions. Wisdom applied to external problems is judgment. … knowing the long-term consequences of your actions and then making the right decision to capitalize on that.” How do I figure out the difference between direction and effort? Can I figure out what’s really stupid and then avoid it? Am I able to see beyond the immediate and look far into the future?

The measure of wisdom is silence. When wisdom is applied, the outcome is silence. The closer you are to the truth, the more silent you become inside. How much silence or evenness do we feel within? By being the way I am, am I becoming something that I would not want to?

You can reflect on the rest of Naval’s words. I wish to end this page with a conversation I had with my daughter. She told me about ellipsis. ‘…’ the three dots we sometimes use to end a sentence. I think the measure of life is an ellipsis, in the sense that it goes on, that there are no full stops. Its spirit is continuance. It is open-ended, uncertain and full of possibilities. The ellipsis holds hope in the unsaid. As we begin the new fiscal and come out of one patch of uncertain time, will it not be brave to accept the certainty of uncertainty?

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor    

THE MISSING MIDDLE – MADHYODAYA

Can we say that DONE includes NOT DONE/HALF DONE, just as income includes loss? How do we factor in the impact of not doing something? While Budget making is super difficult as there are innumerable impossible expectations from diverse interest groups, one can break up its OUTCOMES into the following baskets:

1.    Antyodaya  – pulling out those in dire need for basics – health, education, food, homes, water. These must reach them to bring them out of despair and helplessness and find dignity and opportunities.

2.    Madhyodaya – rising of the taxpayers, MSMEs, risk-takers, working-class, consumers etc.; the middle class

3.    Bhavishyodaya – beneficial creation whose outcome is in the future and will result in situation change. Includes infrastructure, investments, and the like that are like sowing seeds, building today that will bring enduring benefit and transform the landscape of living and doing business.

1 and 3 only aim to bring as many people into the middle class: the oil and wheel of the economy. Yet, Madhyodaya is often ignored, although the middle class should become as big as it can, where most populace should ideally be. Balance of these results in Sarvodaya – the RISE of ALL.

For Madhyodaya to occur, amongst other things, we need an entire system purged of a lot of dross by Arresting absurdities, undoing unFAIRNESS, and reducing REVENUE BLINDNESS . UNDOING these is equally important as DOING so many other things, and they are mutually exclusive. The Union Budget could have looked more closely  at these.

__________________________________________________________________
1    Coined by Shri Deen Dayal Upadhyay, one of the founding fathers of the BJP.
2  
 Perpetual endemic that affects tax officers, and doesn’t allow them to
apply the law fairly due to blindness caused by collection targets.
Take STT, as an example: It was introduced when the tax on capital gains was abolished, and a more efficient source-based mechanism was brought in 2004. However, this government brought tax back, but ‘forgot’ or ‘ignored’ or ‘winked’ at the STT’s reversal, I guess. So today, you pay STT and tax on CG. Although it is tax, you cannot adjust it against tax on capital gains. It is an irrecoverable tax (unlike TDS or TCS) on loss where you still pay even when you incur loss – an unheard of structure in the tax world. For 2022-23 STT is estimated 60% higher at Rs. 20,000 Cr (collection of STT in 2019-20 was Rs. 6,000 Cr and Rs.12,500 Cr in September 2021 compared to an estimate of Rs. 12,500 Cr for the  year 2021-22).

Crypto tax seems to suggest such a line of thinking to tax it without set off amongst other things when several crore people are reported to hold crypto. Since it is not currency – it can have GST implications. It is imperative that north block understands that the middle class is constantly trying to grow their tax paid savings to beat insidious inflation and taxes to stay afloat. On a lighter note, a wise man commented: the plausible cause of no tinkering of personal taxes and procedures could be the debilitated Rs. 4,000 crore  tax portal!

While we congratulate FM for doing away with 1,486 union laws from GOI’s attic, the point is this: let’s do the same in tax laws and eradicate the absurd, unfair, arbitrary, outdated, complex, litigative and all that with the potential for abuse by administrators!

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor            

POLITICAL RESPONSE

The devastation wrought by the virus over the last few weeks has been unnerving, both psychologically and physically, for everyone. Each one of us would know or have someone in the family who has suffered or died in this wave.

However, as we are painfully aware, accountability is NOT the strength of Government, be it Central or State, or as an institution. In the time of this medical calamity wrecking death and distress, the verbal response of the political leadership has been typical – below par. Here is a succinct articulation of the tone, tenor, nature, classification, propensity and quality of responses from the political class in general and which is accentuated during this time:

1. Deflect: Not answer honestly and directly. A direct question seeks a straightforward and not just a smart, cheeky answer (the difference between and  ). But when a Cabinet Minister was asked that by attending election rallies, weren’t you spreading infection, he replied, ‘Check me now!’

2. Collecting and sharing data: Many data points are not calculated, or not calculated properly, or not made available. Data is critical. What gets measured gets changed. Someonewrote:(The numbers show that the situation is bad, the situation shows that the numbers are incomplete.)

3. Cherry-pick: A commonly shared social media (SM) post compares India with the US and China in the number of doses administered. Yes, delightful and praiseworthy, but not PACEWORTHY as India has five times the population compared to at least the US and the percentage of the total inoculated is the real KPI. What is not stated, especially by the Health Minister (HM), is the number of days it will take to inoculate the 70 to 80 crore eligible / target population. As I write this on 1st May, 2021, I referred to the Twitter timeline of the Minister, when the surge is at its all-time peak of 4,00,000 plus new cases per day: But there is no reference to this daily indicator in the last 48 hours. Posts are about vaccination, WHO meeting, condolences for well-known persons… but nothing that can be said to be challenges – deaths, positivity rate, the task ahead, etc. One wonders whether the data shared is to ‘build a narrative’ or to also share important ‘facts’. If a government believes that the entire nation is with them and they are with the people, they would share facts without hesitation. The Lancet1 Editorial called this out as ‘perpetuating a too positive spin in government communication’.

4. Congress did it – After seven years, as someone pointed out, the Central Government still thinks that Congress rule is continuing. While there are legacy issues, as soon as a challenge appears, this is the one common point in the responses. Does it implicitly suggest to 130 crore people – you all need to wait for the next 70 years!

5. Credit without debit – Single entry accounting. All credit belongs to the Government or its leader, and debits are unaccounted for. Ministers ‘hailing’ the PM each day during the crisis and communication on SM is talking about how the PM was involved, instrumental, etc. Constant self-congratulatory behaviour seems out of place when people are scrambling for oxygen to stay alive in the national capital and in the States.

6. Victory before even the battle is over: The Government constantly seeks another moment to bask in the glory. I wonder if this is due to insecurity or lack of confidence. The HM said we are in the endgame of Covid on 15th March. Announcing victory when not even 1% of the population is vaccinated with two doses and we were at least 140 crore doses away! Generally, Mantri (ministers), Tantri (administrator), Santri (yes-men, wah-wahkaars and the media) displayed posters with leaders on them, subliminally saying things are nearing an end without the critical caveat that we have a long way ahead and that it’s NOT OVER till it is OVER.

_____________________________________________________________________
1     https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(20)32001-8/fulltext
7. Respond in the future tense: When the question is of the immediate past or the present, the answer is about the future – how we have started doing some grand things.

8. State subject: A federation must work together and if States are underperforming or need help, they need to be pulled up or pushed and / or guided. States blame the Centre and vice versa. Democracy or Blamocracy?

9. Politicising: Sad to see politicising even in dire times. Action and words seem to have some added political motive.

10. Denial: This is the most ‘effective’ response. One very vocal CM said in April that we are fully equipped and there is no problem. In a week, he was calling for help.

(The above list of verbal responses excludes justification, excuse morphed as an explanation, wordplay, making grand announcements, conspiracy theories and other forms of responses. After observing these attributes of political response, I feel these could be a chapter of a book titled Manual for Politicians – say, Chapter 2021 on ‘Responding to Accountability Questions’!)

Government has all powers and resources at its disposal. It is Government’s job to be able to FORESEE what is coming based on data. In spite of the early March report by the national supermodel committee, which said that the second wave had already set in, the Governments didn’t do enough.

India had the maximum benefit of hindsight from all over the world. Many Governments didn’t learn the lesson of what can go wrong and what response may be required.

Take the example of vaccines: Knowing that there are no vaccines, an announcement for the 3rd age group is made for 1st May. In Mumbai, people are running from pillar to post since two weeks for a second dose. The US booked 400 million doses in August, 2020, the EU 800 million by November, 2020. India’s first order of vaccines was in January, 2021. States were not sure about how this will pan out till April. And this is despite a $30 billion pharma industry in the country with the finest minds! Now the Supreme Court is telling the administration to license vaccine-making to generate enough. Same for oxygen plants and the rest: Delhi had eight plants approved with funds from the PM Cares Fund. But it managed only one plant till April. If the planned 162 plants had been set up around the country, they could have produced 80,500 litres of medical oxygen per minute2. This translates approximately to one ton of liquid oxygen per day per plant. So, it’s not a crisis of ‘lack of funds’ or ‘lack of talent’, it’s a crisis of ‘lack of execution’, ‘lack of intent’ and ‘lack of vision’. In the words of our Rashtra Kavi Dinkarji:

Someone said, what you see now is not the crumbling of infrastructure but what was already there. Everything is exposed – from logistics to coordination, to the greed of hospitals, black marketing, wrong medication, careless disregard and casual behaviour of citizens about appropriate behaviour. The point is we have to see the difference between taking credit vs. receiving compliments from people; making claims vs. taking questions about people’s claims; complacency vs. accountability; and arrogance vs. compassion.

Please take a moment to say a mantra, a chant, a prayer every day for those in pain and those who departed in pain and / or send good vibes. Many of you would have made a tangible contribution (monetary, help, blood, etc.) towards those that need it. The crisis has taught us one thing – that we are on our own and people have to support each other.

But, we can’t ignore the many remarkable things happening. Someone sold his car to provide oxygen cylinders, or someone driving overnight 1,200 km. Delhi-Bokaro-Delhi bringing oxygen for his friend – ordinary people doing extraordinary things! Let’s take a moment to send strength and gratefulness to those who have helped, to those who will help, to those who are helping tirelessly – the medical and frontline workers, the real unsung heroes whose photographs should be on Covid vaccine certificates for taking on this unending disaster for 14 long months. They deserve our deepest respect.
____________________________________________________________________________

2     The New Indian Express, 27th April, 2021, Article by S. Gurumurthy

 

Raman Jokhakar
Editor

PROTECH: ‘VIRTUAL’ IS NOW ‘REAL’

I very frequently get the question: ‘What’s going to change in the next ten years?’
I almost never get the question: ‘What’s not going to change in the next ten years?’
I submit to you that the second question is actually the more important of the two.
The above statement is attributed to Jeff Bezos of Amazon.

This issue of the BCAJ (launched in 1969), is our Annual Special Issue and it commemorates the Founding Day of the BCAS which was established on 6th July, 1949. This special issue carries special articles on contemporary issues in addition to the normal articles and features. It is based on the theme ‘Effect of the pandemic: What has changed and what is unlikely to get reversed’.

Three of our special articles are on the Profession, the Economy and the Human Psychology. They are authored by CAs (in practice and in the industry), an economist and a psychiatrist, respectively. They have woven their thoughts lucidly and with great perspicacity. I hope you will enjoy reading their perspectives on the effect of Covid and how much of this change is likely to stay.

We all know how much has changed (and much of this may not reverse):
• Running to the train station has changed to running to the work station;
Couriering is replaced by scan and email;
Signing with pen on paper is replaced by affixing a digital signature certificate;
Office is replaced by digital workspace / cloud;
WFH could become WFA (work from anywhere);
Occasionally WFH will be flipped to occasionally work from the office;
Paper is substituted by PDF;
• So far as the BCAS is concerned, the meaning of ‘residential’ has changed to taking a ‘residential’ course from our residences rather than going out to a resort.

Just as there is Fintech – a finance and technology portmanteau – it is time that we have ProTech or Professional Services and Technology. Practice sans technology will eventually add up to zero. Knowledge is no longer a sufficient condition. Technology will make much of it redundant. Being an ACA (associate CA) or FCA (fellow CA) will not be enough – we will have to re-qualify to become TCAs where ‘T’ stands for technology. Lapping up technology into all our offerings or being ‘slapped’ by technology are the only two options!

In the words of Naval Ravikant – ‘Your company may not be in the software business, but eventually, a software company will be in your business.’ Let me rephrase that – ‘If you do not bring a software company into your business, one day a software company will take over your business.’

We are seeing this already. Tax filing portals are valued in India at attractive valuations. What used to be optional and ‘adjournable’, cannot be postponed, and the pandemic could be the last and final call as the future gets fast-tracked to become the present.

But there is also a positive side of Covid. Today, I would believe that one may not need an office in a swanky, expensive location. With the tax office becoming redundant, the proximity angle has ended up in the recycle bin. Firms may not need offices all over the country. One can operate from an ‘address’, and one will not have restrictions of ‘location’ as digital regulators and digital clients will interact flawlessly with accounting firms. This could result in more competition. Many firms may even lose out to tech companies as much of the profession is ‘open’ to non-COPs or non-CAs because exclusivity has diminished.

Clearly, ‘Virtual’ is now ‘Real.’  


Raman Jokhakar
Editor

REGULATORY SCEPTICISM

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) issued a Circular on 27th April, 2021. Its aim was to improve audit quality, strengthen independence and accountability. Considering the short timeline for implementation and the rigour of the guidelines, it appears that the RBI regarded these matters as critical. Therefore, the degree of urgency is justified by the necessity.

These guidelines seem to carry the scars of the IL&FS, Yes Bank, DHFL and other failures. Failures in the banking and financial services sector (BFS) need to be distinguished from other business failures. BFS functions like the veins and arteries in the human body and many institutions are the edifice on which other sectors stand. A few pillars crumbling or blockages in arteries could have an overarching spiral effect.

Audit Quality is ‘sterilised’ by Independence and gets ‘infected’ by conflicts of interest. Just as a doctor or a hospital cannot have ‘interest’ in a pharmaceutical company and a judge cannot be a partner at a law firm that litigates in the court, by the same token impaired independence weakens the objectivity of a professional. The central bank seems to have become mindful of this root cause.

Considering the above, a more stringent test for BFS in terms of number of years of appointment, number of entities that can be audited, the cooling-off period, mandatory joint audits, inclusion of NBFCs and the bar on services to group entities is only an expected response by the regulator.

The RBI has raised the bar through these guidelines by not allowing non-audit services one year prior to and after the appointment and even imposed a bar on conducting any audit/non-audit engagements with ‘group’ entities. Covering NBFCs of a certain size within the ambit of the above guidance is also a noteworthy step.

Some reports in the public domain have equated auditor eligibility norms with prescriptions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the Code of Ethics. A trade body wrote that the principles stated by the RBI are sector-agnostic and therefore must be aligned. One would think that regulations (which are practices, unlike principles) have to be dependent on context. In this case, it is hard to disregard the nature and function of BFS and the scale, spread and shock of recent failures. A concerned regulator will therefore raise the bar in display of its ‘regulatory scepticism’ about auditors. Mandatory joint audits also seem to arise from the same thought process.

Taking NBFCs into the fold is a step worth examining. The NBFCs are part of the nervous system of BFS. The IL&FS collapse and AQR findings by NFRA must have been ringing in the regulator’s mind till today. I would infer that this move is to firm up a more comprehensive monitoring of the entire BFS by the central bank.

The uproar from some circles routed through trade bodies is understandable. A ban on services to group entities and ‘take over’ of NBFCs’ auditor appointments by the RBI will have adverse commercial consequences for current incumbents. A sudden disqualification of auditors and the additional burden of fresh appointments at a short notice will be tough, but surely not impossible. Some clarifications are also wanting from RBI.

For systemically important entities, a heightened level of regulation seems necessary. The concern about this entire matter must have caused the insistent exigency in the central banker’s action. RBI is one of the finest regulators – tough, erudite and not infiltrated by vested interests. One can be reasonably sure about RBI having done its homework before rolling out these changes.

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor

DIFFERENTIATING BETWEEN FACELESS AND BASELESS ASSESSMENTS

Faceless assessments (FA) are meant to serve three critical purposes – bridging the distance / location and time barriers (you don’t have to appear at a location and therefore saving time), removing direct contact between adjudicator and assessee (cause of evil influence on adjudication which now can be done by a process involving a number of people) and creating a trail (online mechanism creates a much better trail). FA is a refreshingly welcome step, but as usual has implementation shortcomings.

In the same breadth, one cannot ignore the overarching, if not the sole purpose of adjudication: giving justice – to let the law prevail, to give a fair and equal opportunity to present and to speed up adjudication. Here potential (what it can deliver) of a system must be evaluated with expectation (what it should deliver).
Some of the recent observations on FA by the judiciary are disheartening and even unnerving when they could have easily been encouraging and ushering in a new era. Let me summarise observations by the courts on FA:

1. Final order passed without issue of show cause notice (say for variation made to income by the A.O.)
2. Non-issue of draft assessment order
3. Non-grant of personal hearing
4. Not granting ‘effective and meaningful’ opportunity to file objections against SCN / Draft Assessment Order (DAO)
5. Assessee not able to file a reply as portal was down
6. Passing order and making additions without giving any reason / basis of addition not furnished to the assessee
7. Failure to deal with assessee’s request for adjournment
8. Undue haste in passing the final order before expiry of time limit to file objections in SCN / DAO
9. Final order passed without considering objections / submissions against DAO
10. Non-grant of reasonable time

Here are some observations by courts (kept short in count and length for brevity):
…assessment order not having been passed in conformity with the requirements of the Faceless Assessment Scheme, 2019 has to be treated as non-est and shall be deemed to have never been passed. [Chander Arjandas Manwani vs. NFAC (2021) 130 taxmann.com 445 (Bom HC)].
…there is a blatant violation of the principles of natural justice as well as mandatory procedure prescribed in ‘Faceless Assessment Scheme’ [Interglobe Enterprises (P) Ltd. vs. NFAC (2021) 130 taxmann.com 54 (Del)].
..The Department shall give the petitioner a personal hearing on a date and at a time which shall be communicated to the petitioner sufficiently in advance. [Orissa Stevedores Ltd. vs. UOI (2021) 128 taxmann.com 163 (Orissa)].
…several requests had been made for personal hearing by the petitioner none of which were dealt with by the respondent / Revenue [Sanjay Aggarwal vs. NFAC (2021) 281 Taxman 282 (Del)].
…Revenue, to our minds, could not have side-stepped such safeguards put in place by the Legislature [YCD Industries vs. NFAC (2021) 437 ITR 119 (Del)].
…failed to deal with the petitioner’s request for a short adjournment. The petitioner… has, correctly, pointed out that there has been an undue haste by respondent… in passing the impugned assessment order… [Blue Square Infrastructure LLP vs. NFAC (2021) 436 ITR 118 (Del)].
…this Court feels that, since the chance of getting a personal hearing is part and parcel of the principles of natural justice, therefore, it comes within the domain of the writ jurisdiction, and on that ground this Court feels that this writ petition can be entertained. [Nagalina Nadar M.M. vs. Addl. / Joint / Deputy / Asst. CIT (2021) 130 taxmann.com 448 (Mad)].

From numerous reported cases, Courts seem to be left with no option but to send matters for fresh adjudication. Although the Courts may not have observed in recent cases, but reassessment does give a second innings to the Department. All this is nothing but loss of time, cost to the taxpayer, fruitless litigation and waste of precious court time with no consequence or accountability cast upon the tax officer to follow minimum standards of administration of law.

The risk in FAs without curtailing the above ‘spread of infection’ could make it rather baseless or lawless assessment. The danger signal is – will the taxpayer be forced to go to Courts to enforce basic rights? In a lighter vein: NeAC which is not giving proper hearing, will perhaps listen to these concerns!

 
 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor

EQUATING EQUITY

Indian Equity markets have been on fire after the 2020 fall. They have beaten many comparable EM indices. What’s going on?

Too much money: Governments / Central banks have printed trillions of notes. And we know that most of the markets are moved by central bankers. The current oversupply is leading to inflation, asset overvaluation, poor yields and low value of money.

Yields: With too much money around, inflation is an obvious result. Real yield of interest (ten-year yield less CPI) has become negative in many countries (in the US it is -4.77, India 1.87%, China 1.41%1). Most of the EU and North America are negative, whereas EMs are positive.

Available asset classes: FDs and fixed income assets are giving sub-optimal returns. Real estate has remained stagnant. Liquid asset classes – Equities and Crypto – have been HOT. Bullion has been good but has limits. In 1981: 10 gm gold = Rs.1,800; 1 kg silver = Rs. 2,700 and the Sensex = 170 points. Come to December, 2021: 10 gm gold = Rs. 48,000 (26 times in 40 years); 100 gm silver = Rs. 67,600 (25 times in 40 years) and Sensex = 57,000 points (335 times in 40 years).

India’s time has come: India is showing a promising position – in both perception and reality. On Deepavali – Bumper Gold sales, GST collection at Rs. 1.3 lakh crores; Corporate profit to GDP ratio at decade high; Exports rise for 11 straight months; Rs. 100 billion in UPI transactions; Card spends hit Rs. 2 lakh crores; New economy companies and Unicorns showcase remarkable innovation. Positive signs include dramatic improvement in infrastructure; Government stepping out of businesses (Air India, LIC listing) and likely to stay out of the way (balance between State control and private enterprise) and stop making silly mistakes (retrospective amendments).

Participation: New demat accounts opened in F.Y.20 were 49 lakhs with the three prior-year average coming to 43 lakhs; whereas, the new demats opened for F.Y.21 were 1.42 crores.

_______________________________________
1 2nd December, 2021
IPO frenzy: It is reported that $4 billion was raised in the PayTM, Nykaa and Policybazar IPOs. But more important is that $2.2 billion was on offer for sale in IPOs by existing investors. This activity has made entrepreneurs wealthy, added market cap and allowed wider public participation.

From my personal experience, Equity has given some of the finest returns to those who are invested for decades and even more if for generations. The combination of liquidity, growth possibility and legacy aspects are matchless. The mantra of the masters has been: Buy Good (select well), Track Well (conviction of analysis and regularity) and Sit Tight (patience to hold) – all these are critical. [‘Warren is pretty good at doing nothing’ – Charlie Munger; ‘Our favourite holding period is forever’ – Warren Buffett.]

The aim obviously should be to Protect Capital – Beat Inflation – Growth in that order. With the invisible tax called inflation attacking capital, one needs an asset class that beats this monster. The goal of ‘financial independence’ makes people want to be rich before they grow old. One Indian expert I read mentioned that one will need to have 50-58 times yearly expenses to be financially independent. Both these targets are impossible to meet unless one beats inflation and gets her savings to grow fast.

However, risks cannot be disregarded and valuations sans P/E seem ridiculous if not bizarre. Many believe that market value and earnings have no correlation. A recently listed company having an annual profit of Rs. 62 crores and Rs. 1 lakh crore market cap, traded at ten times the price of ITC when ITC profits are about Rs. 35 crores per day. In a lighter vein, I thought make up wins against cigarettes!

Elon Musk once said that Tesla doesn’t make cars. It makes factories that make cars. Great businesses / governments / countries don’t focus on producing a great result. They (should) focus on building a system that makes a great result inevitable. The India of our dreams will be that which makes great results inevitable.

 
 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor

DO TAXPAYERS UNDERTAKE ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES TO PAY TAXES?

Hope you all had a beautiful Deepavali and a great start to the Samvat year 2078!

We have been seeing a much larger tax base in the last few years but we don’t see any specific ‘return on taxes paid’. There is no differentiation between a taxpayer and a non-taxpayer. When so few people pay taxes, I think tax cannot be an obligation but must be treated as an investment and taxpayers as investors in India.

On the other hand, taxpayer money is used to appease voters with freebees to the extent that taxpayers are thrown out of the system entirely. For example, if your child aspires to study medicine in Maharashtra, then you will be shocked to know that 74% seats are ‘reserved’, or rather awarded without merit. Reservation is a Government racket to strangulate a child to struggle excessively, or to get ejected out of the system for which his parents have paid, or the child goes out of the country, never to return. But it becomes vicious and ridiculous, once a student has done MBBS, then all pass-outs should be equal. But, even for MD, there is reservation. Government gives free seats to compensate its failure to give adequate education facilities to those who cannot afford it. So it gives out-of-turn seats directly. If Government gave money and extra classes for those who need it, so that they could compete, then one can build a meritocratic system that will give self-respect and not false entitlement. Reservation in most forms is racism and discrimination when it continues forever.

On the financial front, there are examples where Government extracts excessive taxes from taxpayers. Take the cost of buying a car as reported a while back. If a taxpayer wants to buy a vehicle worth Rs. 15 lakhs, she would have to earn about Rs. 21.42 lakhs because income tax takes away Rs. 6.42 lakhs. Out of Rs. 15 lakhs, the car dealer gets Rs. 9.8 lakhs only and Government ‘siphons’ off as taxes Rs. 5.2 lakhs. Add to it the taxes on fuel. On a retail price of Rs. 105.5, taxes amount to Rs. 57.2 (54%) and the dealer cost of petrol is Rs. 44.4 (42%). A sum of Rs. 3.9 is the commission per litre. Going back to earning this Rs. 105.5, a taxpayer needs to earn much more pre-tax. For other than ‘sin goods’, how can taxes be more than the transaction value?

Plus, let’s not forget that for Government nothing is enough – as per the MOS for Petroleum, the Union Government’s tax collection jumped 88% to Rs. 3.35 lakh crores for F.Y. 2020-21 from Rs. 1.78 lakh crores. This is also detrimental to encouraging consumption which is often the missing link in the virtuous cycle. Does Government take back as taxes what it spends? Imagine if taxes were reduced to 10-15% of the base value of cars for taxpayers. That would be some incentive or solace for paying direct taxes. And for those who believe Government can offer the best social services and taxes go towards that, one knows that Government is more often than not a benchmark of inefficiency and wastage, if you ignore corruption.

Facilities to taxpayers: They don’t exist. Most public services are paid for use by taxpayers: tolls, water, airport charges, train tickets or infra costs when you buy a home. Costs like defence must come from the massive natural resources that Government controls and not from the small income tax paying base. We should have reservations for taxpayers in top colleges in every segment, medical insurance top-up at any age for taxpayers who have paid taxes for 30 years or more, stamp duty set-off based on value add only for property purchase, fast track judicial service, and so on. Then we can even start to talk about honouring taxpayers. Till then, its harrowing taxpayers!

 
 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor

IS BIG TECH CARTELISING AGAINST INDIVIDUAL SOVEREIGNTY?

Few weeks back, WhatsApp called out users to either accept their new policy or get bumped off. A while ago, the sitting US President was de-platformed from Twitter, YouTube and Facebook. Around the same time, Amazon servers took off websites that they felt violated their policies. Google and Apple took the Parler app off their platform.
Big tech companies are monopolies, or rather megapolies (if one can coin that word to include size). Governments and users consent to and tolerate mega techs to get away with privacy and security issues. Politicians benefit from these platforms, shareholders make money from them and users fall for free services.
In the case of POTUS, the de-platforming is not an issue but permanent de-platforming is. No right to appeal is an issue. The lack of identity of these companies is a problem. (Google calls itself a marketing company, like the Big Four firms call themselves audit firms as and when it suits them!) Hiding identity and masquerading makes it all the more difficult to put a finger on wrongdoing.
Big tech today has the power to decide who has the right to assemble digitally and who has the right to speak digitally and what they can say. But when tech companies act together – either explicitly or sequentially and ‘embolden each other’ – it seems more like a cartel. Imagine if all these companies had converted free services into paid, people would have been up in arms, but not so when it concerns our civil liberties. What happened in the last few months is a kind of signalling.
More important was the subject matter – free speech and its control. We are made to believe that these are private companies. Well, if you get bumped out of one service provider, you can go elsewhere. But can free speech be privatised in a global townhall? Big tech normally talks big about freedom of speech and the like. In practice it’s not so! Add to it the leftist bias amongst those who farm the content, as already admitted by a tech honcho. This bias makes platforms more spacious for only one type of ideology. Effectively, if a cartel takes a coordinated decision, it is like a government decision and you just can’t contest it.
Free markets and capitalism have a wild and wicked side on which monopolies thrive. And the winner takes all. Can private companies disconnect your phone? Can they censor your speech? There is a difference between being a platform / medium and having editorial rights. I remember one government handle blocked me for voicing my opposing views and concerns. But do I have effective free speech rights on private platforms against a government handle? No!
Today, there is little one can do to protect these issues from monopolistic practices and especially from a free speech protection perspective. Even America doesn’t have much in its legal framework.
Big tech has taken over much of the competition. There are very few options to choose from. Should some of these services be treated as essential services and be paid for? Should there be an unbiased redressal mechanism? Do we need laws to deal with a specific situation like India just announced last week?
Tech corporations want people to live by rules and standards or community guidelines. But whose standard should be ‘the standard’? We don’t know! However, we do know that an individual and his civil liberties alone can be the centre point. An Individual is and should remain the sovereign. The time has come for an Online Bill of Rights so that no one can decide for us. What we have now is a situation where so many aspects of our lives are taken over by tech oligarchies without any rights!
 

Raman Jokhakar
Editor

SATYAMEVA JAYATE VS. PROPAGATING LIES

We are entering the seventy-fifth year of India’s independence. Satyameva Jayate – the only words on the state emblem – was meant to be the beacon not only for Government but for our people as the only surviving ancient civilisation became a nation. It encapsulates the essence of the entire Bharatiya traditions.

However, with each passing day, not only in India, not only in Governments or businesses, it is increasingly harder to find what is true. Take the example of the Government proclaiming in Parliament that there were no deaths due to lack of oxygen in the second wave1. At one level it may be ‘true’ but reality backed up by evidence tells a different tale.

Truth is harder to sight. This is so because it is surrounded, if not eclipsed, by half-truth, post-truth, selective truth, lies as truth, packaged truth, paid research truth, legitimised / justified truth, cognitive bias, counter-factual views as news, promising something without expected minimum due care, fake news, possible views, misrepresenting, misleading propaganda, false equivalence and more. It is everywhere – from billboards to institutions, from school textbooks to television.

This Editorial is dedicated to where we see such propagation of lies and how and why we should call its bluff. We all are surrounded by lies (from subtle to blatant), perhaps we have sensed it too, but not noticed it very clearly. Yet, nothing is more important today than extracting ‘the true’ and setting it apart from that which is untrue. The ability to do this and its consistent application will be the true celebration of Bharat, its nationhood and its civilisational heritage.

Take the example of cigarettes. It took 50 years for them to be declared as bad for health in America (one billion people smoke today and governments count on revenues from cigarette sales2). On the other hand, marijuana is incapable of causing deaths3 but is illegal, cigarette smoking annually kills 50 lakh people and yet cigarettes are legal and can be purchased anywhere. In fact, a study says that alcohol is 100 times more lethal than marijuana!

In the area of medicine, according to doctors, for insulin-resistant people giving insulin actually kills. The number of diabetics is increasing like nobody’s business4, but the real cause and therefore the way to cure it, is shoved under the carpet. The real cause is not sugar alone but secretion of insulin due to eating and eating too often. Eating is today a global pandemic for industrialised countries. We are likely to die from excess food rather than starvation as was the case a few hundred years ago. While all this is going on, a private medical association recommends, approves products from anti-bacterial paints (for protection from viral transmissions) to LED bulbs (that kill 85% germs), to Pepsico’s Tropicana Fruit Juice (the first medical association to endorse food) when it has high fructose corn syrup that leads to fatty liver and inflammation (NAFLD)!

Let’s look at the Media (of course not all media, but enough above the acceptable threshold and in the mainstream). It has remained at the forefront of propagating lies. If media were a virus, it would have numerous variants popping their heads out at the opportune time. One variant is the ‘outrage’ variant and the second can be called the ‘silent’ variant. They both selectively create outrage or complete silence when reporting, depending on the circumstances favourable to their agenda. Other variants, and they are global, are: fear, hate, blame, anxiety, negativity, victimhood, sensationalism, rhetoric… for which immunity gained by spotting the truth is the only way to not succumb. Many suffer from diarrhoea of words but constipation of thoughts5.

What about the web? If you search Ayurveda on Wikipedia, the second sentence (the authorship of which is attributed to the same private medical association) calls it the practice of quacks – whereas Sushrut is the father of surgery, having done at least eight types of surgery from plastic surgery to dental surgery to treating fractures and removing stones, full 3,500 years ago! As you can imagine, this has been put up with a purpose, whereas if you look at the Encyclopaedia Britannica, it simply gives facts and not selected negative opinions.

 

1   https://www.livemint.com/news/india/no-deaths-due-to-lack-of-oxygen-were-specifically-reported-by-states-uts-during-second-wave-govt-told-parliament-11626801416761.html

2   28% + up to 21% cess, but
is fairly low compared to many countries. Approximately Rs. 53,750 crores is
the revenue collection

3   https://www.healthline.com/health-news/can-marijuana-kill-you#More-concerns-with-more-availability

4   In a ten-year period
between 2007 and 2017, diabetics increased from 40.9 m to 72.9 m in India.
Globally, 171 m people in 2000; likely to reach 366 m as per WHO

5 Adapted from what Dr. A.
Velumani wrote recently on social media

It’s there in professions, too. People give ‘possible views’ (we never knew that the possibility of something can become a professional view for there are infinite possibilities and they cannot fit the law just because they are possible). Many of these are outrageously over the top. Here is one: schools selling notebooks to students could ‘possibly’ be treated as service requiring registration under GST.

One actress put out videos stating how firecrackers during Diwali made her run out of breath due to her asthma; and later she celebrated her wedding with a lavish fireworks show. Look at the advertising around us, which often sells what you don’t need and even can’t afford by exploiting fears and insecurities. Or for that matter see who are called our heroes? They are not just actors and entertainers, but rather soldiers, scientists, entrepreneurs, sports persons and many others. The Punjab CM recently tweeted that three goals were scored by Punjab players at the Olympics hockey competition and made it sound as if Punjab alone got the goals. Whereas, in a team sport, players (from six different states in this case) got the ball to a player who then scored a goal.

The top court pushed back a plea for President’s Rule in Bengal due to the killing of innocents in post-poll violence by 15 days but took suo motu cognizance of the death of a judge in Jharkhand. Courts often take suo motu cognizance, but defer cognized facts for another day. Some say it’s because the common man is expendable. Who doesn’t remember the Rs. 1 fine on a top lawyer for criminal contempt of the Supreme Court for ‘scandalising the court’ on Twitter. He had the wisdom to know what behaviour is expected and the ability to pay a reasonable fine. But these selective approaches to the truth continue even from the keepers of the law!

Reservation, a national menace today, was meant to be continued for ten years (1951-61). It is now a mega tool of inducement for votes, appeasement and killing meritocracy. In fact, it is an outright promotion of benefits based on caste (birth-based) rather than class (economic need). This has made people covet and convert to get benefits. This is legitimising the unjust. This is a race, not to the top, but to the bottom.

Each Independence Day let’s increase our ability to extract ‘the true’ and set it apart from lies with courage and sharpness. As professionals, this is what we are trained for and are expected to deliver. Unfortunately, it cannot be defined by laws and depends on context many a time. At a mundane level truth is evidenced by a measurable reality (existence of something or occurrence of something), often it is what is beneficial and not just convenient (punish the wealthy for non-serious offences with a fine rather than imprisonment for they give taxes and generate jobs which can be used for the welfare of many rather than killing their business), sometimes it is worthy of one’s role (Federer was asked for a pass at the Australian Open by a security guard in 2019) and so on. Times are such where the false is promoted as true and so one must prefer and promote the truth. In the words of a famous author: 

Sometimes high-ranking people and institutions sacrifice truth for something else like peace, etc. Martin Luther wrote ‘Peace if possible, truth at all costs.’ Because when truth is lost, all else that remains will be detrimental and ephemeral. In the words of Carl Sagan: If it can be destroyed by the Truth, it deserves to be destroyed by the Truth.

Happy 75th Independence Day! Jai Hind!

Raman Jokhakar
Editor

CONSULTATION – CONCLUSION – CONSPIRACY

We live in a free society yet this editorial is written differently. You see, a newly-formed regulator (let’s call it NFR) brought out a paper with a view to seek comments. The NFR is funded by taxpayer money, the paper is in the public domain, the purpose of the paper is ‘consultation’ with stakeholders and the paper carries no proprietary inventions, secrets or exclusive material. Yet, the NFR has posted a notice on the report stating that no part of its report can be ‘reproduced’ or ‘circulated’ without its permission except for the purpose of making comments on that paper (that it is seeking or to NFR). So how should one deliberate the matter the paper seeks comments on, if one is forbidden from quoting it?

Often such ‘consultation’ is ‘conclusion’ in disguise. Papers like these are a spectacle of ‘superfluousness’ wrapped as ‘engagement’ (in case you didn’t know it, this is a typical Babucracy tactic where Delhi officials call for deliberations on a ‘pre-concluded’ agenda and the meeting is just for ‘due process’).

Take another trait: the paper doesn’t reveal what it will do with the comments! Place them in the public domain? What weightage will they have? Will they complete the ‘research’ and include responses as part of it? Well, a public body must at least demonstrate transparency, integrity and objectivity to the public. By publishing the comments from a wider audience of stakeholders, duly ‘appraised’ by an independent third party, will only add to their reliability, especially when these are meant for the purpose of policy!

Let’s look at the paper per se. The paper claims to give ‘research’ data. In the same breath, it qualifies the integrity of key data points by stating that there could be errors in that data which forms the basis of the NFR’s conclusions. For example, it states that about 1.8 lakh companies paid no audit fees for their audits; it also declares that this data could be erroneous and yet it says that payment of audit fees is a burden on ease of doing business! Could this be cognitive dissonance (confirmation bias)? The source data could be entirely wrong (in Form AOC 4 companies could have put several expenses including audit fees under one category rather than giving a break-up) which makes the paper’s conclusions absurd. A plain reasonableness test with meagre application of mind informs us that so many audits can’t be free! A slight effort to test this preposterous assumption with actual financials, even on a test basis, would have cured this fallacy.

Friends, the paper is a string of inaccuracies, false equivalences, cherry picking, baseless opinions and aspersions which show that it is casual and rather malicious.

Irrespective of the quality of the paper, should one ask a moot question: whether audit is not required for certain companies and jump to a Yes-No conclusion? In my view we cannot answer it till we can look at more data, do surveys and see what is achieved by audits for each type of entity depending on stakeholders’ needs, and the consequences of audit exemption. This, to be truly and honestly done, needs a wider discussion and not a paper from a regulator who has no ground level experience, no skin in the game and who is not even mandated.

Audit does a number of things for a wide spectrum of entities and more particularly SMEs and audited financials form the basis of several certificates and filings for various stakeholders. It’s a known fact that an audit adds value to SME entities in a real sense if they so desire. The NFR thinks the sole reason for audit is public interest.

Now let’s approach ease of doing business – as ‘ease of financial reporting and audit’ the NFR paper is cheesy: 1. No comments are carried about the numerous thresholds / exemptions for audit reporting – CARO, ICFR, Ind AS – AS, SMC, OPC. The Paper cherry-picks only one of these limits (the highest) and that too without assigning any reason. 2. Audit follows accounting and reporting; however, there are no comments about application of say Schedule III and other filings applicable to smaller companies. 3. No new ideas such as a Small Companies Act, 202X not just SME SA which has been talked about for years! 4. The paper lacks original ideas and conceals its lack of creativity with examples from the EU and the USA – from whom India is far away and much different. 5. The NFR paper gives references to state laws of the US and the EU, but no comparison with Indian parallels to see whether our business environments are even comparable. 6. It determines causality of low MCA filings by companies to lack of accounting professionals with them but without any reason or facts when filings could be arduous for small businesses. 7. It calls Rs. 50 crores as low turnover (NFR budget is less than that). 8. Says, banks do not rely on GPFS (I don’t know of a banker that doesn’t ask for GPFS before any conversation at all). 9. The NFR paper calculates imaginary standard audit costs and applies them to companies to make a point that is false and deceptive: audit costs are between 0.5% to 58% of PBT across various sizes of companies! It goes on to state that good quality audit will require an estimated standard COST of Rs. 1.50 lakhs (0.03%) to about Rs. 8 lakhs (0.16%) for companies with below Rs. 50 crores turnover. Fact: HPCL (a global Fortune 500 company with turnover of Rs. 2.98 lakh crores) in 2019-20 paid 0.000024% (Rs. 72 lakhs) as audit fees. By the NFR paper’s logic, the audit quality must be abysmal!

The paper is full of outlandish assumptions, fantasy, callousness, disregard for facts and bias.

While the reader should make her own judgement, let me leave you with the grand crescendo: about 3,500 out of six lakh active companies deserve audit as they fall within the Rs. 250-crore net worth benchmark.

I don’t even feel it is necessary to look at the effects of putting into practice what the paper construes. Why should NFR, which has never dirtied its hands in a real audit situation (and today auditors audit a market cap of $255 trillion plus the value of unlisted entities), give its brash verdict on audits and auditors? One can only extend the ‘logic’ and ‘verbiage’ of the NFR paper to infer that the amount paid for preparing this paper must be NIL since it cannot boast of any quality at all. As the title of this Editorial suggests, the reader can choose how much of this paper is about consultation, how much about conclusion and how much conspiracy!

Raman Jokhakar
Editor

 

WHY INDIA SHOULDN’T JUST AIM TO BE A $5 T ECONOMY

Indians succeed MUCH more in every country compared to India! They are, in fact, a model minority – highly educated, do not seek state support, have the lowest police arrests, blend well culturally and rise to the highest positions in business and profession.

Indians in the US have a per capita income of $55,000 (and average household income of $120,000 surpassing all ethnic groups, including white Americans1). If the same group were in India, the GNP of India will be more than $70 trillion!

India was about 25% of the world’s economy till 18202 when the British arrived. And 130 years later, when they left in 1947, India’s share was 3% (wiping off 2,000 years of growth in one century)! Yet, India was the largest economy in Asia in 1947.

On the other hand, today India’s share of global population is 18% and its share of global economy 7%3, or still 3% in absolute value out of about $100 trillion global GDP. India’s share in global exports was 1.71% in 2019. All of this doesn’t add up and we need to think: What should be India’s share of global economy and exports?

We have to ask: why do Indians not succeed in their own country? How come India is 20% of China when they were both the same in 1980 ($180 bn GDP)? China has more than five times the global trade as India ($800 bn vs. $4.5 tr). India was known for its fabrics for centuries; today Bangladesh has overtaken us in the garment sector and per capita GDP (remember, India had freed Bangladesh just 50 years back). India is the cultural source of nine-tenths of South-East Asian countries, but ASEAN countries have a larger GDP than that of India. Why have countries with bigger disadvantages overtaken India? What is the reason for such a large and long gap between potential and performance when Indians are perhaps as intelligent as anyone else?4

 

1   Economic Times, 29th
January, 2021

2   Read Angus Maddison

3   PPP adjusted

4   Attributed to Kishore
Mehbubani’s talk

I think today India is at its historic best opportunity: absence of Nehruvian economics (from 1950 to 1980 we grew at 3.5% per year; global growth was 4.5%; our population grew at 2.5%; hatred for business reached its peak; per capita income grew at 1%; and by 1980 India was the poorest in Asia). Today, youth is power (34% population between 15 and 24 years of age) and hundred other reasons. Therefore, the next ten years are crucial for the speedy growth of India.

Recent data suggests encouraging trends: UPI (3.2 billion transactions, Rs. 5 tr in transactions in March, 2021 compared to Rs. 2 tr in March, 2019); FastTag (192 m transactions since inception, saving fuel and revenue leakage); 55,000 Startups and expected to reach 100,000 by 2025; 58 Unicorns (employ 1.2 m people); Population (fertility is 2% whereas replacement rate is 2.3%); GST (last nine out of ten months generated more than Rs. 1 lakh crores each month); Software exports ($160 bn); Outsourcing (60% of global outsourcing comes to India); the IT Industry is $210 bn. Just imagine, if a food delivery company can add Rs. 100,000 crores to the market cap what can the index do if 20 such IPOs hit the markets! And this at a time when only about 3.4% people invest in stocks (against 50% in the US and 7% in China).

This is perhaps our best window in time before our population starts ageing in about ten years. Why should we not let the Indian tiger out of the cage – not into the zoo or a circus, but into the wide, wild world of competition. India doesn’t deserve to be JUST a $5 tr economy but much more!

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor

DESTRUCTION BY DISTRACTION

As you hold this issue of the BCAJ in your hands, it’s a new F.Y.! Perhaps the most uncertain and traumatic year of our lives is finally behind us. Each one of us has come out stronger. From teamwork to IT infra to client interface – every facet was challenged and most of us would have inoculated our professional practice with greater resilience and therefore become more immune than we were in March, 2020.
Just as the seasons turn, so will this phase pass. Let’s remember these precious words of Maya Angelou: We need Joy as we need air. We need Love as we need water. We need each other as we need the earth we share. The ‘Formula for LIFE’ is that simple.
However, the environment around us puts immense pressure to keep things complex, and sometimes in the name of making them simple! I have realised that if one were to engage in bare minimum socio-economic activity, one will be swamped by the need for keeping timelines, dealing with emails, passwords and OTPs and so much coordination. I looked at my situation for a middle-class SMP practitioner with a typical family size of five to six.
I have perhaps twenty passwords / MPINs / numbers to remember – from banks / credit cards, DPs, to emails, portals (electricity, municipality, mutual funds [MFs], digital magazines, etc.) to social media. Add to that family members’ passwords, especially for older parents. Take the example of CAS (common account statement) – one email ID can be used for only three CASes. So if you have senior parents, children and an HUF, you will need quite a few email IDs and mobile numbers.
Then there is ‘stalking’ by deadlines. If you paid advance tax, then there is the KYC deadline, then a membership fees renewal timeline. And then a mediclaim is due, and then PT. Earlier, Profession Tax (which is nothing short of a nuisance for an income-tax payer and should rather be taken with income tax) could be paid for five years, but it is now allowed only for one year.
And then when I look at my mobile phone I see an incessant stream of SMSes – we are paying your FD interest on ‘ddmmyy’, we have paid your FD interest, we have issued TDS Certificate on the interest paid to you. I recently bought something and I received eight SMSes before the product arrived, telling me all about the order received, removal from the shelf, about to be shipped, just shipped, soon reaching my city and so on.
Then there are OTPs. Even a courier delivery requires an OTP before it parts with it. And for a festival such as Holi I receive a message (SMS and email) from M&M, HDFC to Zandu – whether I had dealt with them for FD or Chyavanprash – they want to wish me for Holi and help me to remember them. (That’s about 10 to 20 vendors x 8 festivals / holidays). While India has reached the Moon and Mars, its DND still doesn’t work!
While many wish to just remind you, there are others who convey that you have missed a timeline. Mumbai PUC sent an SMS minutes before the expiry of the PUC to share the bad news that I will wake up to a day of violating PUC norms.
I guess we are today a sum total of numbers, passwords, OTPs, and timelines to keep. Without them, we are dysfunctional, non-entity, yet they make so much clutter and crowd our time and psyche. One can easily lose something big if one didn’t have a way to deal with them: reading-dealing-deleting, it could be simply overwhelming. Interruptions and distraction today are a form of destruction. Beware, for they are detrimental to deep work.
Wishing you a happy 2021-22!

 

Raman Jokhakar
Editor

BURDEN OF DEALING WITH GOVERNMENT AND LESSONS FOR PROFESSIONALS

The recent compliance season of FYE 2019-20 in Covid’s shadow was another instance in the uninterrupted tradition of inciting difficulty in dealing with the government BY the government. The late announcement of extension for the due date of 31st October when the FM had earlier postponed dates except this tax audit date much in advance, appeared to display deep and vehement disregard for income-tax payers by the CBDT in spite of announcements such as ‘honouring the honest taxpayer’.
 

The unceasing inefficiencies, digital dysfunctionalities and lack of service require no summary. The point here is to nudge those vested with exclusive power, responsibility and obligation to make amends.

 

Let’s also look in the mirror and relearn some lessons. I have divided them under three groups:

 

REMEMBER:

1. Our job often is to report and help compliance.

2. Beyond a point, we need not call for extensions as much as we like to uphold what we believe is right.

3. The client is the primary owner of the compliance responsibility.

4. Signing off with a client doesn’t mean ‘delivering anyhow’ or ‘delivering no matter what’. That happens only in super-hero movies.

5. Promises and rhetoric are for optics. The final test of one’s word is the resultant experience. (GST, for example – great idea, terrible implementation!)

6. We ‘suffer’ when something goes wrong; but government cannot ‘suffer’ or ‘feel’.

7. Government has low commitment. Its words are need-based and breaches have no consequence1.You and I have a personal honour to keep our word, unlike the government.

8. Vote banks are more important than taxpayer banks. The taxpayers and tax professionals are at the bottom of their priority list.

 

 

1   Remember the FM adding
LTCG on STT-paid securities sale or MAT on SEZ profits that were tax-free


NEVER:

9. Carry the burden of clients. Few understand the pain that professionals go through.

10. Breach the ‘respectable distance’ we must keep from clients.

11. Emotionally identify (like doctors) with client problems, rather, identify their problems, give solutions and offer assistance.

12. Compromise on health. Your health is of paramount importance. Health once damaged can be irreparable and even(tually) fatal.

13. Feel that a contract of service by a Chartered Accountant is a contract of guarantee or insurance.

14. Work without an engagement letter defining scope and fees, timelines, deliverables and client readiness as a precondition. Never.

 

ALWAYS:

15. Explain the rules of services – Compliance is a sub-set of client preparedness and provision of useable data well in time.

16. Let clients sense that you cannot be taken for granted, especially for those perennial late-comers, shabby record-keepers, and low quality hirers.

17. Remind clients of their responsibilities, timelines to supply data and the consequences of not doing so.

18. Keep educating clients on the difference between products and services – products can be delivered off the shelf, not services.

19. Let clients know that delays have a ripple effect. Delay or breaking the tempo impacts other assignments. Have a start date and an end date.

20. Know the difference between material and immaterial for both amounts and issues in an assignment.

21. Consider variable fees – benefits for early birds.

 

Till we don’t do enough of the above, compliance professionals will be sinking deeper into a hole – health-wise and money-wise. Increasing compliances may seem lucrative and remunerative but will be taken over by machine. The role of CAs in our mind must be re-imagined and recalibrated constantly. This is not a guess, estimate or premonition. It is written on the wall!

 

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

 

TOP-NOTCH HABIT

I read one to two hours a day. That puts me in the top
0.00001%. I think that alone accounts for any material success that I’ve had in
my life and any intelligence that I might have
– Naval Ravikant

Why do the wise
attribute such importance to this singular habit? A well known figure of the
our times has this to say:

‘In
my whole life, I have known no wise people (over a broad subject matter area)
who didn’t read all the time –  none,
zero’
– Charlie Munger

Yet, we see an
alarming situation today where Chartered Accountants are drifting further and
further away from being voracious readers. With mounting pressures of
timelines, exponential client expectations, the complexity void of clear reason
and excessive, meaningless ‘compliances’, many Chartered Accountants in
practice are fast becoming sarkari chaprasis. It’s a zero-sum game –
where knowledge out of the knowledge worker dilutes and then diminishes. And
then there are some Chartered Accountants who generally read more of
existential stuff like ‘decisions’ and ‘amendments’ and less of ‘discoveries’
and ‘developments’, where ‘curiosity’ gets traded to buy ‘certainty’. And there
is yet another class of new entrants who choose to read what is of ‘immediate’
use because they want to ‘succeed’ fast, just as companies that build P&L
to the detriment of Balance Sheet.

What exercise does to
the body and meditation for the Atman, so does reading to the mind. And Humans
are minds
minds are thoughts, and
thoughts are words.
To read is to strengthen,
refresh, redeem, challenge, validate and free our thoughts from becoming stale
in a fast-changing world. Reading is as underemphasised a discipline as it is
vital.

All human progress
that we know, or are yet to know, is nothing but discovery, articulation and
expression. So we can perhaps judge this discipline by its benefits. And the
benefits are such that they cannot be plundered or degenerate. Here is a
summary of thoughts about this singular atomic habit and what reading
can do to us.

Opens
our eyes
– Nuances, facts, perspectives, makes us see more of what is
visible. It means that we can look at what is before us but cannot see till our
brains are refined, baked and moulded. The eyes cannot see what the mind
does not know.
A child can see a murderer walking towards it with a knife
and think of the instrument of pain to be a toy. The mind is only as good as
its capabilities to recognise. It’s the difference between hearing and
listening, between looking at something and seeing it.

Enter the best minds – We cannot meet the legends and icons as most are out of
reach or have existed in the past. However, when we read their writings we get
to enter their minds. Imagine, Buffet or Chanakya or Abhinavgupta – we can’t
meet them, but their writings tell us about how they formed their world view,
dealt with it and put their potential to use. One can experience what another
person felt through their writings and therefore it becomes part of one’s
internal architecture and often makes one empathetic and socially aware.

Perception
and prescription
– Reading also overcomes its own
side-effects. We are often blinded by what we know. Our knowledge is limited
and what we know is always less than what we don’t know. Our perception is
coloured by our prescription. Thus, we have to constantly change the
prescription of our perception to be able to see new reality. The moment we
perceive things differently, our reality changes. It’s like having a zoom and a
wide angle lens – reading makes you do both. One can expand an idea and stretch
it in infinite directions or zoom into each of its dimensions.

Decipher, analyse and decide – Reading changes our ability to decode and decide. The
moment of choice before action is vital. The sharper our intellect, built with
new situations and examples of those who have faced similar challenges before
us, the greater is our decision-making.

Brain
health
– New thoughts and ideas develop neural pathways. It’s like
vitamins for the brain, and strengthens the intrinsic makeup of the brain so as
to keep it fresh and young. Like muscle-building, reading changes the cognitive
structure and serves like ammunition for peak performance.

Cut
the clutter
– Reading overemphasises the long-term
and underemphasises the short-term. It cuts out the noise of things like news,
gossip, mobile chatter and focuses on what’s important in a distracting and
distracted world.

Data – As someone said, for everything else other than trusting God,
we need data. As we read we can look through patterns. Long streaks of data
allow us to see what others can’t!

Relaxes – Studies have shown that readers sleep better – certainly better
than those who stare at phones before sleep. It’s a therapy to unwind, expand
and slide into a calm state of being.

Everyone
can do it
– The best part is that everyone can do it. Today, most books are
online. Many are even read by someone else for you. You can buy books, listen
to them, often for free. And once you have read them, pass them on.

Communicate – Profession is all about expression. Essentially, we have to get
a handle on things, understand what is happening, what it means in a given
context and communicating. I have often won work due to two reasons: a trust
that people feel when you talk to them, and the way you articulate their pain
point and give a purposeful, empathetic way out to them. Competence, of course,
is basic, but so many have it these days. Someone has said that readers are
writers, communicators, persuaders and therefore makers of better societies.
And generally the best writers are regular readers.

Overcome
stupidity, perhaps
– Politely put, humans can
be stupid in spite of not wanting to be so. Each day we choose pleasurable over
beneficial to our own detriment. We choose short term over long term. Reading
real life stories makes us less stupid, literally, for we don’t have to go
through things ourselves to learn but we can learn from the experiences of
others. Reading drills better habits and smarter approaches.

Priceless It cannot be stolen by thieves, nor can it be taken away by
the kings. It cannot be divided among brothers, it is not heavy to carry. If
spent regularly, it keeps growing. The wealth of knowledge is superior wealth
amongst all forms of wealth!
And if one is blessed, one will be able to
share it and therefore multiply it exponentially.

A great tool that we
have today is the e-book reader. I seriously recommend it
even to those like me who love to flip pages and have books around them. Yes,
there is nothing like printed, bound books, but equally there is nothing like
e-book readers. It’s like the ITR volumes that we used to have and now ITR is
online! E-book readers can carry nearly your entire library in your pocket, you
can mark what you like, change the size of fonts, share parts that you want and
search within text.

While reading is a
necessary condition, it is not sufficient. Perhaps one book a week would be
great for 2021. But remember, till knowledge is digested it doesn’t become
wisdom. How these new thoughts take shape and what effort do we make to
actualise them is the crux.

I leave you with a
list of books on personal growth, business and
investment that I think are worth your time. Take a break from busy-ness and
decide to spend an hour a day with books like we do with our family. That’s my
personal wish for 2021 (like I had planned a few years back to read two books a
month and actually did it!). Wishing you a great calendar year 2021!

Some good books on Personal Growth and Financial
Growth

 

(Not in any particular order, and not recently published but still
relevant)

 

1.   The
Joys of Compounding
by Gautam Baid

2.   To
Pixar and Beyond
by Lawrence Levy

3.   Bulls
bears and Other Beasts
by Santosh Nair

4.   Alchemy:
The Dark Art and Curious Science of Creating Magic in Brands, Business and Life

by Roy Sutherland

5.   CEO
Factory: Management Lessons from Hindustan Unilever
by Sudhir Sitapati

6.   Capital
Returns Investing through capital cycle: A Money Manager’s Reports 2002-15

by Edward Chancellor 

7.   HDFC
Bank 2.0
by Tamal Bandhopadhyay

8.   Intelligent
Fanatics: Standing on the Shoulders of Giants
by Sean Iddings and Ian
Cassel

9.   Titan:
Inside India’s most successful consumer brand
by Vinay Kamath

10. Intelligent
Fanatics Project: How Great Leaders build sustainable businesses
by Sean
Iddings

11. The
Pschology of Money
by Morgan Housel

12. The
Sixth Extinction: An unnatural history
by Elizabeth Kolbert

13. Zero
to One
by Peter Thiel

14. The
Ride of a Lifetime
by Robert Iger

15. Daily
Rituals: How Artists Work
by Mason Currey

 


 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

 

EPIC SPEECH ON ‘BABUCRACY’

Some
speeches are so good that they not only deserve praise but also recollection
and analysis. Shri Nitin Gadkari’s address at the inauguration of the NHAI
building in Delhi on 26th October, 2020 was one such rare display of
unhesitating candour and clarity. The Minister articulated ‘all’ that is
undesirable in the Babucracy of our country. Coming from someone who is
within the system and works closely with this class, it accentuates and
authenticates certain aspects of some people in sarkar.

Normally,
an inauguration event would have called for a celebratory and congratulatory
tone. But the talk was everything but that. This editorial is dedicated to
paraphrasing some key points:

Feeling
ashamed
:
The Minister expressed a sense of shame and said he was incapable of giving Abhinandan
(joyful regard) when he sees the functioning of the NHAI (the budget allocated
in the F.Y. 2019-20 is Rs. 1.12 lakh crores).

Facts: The
project was started in 2008 and the tender awarded in 2011. The project saw two
governments and eight NHAI Chairmen before being completed! He pointed out that
the Delhi-Mumbai highway project worth Rs. 80,000 to Rs. 100,000 crores, will
take 3.5 years to complete, while this one cost Rs. 250 crores and yet took so
long! Sarcastically, he requested an internal ‘research paper’ to show how
decisions do not get taken for years and how hurdles are created to obstruct
things from happening.

Name
and shame:

He mentioned the designations of Chairman, DGM and GM and sarcastically
requested putting up the photographs of those whose indecision took 11 long
years for a project (as small as this one) to be completed.

Usual
escape route (or excuse route):
He predicted that a ‘record will
be created’ to blame the contractor because he went to the NCLT to justify the
long delay.

Deformed
mentality:

It wasn’t just indecision, but while remaining indecisive creating even further
complications instead of getting the work done – this was the attitude (or
attribute!) of such people and they remained stuck at the NHAI for years. He
didn’t doubt their integrity, but their way of thinking was like that of a VishKanya.

Tradition
of CGM and GM:
He called this convention of hierarchy nikammi
(trashy, despicable and useless) and naalaayak (worthless).

Bad
raw material:
The ‘basic raw material’ (those hired) was bad. We
are not able to hire from IITs and IIMs, while those who are incapable of
working even in a state government are made CGMs and GMs and promoted at NHAI.

Holding
accountable:
While fingers were pointed at contractors,
engineers, designers and action was also taken, but not against the RO, CGM,
GM, PD and such internal functionaries. Even Members of the NHAI depend on the
GM and CGM and do not know what is going on. GMs do not inform the Members of
even emergency matters. Although the organisation has credibility in the
market, it did not know about its own performance bottlenecks. Akaryaksham
(incapable to act), bhrashta (corrupt) and nikkama (useless)
people are still powerful and act arbitrarily in NHAI.

Waste
of money:

Cost overruns and futile court cases which when lost award compensation to
contractors and jack up the costs many fold. He even gave examples.

Committees:
Committees in NHAI rake up negativity, inaction and complicate matters. They
are non-performing assets.

Equal
treatment:

We treat everyone equally (pun intended), give eight out of ten to those who
are not fit for working in the government. We treat donkeys and horses alike.

Reform: The
system that is inefficient, inactive, negative, maker of indecisive committees
and holding up work should be demolished. In spite of several reports on
reforms, no initiative is taken for implementing them.

He
ended by saying that organisations must be TRANSPARENT, TIME-BOUND,
RESULT-ORIENTED, QUALITATIVE, CORRUPTION-FREE and SMART.

Well, he stated
all that needs to be cured! If this part of Babucracy changes, India
will transform. Faster!

 

 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

 

 

SPOTLIGHT ON MEDIA

Journalists cannot serve two masters. To the extent
that they take on the task of suppressing information or biting their tongue
for the sake of some political agenda, they are betraying the trust of the
public and corrupting their own profession
– Thomas Sowell

 

Media in a democracy is the sole agency for
citizens to get a factual, impartial, multi-dimensional and unbiased glimpse of
the facts as they unfold. It was this responsibility to inform
people that gave it the salutary title of the fourth pillar of democracy.
It was an enabler for citizens to separate fact from fiction, news
from nonsense, and get details not spin.

 

Cushrow Irani, who ran The Statesman, once
said that the press in India is as free as it chooses to be. The
credibility, continuity and need of the media will depend on this choice.

Everyone has preferences and political ones, too, but when one puts on the hat
of a journalist one has to leave those preferences at the door and seek facts.

 

Watching the quality of discourse, bias and even
fear pelted on screen (remember someone predicted millions of deaths within
months), many friends have told me that they have stopped watching the
televised news.

 

Considering the recent events involving media, US
elections and the pandemic, we are faced with more questions: Do
we get news or views? Are views objective and clearly demarcated
from news? Do we see multiple dimensions or a preferred perspective?
What level of responsibility should accompany freedom? Is the
media still a watchdog or are they lapdogs? Is a news anchor /
owner seeking to be a celebrity or a medium? Are the questions
posed on channels meant to find facts or are they traps? Do questions
come from a curious mind or are they leading to prove the anchor right? Is
there expected intellectual honesty and depth in presenting facts and
analysis? Is it a truth-seeking game or a spectator sport?

 

There are practical issues too. High costs for one.
A story could cost a few lakhs for two to three minutes of screen time, whereas
running a panel with screaming guests (even if they are paid) is cheaper
to get eyeballs and TRPs. As per reports, 45% of all revenue of television
channels comes from advertisements. So perhaps it is the sales team that
decides rather than the editorial team.

 

Then there are other issues – Can media be a
business which gives the market what it wants? Should media have an ideology?

(CNN as anti-Trump and Fox as pro-Trump, and the Facebook CEO saying that most
people in Silicon Valley who screen social media are left-leaning!)

 

The greatest outcome of free speech is a free
press.
But often that freedom is taken as a license to drive and control public
discourse. Amidst all this, one looks out for the calm, well-reasoned,
calibrated voice of a reporter.
Remember JRD’s interview on DD? Contrast
that with a ‘senior journalist’ reprimanded by the late President Mukherjee for
interrupting him.

 

Social media felt like the ultimate democratisation
of media for millions. But there is increasing discrimination there in the form
of ‘violating policies’, ‘fact checks’ and ‘labelling’. Twitter put ‘fact
checks’ on Trump but not on the Ayatollah of Iran. A US Senator said last week
that the three Internet companies pose the biggest threat to free speech and to
free and fair elections.

 

We need a level format of accountability and
regulation on the media. Perhaps an internal ombudsman to handle
complaints and an independent commission to hold media responsible so that Imaandaari
is mainstreamed and Yakin is restored. With the business of catching
attention, misinformation and 24×7 discourses becoming the norm, it seems less Mumkin
to achieve that goal. As long as the guardian of truth refrains from being the
butcher of facts, we will see through an ever fuzzy world!

 

 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

TAXPAYER SERVICES: MESSAGE, MEANING AND MEANS – 2/2

This Editorial covers the remainder of what the previous
one couldn’t due to limitations of space. In September we had covered tax
overreach, accountability, creating grounds for taxpayers
and stoppage of target-setting.
Here are more points on detailing the Taxpayer’s Charter (TC) to honour the
honest taxpayer:

 

Scrutiny: The time between notice, commencement of actual
proceedings and closure must be three to five months. Today, assessment happens
in the last few months before time-barring. This is as unfair to an ITO who has
to read, study, understand and form an opinion, as it is to a taxpayer /
professional.

 

Time as the essence: Outer time limit at the CIT(A) level is
specified as one year and six months for fact-based appeals. Non-response by an
ITO / assessee to a CIT(A)’s call for information and response time trails
should be mentioned in orders and non-response by the A.O. cannot be a reason
for stretching dispute resolution. At the ITAT level, the time limit
should generally be fixed up to three years, and two years for matters of fact.
Remand of cases should be monitored, statistics of the number of matters
remanded and the average time taken should be reported in public domain.

 

Structure of orders: Orders should carry the dates of submissions and
hearings, brief nature and number of submissions and questions raised from both
sides. Additions / SCNs should state clearly, where possible, whether the
issues are predominantly about law or fact so that further dispute resolution
can be placed in the right bucket. Just as the assessee makes a statement at
the end of an ITR, the ITO should declare that the assessment order, demand,
etc. are in accordance with the Taxpayer’s Charter and the provisions of law.

 

Data: A.Y.-wise statistics, including drill-down up to
Commissionerate level, is made available in the public domain. This should
include the number of orders passed at each level, the number and value of
demands raised, how many appealed, appealed by assessee or Department [in case
of CIT(A) onwards], did the matter contain an issue of law or fact or
indeterminate, ageing of each appeal at each level, determination in favour of
Department or assessee, and amount demanded vs. amount determined at each level
of dispute resolution. Such data must be published regularly. A periodic
jurisdiction-wise transparent reporting will show us what is happening.

 

Reservation in tax system: It is outrageous that
agricultural income without any limit goes ‘tax-free’. As reported by the CAG,
in A.Y. 2017-18, Rs. 500 crores of agricultural income went tax-free without
adequate verification based in 1527 / 6778 cases. This is inequitable,
unreasonable and disrespectful to honest taxpayers. Section 10(1) is a conduit
for evasion, misuse and laundering (refer TARC Report in 2014).

 

Data obesity: Today ITR seeks so many details of the assessee
which the assessee has already given elsewhere. When companies have filed data
on the MCA, GST or customs portals, why ask for it, then send mismatch notices,
and trigger some action based on incomparable data points? Recent example of
ISIN in ITR (A.Y. 2021): Can an honest taxpayer not share his DP ID, CAS ID,
etc., and ITD can thereafter fetch data from the Stock Exchanges to match it? Let’s
have one nation, one Government!

 

Other issues include: Sharpening selection of cases (1% of
taxpayers make up 50% of demands), consider cost incurred by the taxpayer in cost
of collection vs. collected, accounting of revenue
collected (disputed
amounts collected should be treated as an advance), rewriting ITA in plain
English
and giving due attention to what the taxpayer gets after a lifetime
of paying taxes when 98% others don’t. While an Honest Taxpayer is not
defined, if his rights and services are enumerated, it will be a stronger,
meaningful and praiseworthy start.

 

 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

TAXPAYER SERVICES: MESSAGE, MEANING AND MEANS – 1/n

A taxpayer is that rare citizen who creates value, earns income and parts
with a portion of it as tax for nation-building. Just as it is the ‘legal’
obligation to pay tax, there is a much ‘higher moral social’ obligation upon
the government to ensure that the taxpayer is treated as a valued patron and
ensure that his taxes give him a bang for his buck.

 

Faceless Assessment and the Taxpayer’s Charter (TC) is an awakening and
realisation of the above understanding. This move is what a wise government and
sincere taxpayer would want. PM Modi spoke candidly about making the tax system
‘seamless, painless and faceless’ and assuring the honest taxpayer of ‘fair,
courteous and rational behaviour’.

 

Over the last few years, calibrated sequential changes were undertaken –
the black money act, DeMo, post-DeMo amnesty scheme (GKY), the Benami Act,
reduction of rates for corporates and individuals, increasing the threshold for
the Department to litigate, dispute resolution Vivad se Vishwas scheme,
E-assessments, etc.

 

Since its first appearance in, I think, 1998, the TC has got its rightful
place from posters in hallways to the statute book. The directional change is
worthy of appreciation for what otherwise to many of us was a no-brainer. However,
this can only be a start in the direction of developing a real taxpayer rights
and services charter. We have harsh provisions against the taxpayer who
deviates, but none against the tax assessor if he deviates from his role. There
is a fundamental issue of power without adequate transparency and
accountability.

 

Here are some thoughts on how this process can be made real and robust.

 

Define tax overreach: We have
serious consequence of penalties and prosecution defined and applied on
taxpayers. For a law to be fair, we need equivalent definitions and
descriptions of tax ‘extortion’, ‘extraction’ and ‘jehadism’ (all for lack of a
vocabulary which needs to be evolved) on the Tax Department depending on the
intensity of their actions that eventually get turned down at subsequent levels
of appeal.

 

Accountability: Tax officers
must be held accountable monetarily and otherwise. An assessee should be
compensated for the hassle that she has to go through. Considering that the
success rate of the Tax Department is 15 to 20% at all levels combined, it is
clear that there is large-scale illegal collection of taxes that are
subsequently reversed with interest cost being suffered by the exchequer.

Another example is of prosecution, which if proved excessive or overruled, the
ITO must face the music for irresponsible behaviour that resulted in agony,
cost and loss of reputation. No exercise of power should be permitted
without accountability.

 

Create grounds for the taxpayer: The taxpayer should be able to take grounds of calling the order
‘perverse’, ‘excessive’, or ‘illegal’ (all for lack of a vocabulary which needs
to be evolved) and should be able to claim reverse penalty on the Department if
he wins. Grounds such as the above should be evolved and defined under the law,
and that would give the taxpayer equal ‘power’ to call the bluff of the ITO.

 

Ban on Targets: Setting
targets should be made illegal. The vocabulary, mentality and methods that
follow a ‘target regime’ create bias against a fair, respectful and reasonable
assessment.

 

The TC is perhaps one of the best news of the year. The change deserves our
support, encouragement and positivity. At the same time, as the title of this
Editorial says, it is 1/n, a process. I welcome and solicit your ideas and
suggestions on what should change in small simple measures, how a reform can
take form, a translation of fourteen points into actionable, doable measures.
Do write to journal@bcasonline.org
.

 

 

 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

Banking as a Service

Have you opened a bank
account or a Demat account at a bank recently? Signatures are required at ten
to twelve places. Some time back I opened an account for a minor and 12
signatures were required and for a Demat account 32 signatures. Signatures on
pages and pages of ‘fine print’ that no one can fathom nor has a choice to
change – this is a cumbersome chore for a fundamental service like banking.
Much of it is like pressing ‘I Agree’ when downloading apps and like someone
put it – ‘I Agree’ is the biggest lie ever.

A few months back a top
private sector bank relationship manager said that they would open a Demat
account for an NRI customer only if there was in-person verification (which
later I found was wrong even as per the internal guidelines). Finally the
non-resident people came in after a few months, and a very junior person did
‘in-person verification’ and the bank opened the account after daily follow-up.

Another case is that of a
charitable trust. A 167-year-old MNC bank gave a list of acceptable address
proofs. This list of some 13 items did not include a single proof that was
applicable to a non-business charitable entity. Therefore, they said you won’t
be KYC compliant and therefore your account could be blocked or closed. A
charitable trust is often registered at the office of the Trustees. The bankers
could offer only one option – to take the address of the trustees to be the
address of the charitable trust for KYC purposes, which meant that the trust
communication would go to trustees’ residential address instead of the office.
It felt like being a hostage since the trust had deposits u/s 12, and there was
no option but to bend.

In another case, a European
bank, since eight months are unable to close a LO bank account after MCA has
approved the LO closure and tax department has given an NOC. The bankers are
asking for documents that the LO has already submitted on a yearly basis
because the bank cannot find them. And all this is for a meagre sum. In another
case, another top private sector bank is asking for Physical Copies during
COVID lockdown (when no post or courier is working) to change the address in
bank records in spite of providing documents through registered email and in
spite of ROC records updated for a local address change. 

Today, after more than a
decade of the Satyam scam, I can say that most bankers do not send direct
confirmations to auditors in spite of client instructions and authorisation.
The RBI perhaps is looking for a bigger corporate fatality to learn the lesson!
Can RBI not formulate a regulation to ensure that a comprehensive confirmation
of all the facilities is sent to auditors? 

An
over-the-top example is that of credit card interest and finance charges of
3-4% per month that most banks charge on delayed payments. Only Dilbert
cartoons can explain this. Most of us have come across such appalling service
levels, extreme nit-picking, and unreasonable attitude of bankers and banks.
These, from my experience, are deep and pervasive across the sector.

No doubt
that the banks have done a lot of good work too but they have lost loads of
money as well. Banks as a sector is a huge boulder blocking ease of doing
business for small and medium players especially. NPA track record shows a
dismal performance of PSBs when it comes to protecting money of depositors. For
most people, money is life, because people spend days and months and years to
earn it. The present Rs. 5 lakhs DICGC insurance cover which I am told has not
yet come into effect  (and was raised
from Rs. 1 lakh after 27 years) is paltry. In the event of a bank failure, this
insurance gets paid post all investigation process, which takes a lifetime,
literally. Every taxpayer deserves better service from banks and better cover
for her wealth in a bank. This is a big taxpayer concern: service of the bank
and the safety of her tax-paid money with the bank. If tax-paid money is unsafe
in a bank, then taxes are not working for taxpayers!

 

 

 

 

 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

Always Clean the Light

When we
are no longer able to change a situation, we are challenged to change
ourselves. – Viktor E. Frankl

 

As we have
progressed economically, we have started measuring our joy with what we
possess. External objects and experiences are ‘the cause’ of our happiness. We
also justify this approach as ‘normal’ and ‘obvious’. Therefore, when the
situation doesn’t measure up to our past expectation and experience, we feel on
edge. We feel our goals and dreams have blurred and even shattered by
uncertainty. The challenge of the downturn is both real and psychological.
The real challenges include matters such as cash crunch, difficulties in
getting things done, people backing out on commitments, disruption, and the
like. Such problems have actual consequences. These challenges require actual
resolution through skills, persuasion and patience.

 

On the other side, there are psychological
challenges which are the ‘real’ challenges (pun intended). They accentuate real
challenges with a sticky layer of fear and anger that smear our thinking. The
psychological challenges are constructed by thoughts, but since they are inside
us and are impulsive, they have more power over us.

 

Take the example of uncertainty relating to the
reduction of fees, loss of clients, clients folding up, looking for
alternatives, or loss of profit. These by themselves are actual real challenges
as they could result in cash flow issues. However, the ‘obvious’ anxiety about
it is like putting slimy dirt on a wound which makes it harder to cure.

 

The following pages carry nine wonderful articles
on the impact of Covid-19. So this longer editorial is dedicated to some
principles and practices to face challenging times with understanding and
resolve and make the most out of it:

 

1. Freedom
of Response

Viktor Frankl
spent three years in four Nazi concentration camps including Auschwitz. His
father, mother and brother were killed during that time. He saw people taken to
gas chambers knowing he could be next.

Viktor
survived to write one of the most influential books of our times – Man’s
Search for Meaning
– where he wrote some of the most exceptional thoughts ever
expressed.

 

We who lived in concentration camps can remember
the men who walked through the huts comforting others, giving away their last
piece of bread. They may have been few in number, but they offer sufficient
proof that everything can be taken from a man but one thing: the last of the
human freedoms
to choose
one’s attitude in any given set of circumstances, to choose one’s own way.

 

If we think
about it, we can’t change circumstances every time; however, we can choose our
response to them. The quality of our response can change our experience
completely. Viktor calls this the last of human freedoms. Most of us
would have seen this in the movie Life is Beautiful. Lives of the great
ones such as Mandela demonstrated it when he was in prison in a seven square
foot cell for 18 years with the floor as his bed and a bucket for a toilet.

 

Viktor wrote:
Life is never made unbearable by circumstances, but only by lack of meaning
and purpose.

 

2.
Gratitude

If you are
reading this, you are undoubtedly better off than millions of others who are in
a much worse situation than you are. Vala Afshar of Salesforce wrote: If you
have a family that loves you, a few good friends, good health, food on your
table and roof over your head, you are richer than you think.

 

If one were
to sit down and think of the blessings one has – caring people, events,
moments, things we have in varying measures deserve an appropriate response of
gratitude. What we take for granted or even disregard, is nothing short of a
blessing if we know how to value it. The feeling of gratitude is also
associated with a beneficial chemical effect – it activates a neurotransmitter
and hormone called dopamine which has a massive influence on both body and
brain.

 

3.
Acceptance

What is
can only be accepted. Just as one cannot deny the existence of a tree outside
the window, we cannot deny what is. Once we look at things this way and accept
them as they are – not how we feel about them or how we would want them to be –
a miracle unfolds. One comes out of psychological clutches. And acceptance does
not mean turning off effort. It means being in the right spot before the effort
to change the situation.

 

4. Cycle
of Impermanence 

What we see
is there, but not forever. We have heard that change is permanent. The likeable
and resentful is temporary. Almost everything you have experienced or possessed
– age, people, time, health, money, people, objects – are subject to
impermanence.

 

Joy or sorrow
fades with time – be it a new house, a new car or new phone or a nasty notice
from the tax office. Transitory nature of things has a positive side, ?this too
shall pass keeps us going’ wrote a Chartered Accountant recently. All
unpleasant situations are more likely to pass, as movement is the nature of the
universe.

 

5.
Learning

My teacher
had once told me: If you keep learning, you will always remain young. Being
young means growing, fresh, curious and full of energy. Learning means staying
away from stagnation, in touch with the context and ever ready to face
challenges.

 

No one will
deny that this has been the best time to learn. Just look at the webinars
taking place on all topics all over the world. Look at the quiet time we have
at our disposal due to slow client response. Learning develops a learning
mindset, not just skills.

 

This is the most durable shield we have. The
lowest 20-30% of skills that are available for a charge today will vanish due
to low demand or technology takeover. Our existing saleable skill sets can
vanish too. Imagine Google with your permission throwing up a simple bank
summary or tax return based on reading what is there in your inbox. So we need
to learn the skills of the future to stay relevant.

 

We better up-skill
ourselves even if it is outside our existing area of interest or expertise.
Let’s broaden our spectrum and come out of that ‘specialised’ area and learn
about digital technologies, law, management, and new areas of practice. A great
idea is where we can blend two or three different areas.

6. Take
care of yourself

a. Meditate:
Just sit comfortably for 20-60 minutes with back upright, close your eyes and
do nothing. If thoughts come, watch them. If you need to hold on to something,
focus on the breath.

 

b. Exercise:
Take care of the body with three different types of exercises (health
permitting) – aerobic training (increase heart rate depending on age and body
parameters), strength training (work muscles, especially doable at home) and
flexibility training (yoga asanas).

 

c. Read:
Reading opens the mind to the perspectives and wisdom of others. Today we don’t
even have to read. The technology reads most written material, or we can see a
video of that subject. All of this for free or little cost. Find the most
encouraging authors and catch up with all that you wanted to read or listen to.

 

d. Thoughts
and Words: Watch the narrative inside the mind. Choose the track that is
uplifting and gives strength. Best way to find strength is to give comfort to others.
Use those that you would like to hear – words of strength, appreciation, and
care.

 

7. Act

It’s not
what you know, but what you do with what you know that counts.
There is so
much one can do today without going anywhere, without spending money and with
little effort.

 

I have been
reading Naval Ravikant who writes: Doing something is better than doing
nothing. Doing something focused is even better. Doing something focused and
unique is even better. (Paraphrased)

 

We can do a
lot – master a subject, learn a health hack, update processes and policies,
take training, learn better communication, take on to writing and start a blog
or a YouTube channel, take online long duration courses, build something with
technology, overcome a bad habit, develop healthy new habits, check-in with
people and see how they are doing. And of course, the routine work.

 

8. Always
clean the light first

I heard an
African American tell her story. Since the age of twelve, she worked after schools
hours, cleaning homes and banks. On her way back from cleaning jobs, she would
talk to older women who did similar jobs at the bus stop. She asked them about
how to clean, what to clean, what were the best ways to clean.

One woman never took part in the conversation. But one day
she spoke: ‘Girl, always clean the light first. Always take care of the lights.
Every house when you go in has a big chandelier that nobody has cleaned. Get a
ladder, climb up to the light, take your solution and clean each crystal, each
bulb. Make sure you clean the light because nobody cleans the light, and if
you take care of the light, everything shines
‘.

The young girl did exactly that on her next cleaning visit.
That day the woman of the house came out and asked: ‘What did you do?
Everything looks amazing in here!’ The husband came in the evening and said
whoever this girl is, get her back here and make sure you pay her extra.

That little girl, who is now a doctor, was telling her story
on a video, concluded: ‘There is a light inside each one of us that must be
nurtured. That must be cared for, that must shine brightly. That light hasn’t
been addressed, it hasn’t been talked to. We are given this time to take care
of this light.’

She is spot on! This inner light changes everything –
not on the outside, but the way we see it, and the way we feel. The reality is
‘shaped’ by this light within each one of us.

VIRUS AND US

There are
decades where nothing happens; and there are weeks where decades happen
– Lenin

When I
called people in Italy, UK, Australia and America, they had three words to say:
‘It’s not good’. The news has been about infections, deaths and recoveries. An
invisible sub-microscopic agent stops the mighty and haughty China and America
and halts the unstoppable global industrial machine. The evolved and progressed
homo sapiens finds himself under house arrest.

The
pollution in Mumbai in the first seven days (since the lockdown) is down by 40%
(AQI PM 2.5 levels from 118 to 70). Clear skies, fresh air, zero noise. As I
write this, I can hear the Tibetan chimes playing in the breeze outside my
balcony. A Dutch client wrote that nature has put humans on notice. Earth,
which was on ventilator, seems to be breathing again, taking a break from human
disregard, entitlement and greed. On the other side there is pain and loss – of
lives and livelihoods, of wealth and income, and displacement and disarray.

The wise
must have had a thought as to why this is happening to us. The word virus
phonetically sounds like why us. What is all this telling us
individually and collectively? What is happening? Here are some immediate
reflections:

One focus: The distorted and fragmented humanity – in thought and action – was
never so cohesive in focusing on a single agenda. If one took the ‘point of
focus’ out and just became aware of the ‘focus’ itself, it is astounding.
Imagine working with such focus together on an issue like climate change that
affects every single person. (About 12.4 lakh people die in India and 16 lakhs in
China each year due to pollution). But can we? The past has shown that we are
just as likely to carry on as before. Someone wrote that perhaps the virus will
save as many or more lives of people dying from pollution and road accidents as
it takes away.

Leveller: Royalty to movie stars, all fell prey to the virus. The virus doesn’t
differentiate between rich and poor, known and unknown. Humanity as a whole
never seemed so vulnerable, overpowered and scuffling to keep its mortality
away. Each one, despite every manmade division, feels equally susceptible.

Decision,
action and speed:
Economic leverage seemed less critical,
whereas action and speed are the real levers! Those who acted faster fought
better, those who were casual are trapped. The decisions India took wisely put
life over economy, survival over everything else. The PM pleaded with gentle
persuasiveness, with folded hands, to stay indoors. The administration brought
out extensions in compliance deadlines with speed and sensibility. Food, cash
and waivers for the marginalised came out with care and clarity. The central
banker was emphatic and reassuring and put money in the hands of the banks to
lend. Governance, the health care system and social capital are at their
ultimate acid test.

Illusions: Albert Einstein said that Reality is merely an illusion, albeit
a very persistent one
. Many illusions we loved and lived with are busted.
Someone wrote: Coronavirus has proved that most corporate jobs are just
exchanges of emails, texts and calls and nothing else.
Everything – from
‘values’ and ‘ways’ – will be subjected to deep inquiry. Many narratives could
stand on their heads. The hypothetical is now the reality. Washing hands, which
was difficult to enforce even in hospitals, is more important than shaking
hands. Social distancing is more important than bridging distances.
Mathematically put, namaskar > hugs, and social capital >
capital market valuations. Eighteen million people have viewed the TED talk by
Bill Gates on a pathogen attack, in October 2019 John Hopkins Centre for Health
Security gamed a germ war, America ranked at the top in Global Health Security
Index and today it has highest infections. Context changes everything,
including ‘reality’!

The next few
months, the end game and aftermath will be long and difficult. It won’t be a
balance that we can write off with a journal entry.

I will leave
you to complete the reflective thoughts of Anand Mahindra in your own words:
‘After the pandemic, we will …….’

Meanwhile, may you remain free from affliction

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

Reimagining Financial Reporting

The accrual system of accounting was one of the
biggest turning points in financial reporting. Everything changed once it was
adopted and accountants came to be counted upon more than ever before. In a
lighter vein, an accountant is someone most likely to know what is actually
going on in a business!


While we have come a long way indeed, churning out
literally tons of paper on financial reporting – both information and analysis
– with a view that the reader must know what the preparer knows, however, the
semantics of this information hasn’t been more incomprehensible than it is
today from the perspective of a lay investor. The test of understandability is
not yet bridged.


The auditor is also part of this financial
reporting quagmire. Reporting by auditors has expanded in extent and
significance but perhaps not in reaching the minds of the lay reader. There are
facts, definitions, information, laying down of responsibilities, KAM and
auditor’s response, and so on and so forth.


The grapevine has it that a new CARO 2020 is about
to come, and hence this thought process. Today, the auditors’ report (AR) for
most companies contains the independent auditor’s report with two annexures in
the form of the CARO and the report on ICFR. A word count comparison of
Microsoft (2018) and TCS (2019) audit reports shows 75% more words in the
latter (470 vs. 1966) – and this is excluding CARO, KAM and ICFR reports! But
that is just the size of the content.


The general feeling in India is that size will
cover up for shortcomings in quality of content. Or that size reflects
effective content. People are looking for effective, clear, simple, succinct
content. Often, investors complain that auditors word their reports
defensively. Of course, this was called for considering that the profession is
blamed for many things for which it is not even responsible! We need something
better and clearer because everything that needs to be communicated cannot be
written, and what is written is often not understood if it is long and complex.


For all these years, till F.Y. 2017-18, the opinion
came only towards the end. In F.Y. 2018-19, it was upgraded to the top in the
main report (we have to follow the international standards). But the ICFR
report still has opinion at the end. As if this wasn’t enough, we got ‘Other
Information’ recently that adds to the confusion, and even managements had to
be explained what it really meant.


The auditor signs the AR at three places and
financials at four to five. Signature is important, but one wonders if it would
make any difference if an auditor signed just once instead of thrice in the AR.


Considering the many difficult words in use, we
perhaps need a Glossary of Words as a standard part of an Annual Report for lay
readers to try to understand the meaning of these words. Consider ‘Other
Comprehensive Income’. Literally, it means nothing, at least the first two
words. There are also words such as ‘management’ and ‘those charged with
governance’. To a lay reader this is out of bounds, especially in the words of
FMs, 99% companies are SME. Section 134(5) doesn’t even segregate the two.


There is some conflicting verbiage under the
‘responsibility of management…’ – the words used are financial position and
financial performance in the context of the preparation of financial
statements. While these words refer to the same thing referred to elsewhere,
but they confuse a lay reader. We do have a concept of Nature and Function in
accounting, and here both are at play talking about the same financials.


While we have heavier reporting, we need not have
heavier jargonised lingo. We need better naming and a glossary to be a standard
part of an Annual Report to make sense of financial information. After all, the
financial information is for the reader and not the accountant or
administrator. The understanding gap of GAAPs is wide! This gap must be
bridged, and soon!

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

 

‘INDIA, THAT IS BHARAT’

I hope you and your near and dear ones are well during the most challenging
health emergency that this generation has seen.

 

A nation is the widest form of society that we identify with and manage.
Individuals form families; and families make a community, a city and a nation
state. Geographically, politically and psychologically we have reached thus far
in the evolution of mankind. A nation is the sum total of all the differences
that we have been able to bring together in a cohesive, interwoven unit. A
nation is meant to bridge differences, like a thread that holds together
different flowers in a garland. Differences assume less importance and get
subsumed in the larger reality of a nation. Backgrounds, ethnicities,
religions, languages, histories and all other nuances must find their
culmination in a nation.
This in my view makes ‘India, that is Bharat’,
as per the first Article of our Constitution.

 

India is the last ancient, continuously surviving civilization, and it
finds its common denominator within an incomparable variety. For example, there
are many scripts and languages which are influenced by or rotted in Sanskrit; a
common set of civilizational values still becomes the binding force – a SamanVayaKaari
Shakti
.

 

We are also faced with threats. As citizens we should be able to see
trouble when politics and media focus on our differences and portray
them as divisions. Unlike the Indian approach, the Cartesian approach
sees the universe made up of smaller fragments that are simply put together but
do not have a common continuum. For example, in ‘modern’ India ‘identity’ is
made to stand out. Identity grants benefits – social and religious identities
get concessions, jobs, educational reservation, and so on. So people keep
lesser identity in the forefront above all else. This sorry state of affairs in
our country also results in throwing merit into the dustbin and accentuating separation
to an unimaginable extent.

 

Another threat is colonisation of the Indian mind that is perpetuated. In
the words of Shri Amitabh Bachchan, we are still ‘respectful and tolerant to
colonial indoctrination’.
He was speaking about branding of words at the
IAA World Congress and gave the example of Thiruvananthapuram which till
recently was known as Trivandrum. He said, Trivandrum meant nothing. Whereas Thiruvananthapuram
means Thiru Anantha Puram – Shelter of the Infinite. Today, many
‘educated’ Indians twist phonetics of Indian words by messing the longs as
shorts and the shorts as longs in imitation. Yog is Yogaa, Raamaayan is
Raamayanaa, Himaalay is Himalaayaa. During a session I attended, this turned
out to be quite embarrassing and funny when a person introduced the next
speaker as Kamini, when her name was Kaamini. Many Dishonest words give
dishonest results, Bachchanji said. He gave the example of Rabindranath Thakur
who is known as Tagore although his family name is Thakur and their house was in
Thakur Baadi. Such usage changes the ‘meaning, perception, concept,
consideration, viewpoint’ of words. We need to pay attention to this and
reclaim the true import of words and their beautiful meanings.

 

Lastly, as Indians we have to ask – how do we see ourselves and what
makes us feel proud of who we are?
A generation ago it was three Es –
English, Education and Employment. But that is changing. The biggest success
stories today are not necessarily rooted in the three Es. In the last three
decades, we have seen a surge in enterprise, education, and confidence despite
government interference and even obstruction. Yet, we are still aspiring to be AtmaNirbhar.
AtmaNirbhar comes from the word Bhar, which means full or
complete – the confidence that comes from the feeling of being full or complete
in one’s true identity. How can we feel full and complete and interact with a
globalised world with a feeling of incompleteness or lack or neediness? How can
we be rooted in our civilizational ethos and apply it to the current context?
These are some questions as we approach our 74th Independence Day!

 

 

 

 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

THE MCA CONSULTATION PAPER

The MCA paper examining the existing provisions and
seeking to make suitable amendments to enhance Audit Independence and
Accountability has been under discussion. Nineteen pages have laid out a
certain thought pattern and invited comments on questions arising out of that
thought pattern.

Over
the years, regulators, government, the corporate sector and auditors have not
been able to solve fundamental core issues about audit and auditors. Some beat
around the bush, others are infected by vested interests, some import and
impose a model from elsewhere, and so on.

Two
functions describe an auditor – a watchdog (or a sniffer dog if you wish) and a
judge – when he carries out the function of oversight and gives a considered
opinion after taking into account a number of factors respectively.

Looking
at complete independence, it’s not achievable because the client decides the
fees of the auditor for reporting on the client’s financial information.
Independence can only be brought to a level where the auditor’s objectivity is
not affected. Secondly, independence is a personal trait and two auditors under
the same circumstances may act differently.

The
paper bundles the two mammoth topics of Independence and Accountability into 19
pages (four are a reproduction from standards without giving any credit) and
believes that these are the only questions there ought to be. For example, an
auditor of a private non-public interest entity cannot be evaluated by the same
yardsticks as auditors of a public interest entity like IL&FS unless one is
absurdly socialist.

The
paper carries a whiff of ‘we have made up our mind’ when it asks questions
based on its thought pattern, which itself needs questioning. It is piecemeal,
not thought-through, has a flavour of control and seems to aim for a quick fix
without getting to the bottom of the whole problem. While urgency is critical,
not dealing with the root cause will only delay the cure. Such papers call for
‘comments’ but never publish what is received, what is accepted, what is
rejected and why. Therefore, they seem more like a ‘procedural formality’ or
‘consultation in appearance’ rather than an exploration of fundamental
problems. For such an important topic as Independence and Accountability,
the MCA should have a country-wide deliberation directly with 30 to 50 firms,
auditees and regulators rather than sending a questionnaire and seeking answers
to questions that it has framed in its (limited) wisdom.

In spite of the Prime Minister talking of creating the
next big 4 firms out of India, there is literally nothing that is being done
either at the strategic or the tactical level by the MCA. The paper has little
vision to offer on this front when auditors actually vet a large part of India’s
economic interests. The question asked is whether or not auditor groups need to
be essentially and substantially Indian? In fact, the MCA paper mocks this idea
by asking whether there are firms outside of the big four who can even carry
out large audits. If MCA had bothered to add up the loss of value and tagged
each debacle to the auditors at that time, they wouldn’t have asked this
question.

The
paper should have mentioned the need to create an ‘ecosystem’ that will
cultivate and protect objectivity. What should auditors do when they report
what should be reported or when they resign and then the auditee files a legal
case for losing market cap? The MCA has no answers, and no questions either,
about this.

Here is one fundamental issue that the paper avoids:
non-audit fees charged by group / network entities of the audit firms to the
clients in spite of a 30-page-long explicit mention in the NFRA Report 1 / 2019
dated 12th December, 2019. What about non-audit fees taken by audit networks
from group entities of an audit client? Perhaps we have come to a situation
where an auditor will need to give his own related party disclosure to the MCA,
to the Board and even to shareholders!

One can answer the questions in the MCA consultation
paper. But one wonders whether they are complete, whether they target the core
issues and whether an objective exploratory discussion is possible in the
spirit of partnership for nation-building!

 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

 

UNPACKING THE PACKAGE FROM TAXPAYER PERSPECTIVE

As we battle our way
out of four lockdowns, we are grateful to the honest and courageous frontline
workers. We are pained by the affliction caused to those at the bottom of our
societal pyramid – the daily-wage earners and those moving back to their homes.
Each day we hear news that we don’t want to hear and also see news showing acts
of courage, selflessness and service.


In India we say that
one can tell how good the roads are when monsoon comes. We see how good our
financial, health and social infrastructure is when disaster strikes. This
disaster has shown that we still have a very long way to go.


The Atmanirbhar
Bharat announcements included some truly effective measures and some
half-hearted ones. There is no clarity about the quantum of the stimuli, the
cash outflow from government, the conditions imposed and the actual amount that
will reach the hands that will spend and translate into demand. One hopes the
next few rounds of ‘packages’ would cover what this one didn’t.


The easiest looking
part was hardest to understand – reduction of 25% in the TDS rate. We are told
this rate reduction will increase liquidity of Rs. 50,000 crores from 14th
May, 2020 to 31st March, 2021. Now if you had to be paid fees of Rs.
10 lakhs and Rs. 1 lakh is TDS, then instead of Rs. 1 lakh, the TDS deducted is
Rs. 75,000. But if you were making a loss in FYE 2021 – that Rs. 75,000 is
blocked and this 25% idea is useless! If you are profit-making you will have to
pay advance tax in that very quarter and shell out that 25%. One wonders what
is the liquidity infusion and for how long. Allowing loss-making entities to
claim refund of the TDS deducted, fast NIL deduction certificates, waiver of
first quarter advance tax and elimination of TDS entirely for six months
subject to review in December, 2020 would have brought cash in the hands when
businesses need them the most.


Many entities will
benefit from EPF paid by the government. In other cases, the employer and
employee contributions reduced from 12% to 10% for three months may not be
effective. The fundamental question is – When people don’t have money, where
is the question of compulsory saving for retirement?
Salary payment without
deduction from the employee and postponement of employer’s contribution could
have brought money in the hands of both. Add to this a condition that such
scheme would be available if the employer didn’t retrench the employees for
6-12 months and after 3-6 months both employer and employee can decide to make
their respective contributions. This would have given job security and more
cash, both to the employer and the employee.


Most
government actions – even in times of need – seem half-hearted. I can only
think of two reasons for this: (1) They didn’t think about it, or (2) They did
think about it, but didn’t do it. Both situations are scary and mock taxpayer
and citizen groups. Simple and effective approaches are not difficult if
Neta-cracy and Babu-cracy are kept in check.

The Modi Government’s
performance in the field of finance has been discouraging, especially its
response. After the IL&FS and Punjab and Maharashtra Bank bust, the
Franklin Templeton case (six schemes worth more than Rs. 25,000 crores) and the
Yes Bank write-off tell a tale. In Yes Bank, the write-off of investment in
additional tier-one bonds (a quasi capital) under approval of the RBI
gave a wrong signal that investments in the capital of banks could fail. About
Rs. 8,415 crores of MF schemes and savings of tax-paid money are gone.


Today, both taxpayers
and beneficiaries of taxes are in the same boat. As a taxpayer – whether she
pays Rs. 1 lakh, Rs. 10 lakhs or Rs. 50 lakhs – she may not be able to get an
ambulance or a hospital bed in case Covid-19 strikes. I am not sure where the
taxpayer stands in the big picture! The taxpayer needs to rise and question
where her taxes are going and what does she get in return.

 

 

 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

 

Coping with Compliances

Laws are meant to serve a number of
purposes: Establishing standards, maintaining order, resolving disputes, and
protecting liberties and rights, etc. Indian laws often fail to achieve these
purposes and even produce opposite outcomes! Often Rule of Law does not bring
intended results when laws are not equally applicable (say between State and
citizens or amongst groups of people), not equally enforced, not adjudicated
fairly and lacks a timely and cost-effective justice delivery system. In the
Indian context people avoid or dodge laws due to many reasons such as:

 

a.  Following rules does not necessarily lead to
intended / expected outcomes (low standard of service to a tax-payer or bad
quality of service delivery from State or administrative underperformance).

b. Laws are larger than the purpose they serve
(disproportionate compliance, corruption, red tape, treating the tax-payer as
evader, arbitrariness, lack of accountability).

c.  Justice delivery and adjudication process is
so convoluted and takes so much longer than it should even for routine matters.

 

The above can only be remedied by government
empathy and innovation so that citizens are encouraged to abide by the spirit
of the law and don’t get worn out by burden of doing business which is more
akin to doing compliances. It is said: Tax evasion is reprehensible; it is
social injustice by the evader to his fellow citizens. Arbitrary or excessive
taxation is equally reprehensible; it is social injustice by the government to
the people.
In today’s context excessive, reactive, and irrelevant laws
constitute reprehensible acts of social injustice by government on its own
people. Constant tweaking, amending, notifying, not notifying for months and
years1, changing schema, dysfunctional compliance portals (take GST
and PT) and the list is unending.

 

Let’s take the example of Digital Signatures
Certificates (DSC) in case of non-resident directors. They require Apostille /
Notary every two years. Add KYC process by MCA to this (aka duplication). Such
authentication costs Rs. 8,000 to 14,000 per document in many countries. While
authentication is a valid aim, its feasibility (cost, benefit, time, risk) in a
given context (say a non-operational or non-public interest entity) requires
balance. On top of this, banks ask for their own KYC. That is not all. New
changes require a video of the person (perhaps to check he is alive) before he
can get a DSC! Additionally, MCA has brought out new forms that necessitate
giving a photograph of the Director and latitude and longitude to keep the
company ‘active’! Moreover, the requirement for a full-time company secretary
is a cost burden due to a threshold / basis that is not reflective of the
actual need for having one. In a connected world, numerous disconnected laws
translate into a barrage of futile compliances that give a false sense of
conformity especially for mid-sized businesses.

 

Take obsolete laws! Inter-state change of registered
office requires that creditors give NOC. In a recent case, creditors gave their
no objection on email through scanned letters. After uploading them, the MCA
asked for proof of calling for the confirmations. Well, there was no choice but
to post those letters to creditors, enrich the postal department and upload
proof of sending by ‘Registered AD’. And yes that ‘compliance’ met the legal
requirements and the registered office shifting got approved.

 

Every form and procedure necessitates
periodic evaluation by an independent questioning group and a survey from users
– to ensure that these forms and procedures remain effective, smooth, and
meaningful. This is especially necessary for a compliance averse society like
ours. New compliances coming out every few months seem like surgical strike –
but on the wrong side – numbing the already low and overburdened base.

 

________________________________________

1   In 643 days of GST (known as Good and Simple
Tax) at the beginning of April 2019: 1 Amendment Act, 31 amendments in CGST
Rules, 364 Notifications, 224 Circulars and Orders. That is 620 changes in CGST
and IGST alone or nearly 1 per day and SGST changes are disregarded.



 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

THE MOTTO OF THE SUPREME COURT

We are leaping
into 2020 with trepidation, excitement and anticipation. The year gone by,
2019, was eventful. Our $2 trillion economy five years ago, touched $3 trillion
in 2019. Globally, Bitcoin made a gain of 9 million per cent this decade. Every
single day about 325,000 people got their first access to electricity, 200,000
people got piped water and 650,000 people went online for the first time. In
the 1950s, 27% children died by age 15, that figure is now a mere 4%.
Population in extreme poverty as defined by the UN was 42% in 1981; today it is
less than 10%.


Yet, we still
see media spit venom and fake news constantly and consistently when the
newspapers could very well have carried the headline ‘Another 170,000 people
moved out of extreme poverty yesterday’1. The Disease of Deep
Pessimism
is ‘paralysing rather than empowering’ and leaves people
‘hopeless and even helpless’2 
said a recent article in NY Times.


Through the
year, a visibly distressing sign was the depletion of reason in many
areas. This editorial is dedicated to reason.


The Supreme
Court
emblem carries the words
Yato
DharmasTato JayaH.
It
is the Dhyeya Vaakya or the motto and means Where there is Dharma there
is victory.


Courts are
about establishing facts. Facts are established through Vaad, through Tarka
(reason) and Pramaana (evidence). Vaad stands for logical
reasoning and conclusion derived from it. It stands for open-mindedness to
determine true purport and ascertainment of truth. But then why would the
emblem of the highest judicial body speak of Dharma as the cause of victory?


Courts
establish facts by evidence, not just by documents alone, but also by
arguments. In the Bhagvad Geeta, Krishna says, ‘amongst the debaters, I am Vaadah3
(Vaadah Pravadatah Aham).


Vaad has a fascinating etymology. Vid
stands for knowing and seeing. Vidya is knowledge. And from the same
root comes Vaad. Vaad also stands for not wanting to defeat
another through reasoning. In Vaad both opponents take the debate to a
higher level so that the finest logic can prevail in the end.


We see great Vaad
in judgments and arguments – where the ‘clear stream of reason4  flows. It is distinguished from Vivaad
where one is trying to crush another rather than trying to reach the truth
through reason. In Vivaad, like we see at 9 pm on news channels, people
are tied down by their binary biases. There is an extension of Vaad in SamVaad
(dialogue) which is based on discovery and not on bias.


Vaad is rooted in Dharma and so its
tenor is pure. The noblest of minds are often the staunchest of disputants. But
they exhibit amity, balance, fairness, honesty, respect, and fearlessness.
Today, we see ignorance, prejudice, deceit and bigotry which are all enemies of
Vaad.


Dharma comes from the root Dru, which
means to hold together. Dharma is that order which holds and sustains
the universe together in a fine balance and order. Dharma is a
non-translatable Sanskrit word and means so much at once that it can only be
read contextually unlike most English words.


When Vidhi (Laws)
and Nyaay (Justice) emerge from Dharma, then there is victory.
Justice is also the first word in the Preamble of the Indian Constitution.


One of the key features
of Dharma is duty. Today, we have rights placed before and above duties.
This is perhaps the root of much of our travails. In the Indian traditions,
duty is extended up to sacrifice – Jataayu sacrifices his life for Sita. Bharat
sacrifices being the King and lives as a Trustee of the kingdom which he could
have simply taken over.


May we see clearer reason, order, virtue, duty and
values prevail in 2020 – and that should bring victory to all that is good.

 


Raman Jokhakar

Editor

GROWING CONCERNS ABOUT GOING CONCERNS

The Indian economy is going through a
tumultuous time. Rs. 1 trillion1 
were wiped out of the markets due to various causes. A more distinctive
feature is that several pillars of the economy are in the news for the wrong
reasons. From NBFC2s, Reserve Bank of India3, SEBI4,
Credit Rating Agencies5, to Stock Exchanges, bankers6,
National Clearing Corporation, NSDL7 and auditors.


However, the reports on audits and auditors
are most distressing. The central banker banned a top audit firm; criminal
charge sheets lodged against two other top firms and partners in the IL&FS
case; MCA seeking a five-year ban; reports of an auditor leaking
price-sensitive information; MCA approving the removal of an audit firm;
auditor resignations; blaming the auditors for the stock price fall, and more.


Before we look more deeply at the audit
framework in India, auditors have been implicated in many other parts of the
world and much of this seems symptomatic. An FRC (UK) report8  has dealt with a number of aspects of the
audit market, including audit quality and audit failures. Notable reasons given
by the report are: a. Failure to exercise sufficient professional
scepticism or challenging the management, b. Failure to obtain
sufficient appropriate evidence, and c. Loss of independence. The FRC
report also points out perils of the precarious audit market structure with
‘too few to fail’ firms which make up the audit market (97% and 99% in the UK
and the US securities markets are audited by only four auditors). India hasn’t
reached there yet but it seems like it is on its way, ignoring structural problems
and treating symptoms superficially. The report also states that each of the
top four ‘audit’ firms reported three-fourths of their revenue from ‘non-audit’
services and faster growth in ‘non-audit’ revenue. The ‘auditors’ are actually
doing more ‘non-audit’ work and suspected of getting audit work in order to get
more lucrative ‘non-audit’ work. Coming back to India, the MCA should have done
much more and much better in presenting data on the above lines rather than
bringing out a rather hasty and flawed report9 last year.

The root causes within the auditing
framework need examination. The problems and surrounding questions are many and
complex but not impossible to overcome if dealt with in right earnest. The
problems are written on the wall – i. Appointment of auditors (mostly by
a common management and ownership), ii. increasing concentration in the
audit market (oligopolistic audit market where market leaders begin to convey a
sense that they are the market – too big and too few to fail types), iii.
multiple regulators (SEBI, MCA, NFRA, ICAI, RBI, etc.), iv.
misunderstanding about audit (what it can do and what it cannot do), v. conflict
of interest and independence issues (audit firms are connected with group
entities looking for non-audit work), and vi. a misty reporting framework
(changing and difficult to fathom) to name a few.

The expectation and delivery gaps are
widening and blurred. Auditors, regulators and the public do not understand
them in the same sense. It seems that an auditor today is neither a watchdog
nor a bloodhound, but rather a sniffer dog. So long as an auditor has done what
the auditing standards ask of him, he cannot be sent to a doghouse. All the
same we have more questions than answers, and we need to flip that fast –
before it’s too late.

___________________________________________________________________________

1   Bloomberg Quint report published June 23, 2019
– Eleven Stocks, $14 billion erased

2   IL&FS, DHFL etc.

3   It was expected to keep an eye on systemically
important NBFC, SFIO pointing out that it should have acted faster

4   Reported to be the most powerful market
regulator in the world who could have done more in ‘algo’ scam

5   Giving credit ratings that turned out to be
worthless, ICRA CEO and MD asked to go on leave

6   PSB NPAs at Rs. 806,412 crores in March, 2019
or Rs. 8.1 billion (per PIB release of 24th June,.2019)

7   Allegations of shares moving out of pool
account of a broker in allied matter

8  Statutory
Audit Services Market Study, 18th April, 2019

9   Findings and Recommendations on Regulating
Audit Firms
, October, 2018

 

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

VISION VS. EXECUTION

None of us would have
missed seeing, reading, hearing about the economic slowdown. Empirical evidence
sans the media noise does show most economic parameters looking weak if
not bleak. That’s an outcome rather than a problem. Things don’t remain static
or unidirectional and slowing is a part of growing.

 

Governments generally
respond to such problems in short-sighted ways – giving freebies, waivers, tax
reductions, feel-good signals and the like. A common approach often is a mix of
deny, shove it under the carpet, dodge issues, deflect, give a
counter-narrative opposed to facts, blame extraneous factors or past
governments. Washing your hands off and not owning up causes a blind spot for
governments which won’t help address the root causes.

 

The worrying element
is the nature and quality of government response these days. Many issues need a
healthy inclusive debate rather than denial; critical analysis rather than
cherry-picking data; and action rather than justifications.

 

Impact analysis of DeMo: The first major upheaval that jolted the growth
trajectory was DeMo. While it is only fair to give time before analysing
outcomes, after three years there is no action on the data gathered from
deposits made in those few months. There is no report, analysis or action about
a sovereign decision that invalidated 86% of the currency overnight. Aren’t
people entitled to a report on the outcome of such drastic and pervasive
action? So far no one has been punished – as if no one had stacks of
unaccounted cash! And currency in circulation is much higher now, including
higher denomination currency notes. While people were willing and ready to take
the pain of one of the most mismanaged economic operations, the government
seems to have forgotten the sacrifices of people and its own promises.

 

Numbers speak: Several sectors look pale and
sloppy. Consider textiles. In 2018 Bangladesh had a share in world exports of
6.4% (up from 2.6% in 2000) while India had only 3.3% (up from 3.0% in 2000)1
. Investment in Indian economy has been shrinking (from 15% to 5% YOY comparing
2005-11 and 2012-19 under the new series). Add to that the chaos created by sudden,
drastic and constant policy changes. Take the example of automotive sector
  emission standard change; GST credit
issues during the introduction phase of GST holding customers back from taking
decisions.

 

GST: A grand, much awaited and
transformational idea. Equally shallow has been its drafting and
implementation. The FM recently said that GST shouldn’t be damned. At the same
time GST can’t damn taxpayers. How many returns have we got these days? Most
changes made were to correct the flaws of a simple Kanoon! That itself
shows that Kanoon was flawed. During the formulation stage the then FM
did not listen enough. Now the FM wants to welcome delegations with suggestions
to continue endless tweaking of a new law that looks like a pair of trousers
with 700 stitches! Looks like a landmine of notices and reconciliations is
waiting to burst like a strip of firecrackers after GST audit of 2017-18!

 

Informal sector: Shameful to call it so when 80%
find employment in informal sector. Further shame is inflicted on it by
targeting it for running on unaccounted money. It is the only sector that gives
livelihood and dignity to so many. Last month, my carpenter who had deposited
advance in his bank came back saying drawings were blocked. Well, when common
people were asked to bank cash, whose job was it to secure those banked
amounts? Since the PMC bank debacle, the RBI hasn’t had a press conference and
no administrator has been questioned for lack of oversight. It is now following
a path that has failed in the past.

 

NPA: Capitalisation seems more like
taxpayer funding banks to protect their deposits. We all have read reports of a
25 years old private sector bank’s market cap being more than that of 20 odd
PSBs. That says it all.

 

This is not about
blame – it’s about responsibility. FM recently said we all must own up GST; the
question is what should government own up? Who makes the law and who runs it?
Who makes appointments in banks?

 

I wish such a list
gets shorter. I hope all this is temporary and doesn’t last long. Indian
experience tells us that we are yet to recognise that the bridge to grand vision is built by immaculate
execution.

 

 

____________________________________

1  
WTO, Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research

 

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

 

Commemorating the Mahatma

Gandhiji is the
most admired Indian of the last hundred years. In his lifetime and after his
death he inspired people across continents and cultures to act. Today he is
most noticeable on currency notes, in photos at schools and government offices,
in political speeches, in history books, political dressing, stamps, schemes,
slogans, museums and the like. He is vanishing or missing in places where his
ideals are needed the most – in behaviour and approach. Many of his ideas have
either vanished or have been totally adulterated. 


Gandhiji
propagated many ideas that are as relevant today as they were then in spite of
the change in external situation and their context. Swadeshi, Satyagraha,
ends do not justify the means, non violence as an epitome of all virtues, karo
ya maro
(do or die), civil resistance, Swaraj, cleanliness, social
service, Sarvodaya and more. Many of these values are the need of our
times more than ever before. Much of humanity has walked away from the trail he
blazed. Let us look at two of his ideals in today’s context: 

Truth: Satyagraha literally means insistence on truth.
This insistence arms the votary with matchless power1
. It means
that all worthwhile activities that can only be sustainable, and genuinely
profitable if they depend on the ability to answer a fundamental question – Is
this truthful
? Rather a first and last question! Today truth is perhaps the
first and the last casualty to justification, opinions, denials,
rationalisations, propaganda at all levels. Bapu carried an immaculate ability
for insistence on truth that carried no anger, no retaliation
and no submission
. As chartered accountants, we are in the job of what is
true (and fair). Do we ask this question with enough rigour – to ourselves and
to the government? Or do we just carry on and find ways to keep going?

Swadeshi: Swadeshi is that spirit in us which restricts
us to the use and service of our immediate surroundings to the exclusion of the
more remote2.
  In today’s
times it could stand for several things. For one – how can we operate in a
global environment keeping a deep connection with our roots? As a country we
lack a narrative – the US, China has it! We haven’t articulated Indian approach
or we are mostly in a ‘follow’ and ‘tow’ mode?

Swadeshi can be seen from the perspectives of globalisation
and interdependence. Swadeshi is a form of deep interdependence. If
there is no local interdependence, what is the meaning of global
interdependence? By serving the immediate neighbourhood, we don’t harm anyone –
serving the family, neighbourhood, culture, ethos, fraternity, society and the
entire rashtra.

Much of India
remains colonised – not politically, but psychologically. Take the English
language – which is considered a bridge language (to the exclusion of all other
Indian languages) and the lack of which is still looked down upon. People are
made to believe that English is the ‘be all and end all’ of development. Japan,
Germany, Russia and many non English speaking nations didn’t take that route.
We often look at many Indian words that are ‘non translatable’ through their
dim English description. Some of the courts and government trainings are still
‘English only’. Indian laws are written in a fuzzy ‘Queen’s English’, which is
legally done away with even in England, when only 9% people understand English.
This obnoxious writing of laws remains the chief instigator of litigation.
Indian languages are not even considered business languages in the ‘corporate’
world. In a Board room full of Indians well versed in a common language,
discussions are generally not in any Indian language.

Have you
noticed how India often sees itself through the eyes of the ‘non Indian’?
Indian traditions are analysed, written and taught through the eyes of those
who are not steeped in the deeper and wider Indian civilizational ethos. We are
yet to have an indigenous validation mechanism for our products and services to
receive confirmation of ‘good enough’ or ‘fit for consumption’. Many imported
ideas, often violent, have spread across the country in disguise.

Swadeshi’
could effectively serve as an insurance against psychological, commercial and
economic colonisation.

Finally, the legacy and relevance of the Mahatma in a given context is
what each one of us makes of it. In the end and always – It’s up to us! 

 

 

_____________________________________________

1 Young India, 27.2.1930

2   Speeches and Writings of Mahatma Gandhi, pp. 336-44


Raman Jokhakar

Editor

 

Electoral Bonds: Bonding Money and Power?

Politics is the gentle art of getting
votes from the poor and campaign funds from the rich, by promising to protect
each from the other
– Oscar Ameringer

 

Election buzz is getting louder. A notable
change in this election from a financial perspective is that of funding of
elections via electoral bonds. The Finance Act, 2017 brought a far-reaching and
even questionable change that restricts citizens’ fundamental right to know
where the money comes from. The Finance Minister called it “substantial
improvement in transparency”. One can say this is a substantial example of
false equivalence.

 

Elections like everything else require
money. It is well known that power chases money and money seeks out power. One
of the greatest threats to democracy is money manipulating power. Electoral
Bonds (EB) compound these perennial problems manifold and even legitimise what
is fundamentally against the interest of citizens. Here is how the scheme
works:

 

a.  EB are as much or more opaque than earlier
systems:


i.   They are bearer instruments and a political
party does not have to disclose the name of the donors to anyone ever (as they
don’t even know it);


ii.   Companies are not required to disclose the
names of political parties to whom they give bonds; 


b.  The cap on corporate political funding of 7.5%
of last three years’ net profits was removed at the same time;


c.  F.Y. 2017-18 data shows1


i.   53% of all income (donations) of six
political parties came from Income from Unknown Sources2
 amounting to Rs. 689.44 crore
including 31% from EB (Rs. 215 crore) and Rs. 354.38 crore from voluntary
contributions below Rs. 20,000 where donor details are unknown (F.Y. 2017-18);


ii.   Six national political parties received 90%
of all donations from companies and 10% from 2,772 individual donors ;


iii.  The ruling party got 80% of its total income
from unknown sources.

As a wise citizen, you can connect the dots.
C K Prahalad3  gave an
interesting perspective a decade ago: “I cannot but assume that private funding
of elections of this magnitude is predicted on making an appropriate return.
Given the risky nature of the investment in elections, politicians as venture
capitalists, we can assume, will not settle for a less than ten-fold return.”

 

In the Indian context, it is hard to
understand why companies should fund important institutions and events of
democracy to this extent with anonymity? Why should corporates not disclose how
much and where the EB were given if they are only participating in the
democratic process? Why should political parties not disclose cash and non-cash
funding? Why should political parties not be audited by a panel approved by ECI
and CAG as proposed by an ADR report? Till this happens, I am not sure if
political parties really represent people and their interest!

 

Opaque funding through EB could easily be
legitimising corruption for favours granted by those in power in a way that can
never be known. While politicians are never known for matching words and
actions, one didn’t expect it from this government. Clean money without source
is akin to unclean money and is a slap on the face of ‘transparency’.

 

__________________________________________________

1   From Association of Democratic Reforms (ADR)
website/reports.

2     Unknown sources means – income declared in
tax returns but without giving sources of donations below Rs. 20,000 and
includes donation via electoral bonds, sale of coupons, etc.

 3   Seventh Nani Palkhivala Memorial Lecture,
January, 2010

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

A recent notification mandates those who have been
independent directors (IDs) for not more than ten years to undergo a
proficiency test. We are told that India is the only country to start the
practice of proficiency tests.

Those desirous of appointment as IDs have to apply
online to include their names in a databank. Increase in the size of a
‘databank’ is good news, when many ‘commercial banks’ are kept afloat with
infusion of taxpayer money. One would hope that such tests will bring to the
databanks, and eventually to the Boards, IDs who will strengthen the
functioning of commercial banks.

Education is generally a welcome step when it is
in the field of one’s operation. Refreshing knowledge and remaining current is
imperative in the times of change and uncertainty.

The Indian education system historically and
chiefly focuses on technical aspects with little emphasis on the eventual
functionality of that knowledge. Knowledge without a clear and direct link to
practical use is futile. I remember a top tech company CEO speaking about how
they hire only seven of 100 engineers interviewed, as the rest were
unemployable in spite of being educated.

The directors’ proficiency tests cover three
specific areas, which are necessary without doubt, but not sufficient. The
areas specified are securities laws, accounting and company law. In addition,
there is a general residual category, ‘other areas necessary or relevant for
functioning as IDs’.

With so much happening in the area of corporate
governance, the role of the Board must be understood well. An institution like
SEBI could institute, on a periodic basis, studies on practices, processes,
challenges for IDs in the Indian context. Such empirical studies could aim to
bring clarity on attributes necessary for an ID in the Indian context.

An ID requires technical competence to even be
‘literate’ enough to decipher and ask questions to the management, and much
more to carry out the function of superintendence, direction and control. Obviously,
the curriculum and tests must match up to equip the ID for the role.

Experience and integrity top all other
qualifications. How to see through data, how to peel through layers by
questioning, how to get to the bottom of things, and how to look for
‘invisibles’ that are not in the routine reports, are some skills that come
from experience. Integrity related aspects include what it is to be
independent, how to see conflict of interest in related party transactions,
distinction between propriety and legal prescription. And then there are even
finer aspects such as the ability to see years ahead. These are attributes that
cannot be taught.

Two challenges before IDs are conflict of interest
and timely availability of reliable information. If the tests could build
capabilities in some of the above-mentioned areas, they would strengthen the
institution of the ID.

Tests may also be the beginning of systematic
regulation of IDs on the lines of other professions. Hearing about an
institute, marks, etc. indicates that eventually there could be CPE too.
Perhaps, ID resignations, like auditor resignations, will be questioned and
regulated.

Reports indicate that in 2018, 606 IDs resigned
(270 without citing any reasons) and 412 IDs have resigned between January and
22nd July, 2019 (107 without citing any reason). The gap between Liabilities
– Duties – Compensation
remains a concern. Independence itself has not been
free from controversy, especially in promoter-controlled companies. Many laws
do not make a distinction between an ID and other directors. If the proficiency
test had questions related to statutory, civil, criminal and personal
liabilities, the outflow of IDs from Boards could be rapid in the times to
come.

After all, directors are meant to bring wisdom, counsel
and values, and bat for a strong sustainable foundation of a company. They are
there to look out for and speak up for the interests of non-promoter
shareholders. Let me end with a story I am reminded of while attending a Board
meeting as a young auditor. During the general discussions that often took
place around the fixed agenda, one of the Directors shared a story from a Board
meeting in which the legendary JRD Tata was present. When JRD found that many
dividend warrants were not encashed, he said they should be sent again, as they
used to be sent by post in those days. Management said that they had done what
was necessary as per law, and shareholders could come and claim their dividend.
JRD did not relent, and ultimately prevailed upon the company to do what was
right, and not just what was legally correct.

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

Hustling the Taxpayer

Almost every
government department is on a digital drive. Many of them ask for the same
information from a taxpayer to serve their individual needs. Many a times,
administrators seem to believe that good intentions can justify bad
implementation. Recent changes in ITR software is a case in point which was
justified by the CBDT as if 11th July was the most auspicious time
for tweaking the utility for a 31st July deadline! Such times make a
taxpayer and tax filer feel helpless and insignificant.

There is a
consistent and ceaseless endeavour on the part of the tax department to make
changes and tinker with ITRs and schema despite court orders against doing so.
Add to that changes in ITR itself – say, asking for directorship details.
Aren’t they available with MCA? Isn’t MCA part of the same government? Cannot a
Director based on PAN be matched with the tax data and serve the purpose of the
tax department? The talk of ease of doing business doesn’t seem consistent with
such actions. Many such actions send a message to the entrepreneur that there
are strong forces preventing him in his flight to success. To the habituated
and compliant taxpayer, it signals lack of care and respect by the authorities.

In all
fairness can a taxpayer ask – what do I get in return for my taxes? Taxes are
not a consideration, yet taxes are paid for a reason and ease of compliance and
clear outcome is the least a taxpayer can expect. The collector of taxes and
those who decide on spending them have an obligation directly towards a
taxpayer. Taxes are not a charge on taxpayer’s industriousness and patience.
Most middle class pays 20-30 per cent of earnings as direct taxes. Firms and
individuals have a surcharge (a sneaky and shaky way to collect more). On
dividend government taxes a risk-taking investor three times on his potential
gain – at company level, at dividend distribution level and then 10% if the
investor receives a sum greater than Rs. 10 lakhs. And if he wants to sell the
shares at profit he can do so up to Rs. 1 lakh without tax. And of course you
are not spared at the time of spending, with GST of 18%. Seems like the
taxpayer works, spends, invests and saves to pay taxes!

What is the
obligation of the collector of taxes towards a taxpayer? Government is under a
social contract to spend taxes well and for the benefit of the taxpayers too
and not just for its vote banks. One wonders how taxpayers feel about their tax
monies being spent and whether that spending has something in it for them, at least
in respect of a fair, just and timely tax administration.

As taxpayers,
many feel that their taxes don’t yield a bang for the buck. Someone said
that my taxes actually work against me, they end up as reservations in
education and work against my own children’s future. A taxpayer is not able to
perceive a clear and direct nexus between taxes paid and benefits received. Tax
payment is a service to the nation and the nation above all owes to the
taxpayer some service, too. Does a taxpayer receive a reasonable medicare? Or
dependable infrastructure? Or emergency services? Or access to a timely,
corruption-free and fair justice system? For many facilities the taxpayer pays
directly. Say airport charges or tolls or road tax. Add to that the taxpayer
money which covers up tax-free incomes of wealthy kisans who take even
say several crores of income tax free. Let’s not talk about mismanaged funds
like the NPAs of banks – an inefficiency or even mismanagement funded by taxpayer
monies.

A
pre-Independence mindset is deep-rooted with a very damaging perspective on
taxes. India is yet to develop its own taxation philosophy. The old and
imported socialist mindset looks at taxes as a wealth-distribution mechanism.
However, that is primitive, negative and a secondary approach which has failed.
The rich have found places to hide income and pay little taxes. And the
middle-income people get squashed and hustled. It is time that tax
administrators introspect more on questions such as these – how do I make a
taxpayer see her taxes as an investment which yields direct returns? What can
the government do to make the entire process feel smooth and easy? What will
make a taxpayer see her taxes as an investment in nation-building but also as a
contribution towards building her own future?

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

UNIFIER IN CHIEF

The twenty
third day of May, 2019, saw a historic event unfold. Prime Minister Narendra
Modi showed his ability to convert hope into confidence, a rare feat in recent
Indian electoral history, and that, too, through sheer performance. This vote
of trust I hope will result in transforming the governance machinery which can
be trusted as much as the trust in a person.

 

Industrialist Anand Mahindra’s tweet hit the nail
on the head: “Size of the country (Land mass + population) X Size of the
Economy X Size of the election mandate = Leader’s Power Quotient. By the
measure of this crude formula, @narendramodi is about to become the most
powerful, democratically-elected leader in the world today…”

 

The power of
the people comes across through this mandate. Many of the 350 million people
earning Rs. 33 / day refused the promise (rather a bribe to vote) of Rs. 72,000 / year
and instead voted for leadership. It is quite clear that people have voted for
trust, integrity and decisiveness that are critical for the future of India.
Past governments, through doles and freebies, had turned people into beggars.
Rarely would you find a country where segments of society wish to get
classified as backward to seek some government entitlement. Obviously, giving
doles was the strategy of ‘deception’ of past rulers – to get votes, cover up
non-performance and continue to divide the society. This vote is a long-overdue
moment where people chose decisive, strong, trustworthy and goal-oriented
leadership. Moreover, this happened in spite of the strongly negative,
concocted and vicious atmosphere created by media and politicians.

 

There is little doubt that allegations of
corruption at high places during the last five years have been reduced to
nothing. Money and tangible government benefits reaching people are provable. A
taxi driver was telling me that he went to his village 500 km. away to vote for
Modi. Another from near Varanasi told me about dramatic changes he saw in his
village. I have been to Varanasi before 2014 and the oldest living holy city
had turned into an unpleasant place. I went there in 2018 and saw the change.
People saw that the tone at the top also translated into actual delivery.

It is
important to note who and what got defeated. Dynasts – all across – people rejected
family-owned party systems and the entitled vote-seekers who didn’t show vision
or performance and only sought power and power alone. The 21-party
power-seeking group who couldn’t give any alternative narrative (couldn’t even
give a PM face) except projecting a monster out of Modi, were rejected. The
second set of losers is Communists – the Tukde Tukde gang, the
breaking-India forces – they got ‘Azadi’ from being in the Lok Sabha! The third
set of losers is in the media – I have never seen such consistent, slimy and
vulgar stooping down. Bias without basis, propping a disproportionate one-sided
view, pelting negativity and uttering utter lies. It was shocking to see the
likes of TIME magazine and NY Times also roped into this.

 

The vote was
a buy-in for the Modi story of New India. His Articulation and Eloquence, Will
and Work, Intention and Execution, balance between Idealism and Realism, and
above all demonstrable love for the nation came across loud and clear. And so
the ‘Chowkidar’ did turn out to be a ‘Chor’ – he stole the hearts of people and
even the votes which opponents may have got if they had remained sincere and
discreet.

 

The vote is a unifying one. People seem to have overcome decades of divisions
and seem to have voted for leadership and cohesion. I hope this will see a
beginning of end of divisions and divisiveness and people seeing themselves as
Indians above all. Perhaps the winners will understand that poverty alleviation
does not need division- based benefits. For this change to come, the citizens
will have to assimilate what the victor meant when he said (and I paraphrase): There
will remain only two jaatis (segments) in the country – The poor who
want to come out of poverty and (the second will be) those who want to bring
the poor out of poverty. This is the dream we should carry.

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

STARTUPS

The best
education that anyone can have is getting out there and doing it

Richard Branson

 

Entrepreneurship
is one of the finest expressions of the human spirit. Over the ages we have
seen and benefited from this quality of bringing thought to fruition, of being
able to imagine something and also making it happen. Very few things exhilarate
a person more than creating something. It’s magical, but it’s not a trick. The
movement from I CAN DO IT to DOING IT actually, is often difficult but
invigorating.

 

Entrepreneurship
is one of the oldest human endeavours. It has a multi-dimensional impact from
the social to the financial arena. Many startups have made millionaires out of
ordinary people. It not only works for founders but entire founding teams and
others. It injects competition and innovation. It disrupts and yet creates. An
important point is the attitude startups have towards innovation compared to
large companies. Startups innovate in breakthrough technologies and large
companies mostly in incremental ones (predictable and risk-controlled).
Startups have a wave effect. Many founders worked previously with other
startups. The chance of winning is low but the winner gets colossal returns.

 

This
Annual Special issue of BCAJ is focussing on startups. Recently, India has seen
huge growth in this area. Almost everyone has been touched by them in some way
or other – digital wallets, taxis, e-commerce, food delivery, online insurance
and loans, software as a service (SaaS), hotel aggregator, messaging app,
online grocery, music streaming and more. Twenty six of them have become
‘unicorns’ at the end of 2018. (China created one unicorn every 3.8 days in
2018 in comparison and had 186 unicorns in total with a combined valuation of 1
trillion Yuan.) India still remains the third largest in terms of number of
unicorns.

 

A recent
news report1  from a survey of
33,000 startups in India said corruption and bureaucracy were the biggest
challenges. Only 88 startups have benefited from section 80-IAC. According to
the definition in this section, even Facebook and Apple would not have
qualified for the benefits had this section been there at the time of their
inception! Clearly, the landscape and policies need to be conducive and
constructive.

 

Take the issue
of registering a patent. Patent registration takes four to six years in India.
If bureaucrats decide eligibility, there is no light at the end of the tunnel;
115BBF should be allowed to all and not just patent-registered startups. The
preposterous attitude of government is perhaps the single largest impediment to
business today. It’s late, yet the government must understand the hundreds of
benefits arising out of having a healthy startup eco-system. Take the case of
China where 80,000 companies in strategic emerging industries received services
from government-run incubators. The Chinese government runs a 40-billion Yuan
fund. The Beijing City government has set up a fintech and blockchain
industrial park as part of its selective resource allocation and favourable
regulatory environment and drives it as a national agenda. The Chinese central
bank is one of the world’s largest patent-holders in blockchain technology. The
startup eco-system could therefore be one of the finest ways to increase the
tax base and generate meaningful and gainful employment.

 

This
Annual Special issue covers three important topics – valuation of startups,
startups as an investment class and taxation of startups. We also carry two
very interesting interviews – one with the co-founder of an early-stage fintech
startup and another with the CFO of a 12-year-old company that recently had a
merger valued at $1 billion with Jio Music. I hope you enjoy reading these
alongside the budget proposals!


 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

 

@15.August.2018

Thank you for your wonderful feedback on the
July 2018 Special Issue. Each issue in this 50th year series is
curated with Golden Content. We are delighted to present another interview, a
view and counterview and four articles on wealth creation through investing. I
hope you enjoy reading them.

 

Independence Day

We celebrate 72nd Independence
Day on 15th August this month. I like to ponder on India and its
freedom during this month since Freedom and Liberty are priceless and are at
the root of all human values. This editorial is a sequel to the Editorial of
August 2017. Here are some thoughts:

 

Legend says that one day the truth and
the lie crossed.

Hello, said the lie. Hello, told the
truth.

 

Nice day, continued the lie. So the truth
went to see if it was true. It was. Nice day, then answered the truth.

 

The lake is even prettier, said the lie
with a nice smile. So the truth looked at the lake and saw that lie was telling
the truth and nodded.

 

The lie ran into the water and
launched…water is even more beautiful and warm. Let’s go swim! The truth
touched the water with her fingers and she was really beautiful and warm. Then
the truth trusted the lie. Both took their clothes and swam quietly.

 

A little later, the lie came out, she
dressed up with the clothes of truth and left.

 

The truth, unable to wear the clothes of
the lie started walking without clothes and everyone went away by seeing her
naked. Saddened, abandoned, the truth took refuge in the bottom of a well.
Since then people prefer to accept the lie disguised as truth than the naked
truth.

 

(The
truth out of the well by Jean-Léon Gérôme, 1896)

 

This story is about lie, yet the truth about
the lie has not changed in aeons. Today, in spite of so much information, the
challenge of spotting a lie dressed as truth remains.

 

We live amidst changing differentiations
which are perceived by each based on his belief, background, and situation.
This concoction results in the ‘portrayal’ of the actual. In other words: Perception
is reality, but not the truth.
Consider these examples:

 

1.  Recently I came across a photo of a British
prince. From the side it seemed like he was showing a finger (the one you do
not expect a prince to show) to the crowd. However, another picture from the
front showed that he had last three fingers up. (Q: Can one believe what is
shown from one angle?)

 

2.  Driving through a forest, you brake suddenly
seeing a deer crossing the road. The driver thinks: what the hell, a deer is
obstructing my way. Yet, the deer is just walking in his home where the road is
intruding. (Q: An individual standpoint restricts the whole perception?)

 

3.  Terror is portrayed consistently by media.
Factually, nearly 4-5 times more people get killed by accidents due to potholes
and far more in road accidents. That doesn’t get the same coverage. Fear and
insecurity of dying at the hands of a gun-toting maniac is much more than that
of death due to a careless driver. Statistical fact[1]
is that road accident kills many more than a terrorists bullets. (Q: Why is one
type of fear of death portrayed excessively over the other?)

 

4.  Consider the monsoon sale displays. The
biggest words are: SALE and DISCOUNT PERCENTAGE. The smallest words are: UP TO.
Legitimate and clever. (Q: Isn’t ‘up to’ as important as the other two words?)

 

5.  Word play: Two potentially different words in
the way people use and understand them are mixed. Say Retail therapy. They give
a subliminal message of something that alleviates pain. (Q: Don’t we have too
many of them?)

 

6.  A media house reports a story. The story has a
subtle shade of agenda or self-interest. The story is perhaps about a big
client with a big advertisement contract. A lay reader takes it as news. (Q:
How does one know what is true and how much of it can be relied upon?)

 

7.  A website wants to give you ‘free content’.
Nevertheless, it wants you to register with some personal information. (Q: If
it was free, why ask for registration?)

 

The point is –
gigabytes and decibels – scramble for our attention and attempt to shape our
perception persistently. We need new heuristics to deal with this situation and
search for truth at a mundane level.

 

As Chartered Accountants we are somewhat
trained to look out for substance. Since seeing is often not believing, we have
to look harder for truth. Truth has many hues. The three notable ones are:
Reason, Facts and Testing words with actions.

 

Gurudev Tagore wrote about this in his poem
laying out his dream of India:

 

Where the
mind is without fear and the head is held high, where knowledge is free.

Where the
world has not been broken up into fragments by narrow domestic walls.

Where words
come out from the depth of truth, where tireless striving stretches its arms
toward perfection.

Where the
clear stream of reason has not lost its way into the dreary desert sand of dead
habit.

Where the
mind is led forward by Thee into ever widening thought and action.

In to that
heaven of freedom, my father, LET MY COUNTRY AWAKE!”

Every day, rhetoric seeks to suppress the
stream of reason. Our elected representatives use rhetorical verbiage, often
entertaining too, but more often deflecting from the core point. Take an
example of some failure
or questioning on a given matter. You can pick their likely answer/s from the
following options:

 

1.  Denial – I didn’t do it, this did not happen,
there is no problem

2.  It’s a conspiracy (sometimes external too)

 

3.  Politically motivated (someone is trying to
throw me out / off)

 

4.  Victim mode: I am targeted because – I am of
xyz caste/region/background/ religion

 

5.  Excuse: Someone else before me was even worst

 

6.  Cherry pick data … and so on

 

Try to remember when you last heard the
following words: I own it up, I am sorry, I take responsibility. When was the
last time that someone stayed on the core point without deflecting? 

 

Facts are antidote of falsehood. Someone has
said: In God, we trust, for everything else bring data to the table. Facts
are available more than before, yet they require one to uncover them, for even
they come packed in deceptive agenda. 

 

Consider two recent words: post-truth[2]
(Word of the year 2016 per Oxford Dictionary) and alternative facts (from Trump
Election). These mixed up incoherent words supply a narrative which is
untenable. Many present, protect and promote such verbosity with fierce
confidence (and sometimes with added theatrics too). When you test words, you
can observe that actions don’t match up to them.

 

The point is: we have to be watchful. Our
eyes need more focus. Ears have to listen to what is not said. The mind has to
cull out deception from perception. Few look for the naked truth, but most
prefer the lie dressed as truth. Yet we can try and spot it. And we may not
succeed. Perhaps the search for truth is as eternal as time. Like the Sura?gama
Sutra
says: Things are not what they appear to be: nor are they
otherwise.

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

 



[1] Globally,
about 3200 people die every day in fatal road accidents, plus 20-50 million are
injured or disabled each year.

 

[2] Relating to or denoting circumstances in
which objective facts are less 
influential in shaping public opinion than appeals to emotion and
personal belief

Fault lines of Obfuscation

India surprises both the optimist
and the pessimist. Some of the greatest, finest, unique and fascinating things
happen in this country. Some of the weirdest, obnoxious and unimaginable things
also happen at the same time. You will be wrong and you will be right if you
say things are getting better or things are not improving.

 

What stops India is India itself.
The attitude of Obfuscation1 and insistence on obfuscating wherever
possible seriously impairs the ability of the nation to move faster. It can be termed
as a fault line – as in a problem that may not be obvious and could cause
something to fail. Obfuscation has many facets – having processes larger than
purpose, making things hyper-technical, making things subjective and obscure,
bringing in a new compliances without adequate notice or clarity and so on.
Obfuscation makes things harder to understand, harder to action out and
difficult to serve an effective purpose.

 

Some recent experiences got me
thinking about this topic and its impact on dragging our country: 

 

i.   I
recently opened a new bank account for my minor daughter. The bank form
required signatures at about twelve places.

 

ii.   I
opened a ‘distribution account’ with a certain company. The form was for
allowing me to make investments through them. The form asked me to give:

 

a)   Details
of income, wealth, investment experience, …

 

b)   FATCA
/ CRS / UBO declaration – not only for that investment entity, but for CAMS,
Karvy, etc. It felt like someone outside India wanted to track me in my own country
for wrongdoing I could be involved in, according to the laws of that country
and I had to sign off to prove that I was on the right side from their
perspective;

_____________________________________________________

1   An act of making something obscure, unclear,
or unintelligible. Latin obfuscatio, from obfuscare (to darken)

 

c)   KYC
– In spite of having PAN, Central KYC Registry CKYC Number, Aadhaar – I had to
once again give PAN, Aadhaar, Address Proof or face long argumentation with a
compliance team on why this was mandatory.

 

iii.  I also opened a Share Trading account. I ended up signing at nearly
20 places plus on PAN and Aadhaar and of course signing across on my own
photograph.

 

I got a strange feeling of confirming
myself and certifying myself to be myself. For the world outside, I am just a
unit of statistics who has to sign off on long, winding and difficult to
understand forms at multiple places. While one can understand that frauds do
take place, particularly in financial services area and that the mechanism to
deal with them after they have happened is abysmally inadequate, an overkill of
this sort can be considered ‘necessary’. 
However, some of this seemed to not meet the test of ‘reasonableness’
which should stand on an equal footing with the ‘necessary’ conditions in the
digital age. One would have thought that Aadhaar would make things easy for
common citizens. However, we are yet to reach the level of ease which was felt
at the time of buying a Jio sim card.

 

Tax Instances

India is shinning with many
examples of making things complex, perhaps far beyond their need to be so. In
the darkness of complexity thrives corruption, delay, disputes, low impact
compliances, distancing masses from their rights and from delivering what is
due to them! Recent examples from tax perspective will prove the point:

 

i.   Tax
Audit Report (TAR) changes on 20th July 2017 for FY 2017-18 filing
in September:

 

a.  While
almost all the changes could have happened before March, the tax office chose
to ‘wake up’ from slumber in July.

 

b.  Isn’t
monthly GST data sufficient and available to the tax office, which is part of
the same ministry?


c.  Why
should some assessees who file before 20th August 2018 be allowed to
file old TAR, while others have to file with new clauses?

 

d.  If
there is delay in notifying the correct TAR form, why shouldn’t the assessee be
entitled to get more time to file?

 

e.  Several
clauses do not appear to be relevant to most assessees and perhaps can find a
place elsewhere? Isn’t TAR already long and bulky?

 

Some clauses per se are
debatable for their fitness to find a place in the TAR itself such as the one
on GAAR. There are other clauses such as address or GST Numbers etc., which
should be included in the ITR instead or done away with, as they can be part of
the master data. Points such as primary adjustments (clause 30A) should perhaps
be sitting in Form 3CEB. Tinkering with TAR in the middle of tax season in
spite of strictures by at least two High Courts2  can perhaps be dealt with only when such acts
are legislated as an ‘impermissible arrangement’ in a new chapter XXIV titled
Tax Payer Services. The ICAI ‘Implementation Guide w.r.t. Notification  33/2018’ on Page 1 sums it up well: The
amendment to Form No. 3CD has thrown yet another challenge for taxpayers and
tax auditors, by mandating large reporting requirements, besides requiring
sitting in judgement on certain contentious issues.

 

ii.   Changes
in ITR utilities post 31st March: ITRs were notified in April.
However, every single ITR utility has undergone changes between April and
August. Some have changed multiple times. ITR 2 was revised thrice.

 

iii.  CBDT ‘incentives’ to CIT (A) for passing ‘Quality’ Orders: This
deserves special reference without any further comments as it is explicit. The
stunning part is the definition of Quality:

___________________________________________________

2   Punjab and Haryana HC and Gujarat HC in
September 2015

 

a.  That
which enhances the Assessing Officer’s (AO) order

 

b.  Strengthens
the stand of AO

 

c.  Levying
penalties under 271(1)(c) on additions confirmed by the CIT(A)

 

iv.  Format
of Notices: A Notice, I had the privilege to respond to, had the same question
asked three times. Additionally, it asked for ‘Source of Income’. Wouldn’t it
be nice to take a few minutes and understand the assessee before shooting out a
notice. In this case the assessee is a tax filer for more than forty years.
When can a lay assessee expect meaningful and clear questions?

 

No doubt, many routine matters are
simplified by technology. We have come a long way. Yet our system justifies the
meaning of Obfuscation and gives it a new meaning. The Hon’ble President of
India, spoke for the second time this year and I quote his twitter handle: “The
taxpayer is your partner in nation building. Interaction with the taxpayers
should not inconvenience them.”

 

Even Albert Einstein said, “If you can’t explain it simply, you
don’t understand well enough”. Obfuscation shows that authorities miss the
point, way too often. Until we address these fault lines effectively and
promptly, our march to progress will be a few notches lower. We can celebrate
the jump in GDP growth rate of 8.2% for Q1 of 2019. At the same time we need to
ask – what made us stop at 8.2% and not touch 10%? To answer such questions we
will have to find the root causes and see if the tax payer and tax collector
can have unified interests. We will have to sort this out. In late PM Vajpayee
ji’s words we will have to walk together

 

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

 

Pelting Pessimism

Rudyard Kipling wrote: “Words are
the most powerful drug used by mankind.” The truth in those words shines bright
during election time. Just like ice cream or burger companies, the notable
limited period election flavours are linked to certain themes. One of them is
Pessimism.

 

Pessimism sells. The human mind is
wired for pessimism. Therefore, pessimism sticks – like Fevicol! A recent
article in GQ magazine[1]  said: “When you look at pessimistic people,
probably the single [most-telling] hallmark is — they think that bad events
are permanent and that they’re unchangeable.” A lot of stuff in the media and
politics these days is akin to this.

 

Take the example of talking about
poverty and poisonous political rattling around this subject. Although India
has miles to go, millions of people have been brought out of abject poverty.
Yet politicos, and recently the winking and hugging parliamentarian, can’t stop
talking about poverty. Let’s do a fact check. There were 90.17 m people living
in extreme poverty in January, 2016 (6.8% of population). In January, 2019,
49.16 m people were reported to be living in extreme poverty (3.6% of
population) in India[2].
The current escape rate is 21.7 people/minute, whereas the target escape rate is
7.8 people/minute. Yet the narrative and discourse of pessimism is kept
consistent and incessant. The fact is that great good has happened and greater
good is yet to be done. It is important to acknowledge what is done and it is
imperative to focus on what needs to be done through ideas and action.

 

Business
Standard
tweeted on January 22, 2019: “If everyone had decent
jobs… not very many would spare time for Kumbh”. What kind of “standard” is
this? Is this the way to talk about the faithful who visit the largest
congregation on the planet? Even if many were underemployed, is this the way to
look down upon millions of people by the media? Partisan, irresponsible,
agenda-driven, and biased seems to be a new standard and that too by a business
newspaper – this is appalling. On the other hand, a CII report said that the
fifty-day congregation – the Ardh Kumbh, will create jobs for 6 lakh workers
and generate revenue of Rs 1.2 lakh crore. Pessimism is often a false
projection to blur people’s perception by only flashing the doomsday prophesies
on the screen of the mind.

 

Beware!
False, pretentious, convenient facts abound! Pessimism is projected on an
oversized screen bigger than the falsehood it wants to project. Elections
involved rigging of some booths in earlier times. Elections today are about rigging
people’s perception
on a scale not known before, one that is so immaculate
in design that you won’t even know. The upcoming 17th national
election will have an electorate of nearly 900 million out of which 450 m have
access to internet, there are 270 m Facebook users and 200 m WhasApp users –
which is equal to more than any democracy in the world. We need to be watchful
of all this.

The President of India tweeted on 1st
February about the cost of data – dropping from Rs. 250 per GB (2014) to Rs. 12
(2018). There are innumerable positive data points and there is an unfinished
agenda before the nation to overcome so many problems.


I recently read: “Life can only be
understood backwards; but it must be lived forwards.” We have to look ahead, to
look for the light. I hope we don’t succumb to pessimism. I hope we will look
through to see where the light is. Charlie Chaplin said: “You’ll never find
rainbows if you’re looking down”.

 

And yes the Supreme
Court will deliver its take about the fate of a prayer in schools which comes
from the civilizational soul of India. Strange as it is, some believe that
nation can be separated from
  the bedrock of its
civilization and the offshoots can poison the soil. The universality of those
words is as important and relevant as ever. Let me sign off with that same
aspiration: May all of us be led from untruth to truth, from darkness to
light, from death to immortality.

 


[1] 23rd
September 2018

[2] https://worldpoverty.io
run by Vienna based NGO and funded by German Federal Ministry of Economic
Cooperation and Development. It gathers data available in public domain.

How to Sell a Mirror in a place full of Masks

As we cross into the New Year, we take a few days off to refresh,
rejuvenate and revive our mind, body and spirit. The day after 31st
December seems so new and yet so much of it is still the same as it has been
for long. Taking time off allows us to reflect on all that is going on around
us and all that we are becoming as individuals and as a society.

 

 

Our founding fathers must have dreamt of this when we chose to be a
Republic. We are celebrating our 70th Republic Day this month. Most
constitutions came from the divine rights theory based on an Anglo-Saxon system
where God who had all powers also gave all rights – to life, of speech etc. God
was substituted by the State for giving these rights through a constitution.
The caveat was: the State required the consent of its people. While God can do
no wrong, the State can. Therefore, the responsibility of people is even more.
This model asks us to own up what is happening, to discharge our responsibility
and then claim our rights. Often, people understand it in reverse order – claim
rights and hardly discharge duties. 

 

The constitutional framework stands for and on the rule of law with a
dedicated judiciary to deal with conflict. We have come to a point where justice
is beyond the reach of most people. Can most citizens read or comprehend our
laws? Can a lay citizen knock at the door of the highest court and afford a
lawyer there? Are large parts of the judicial system impartial? Take an example
of ‘tribunals’–where although the judiciary is meant to be out of control of
the government, most tribunals are under direct control of the ministry which
is generally a party in the dispute before that very tribunal! And the time it
takes to close out a court case?  

Such clear and visible problems limit the operation of law and impair
the Constitution of the State. In fact, many times the government is in
conflict with citizens for all the wrong reasons. At a recent tax hearing, an
officer mentioned that professionals are responsible for litigation. I asked
him then why does the department lose in most cases and at all levels? He just
said we could talk about this at length at another time!

 

India, like most oriental societies, is based on relationships, not on
individualism. Individual-based societies require more and more contracts for
everything. My roommate, a professor at UC Berkley, when I first went to the US
told me that all relationships in America were either contractual, functional
or legal. That is not so in our society. Therefore, more thrust on values,
rather than just (poorly drafted) laws, is critical.

 

Back then Dr. Ambedkar had said: “However good a Constitution may be,
if those who are implementing it are not good, it will prove to be bad
. However
bad a Constitution may be, if those implementing it are good, it will prove to
be good.

 

These days, many people make it sound as if all good emanates from the
Constitution alone. However, if you read Dr. Ambedkar’s words carefully –
culture, values and ethics are more important – for they make a person and then
whatever she handles will be driven by those values. We need as much or more of
manufacturing of this internal compass pointing towards true north in our
people, as we do for the creation of jobs.

 

At another proceeding, a tax officer was asking for every single
dividend counterfoil of a senior citizen. The assessee had no email and some
counterfoils were not received in the post. The officer said he would be
questioned and even considered corrupt for not taking every supporting evidence
although the bank statements in his possession mentioned the name of the payer
and amounts were rather small. Such kind of out-of-context excessive
technicalities in respect of an eighty-year-old homemaker assessee leads
nowhere; perhaps encourages some people to evade laws rather than struggle to
prove themselves to be on the right side.

 

A relationship-based society like India has survived and thrived on
values. I hope we can put much more thrust on building society and creating
social capital than focus on infrastructure, roads, economics alone. No doubt,
it is easier said than done – just as farm loan waiver does not correct the
root causes of the farmer problems, economics and laws without values won’t
solve a societal problem.

 

Friends, the word of the year declared by two prominent dictionaries
recently gives it away: Toxic1 and Misinformation2. Both
words articulate the stark realities of our times and what we need to fight and
overcome. I leave you with the deep thought that a poet articulates poignantly:

 

   

 

 

 

 

When there is so much falsehood in the world, how does one understand
what is true? How can one sell a mirror, in a marketplace full of (people
wearing) masks?

___________________________________

 

1   Oxford Dictionary for 2017

2       Dictionary.com for
2018

 

 

Happy New Year 2019!

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

Is the word ‘Expert’ a misnomer?

The Ministry of Corporate Affairs constituted Committee of Experts (COE)
recently published a report1 on regulating audit firms as directed
by the Supreme Court of India. Amongst other things, it concluded that
‘Multinational Accounting Firm’ (MAF) was a ‘misnomer’. The Supreme Court asked
them to revisit regulations to “regulate and discipline the MAFs” and lo and
behold – they have come up with a finding – there is no such thing as a MAF.
Let me walk you through some observations:


Constitution: The COE did not have any expert. The experts on
the committee are three bureaucrats with no skin in the game, no ground level
experience. Can such a committee even be considered as duly constituted as
envisaged by the highest court of India?


Selective Samples: The experts engaged 21 ‘stakeholder’2  bodies. Notable amongst them were 4 trade
associations3 ; ONLY 7 CA firms (4 MAF4 who are accused
of violations + 2 affiliated to next tier international networks and ONLY 1
Delhi Firm) and 1 Delhi CA association. Authors of earlier reports mentioned by
the Supreme Court are disregarded. Can this be considered a representative
sample? If you look at the 11 points questionnaire circulated by the COE, you
can tell that it is superficial at best. One wonders if a more accurate
description of such stakeholders could have been ‘selectholders’.


While COE did propose some new ideas in their scholarly looking report,
they seem to have not considered the main point of the Supreme Court5
with the rigour expected of them. Additionally, a report relied upon (of Chawla
committee) is not even attached. Important fallacies doled out in the Report:

__________________________________________________________________

1   Finding and Recommendations on Regulating
Audit Firms and the Networks, October 2018

 2 Page
204 of the COE Report

 3  The
usual names who are not directly connected with the regulating audit firms, so
no skin in the game. Seemed like name lending.

 4  One
of them enmeshed in one of the biggest fraud involving auditors in India and
those who were fined with about $1.5million by PCAOB for conducting “deficient
audits…”

 5  Dated
23rd February, 2018


1.    Conflict of Interest: These
words define the biggest problems with MAF. The report collates some ‘best’
global practices (which have not stopped this menace in those jurisdictions)
and some legal provisions but lacks original thinking and way out. The problem
obviously is not legal or about the percentage of non-audit fees – it is real –
and some real answers are missing.


Conflict of interest is a complex problem. Audit firms and group
entities operate under the same brand, common ownership and/or management and
pose as ONE in the market, and sell audit and consulting services. Tell me –
can a judge advise on potential legal scheme that might come for scrutiny in
his court? The longest serving former SEC chairman6 has this to say:
Consulting contracts were turning accounting firms into extensions of
management – even cheerleaders at times
”. The expected rigour and
innovative suggestions are missing. Should a report sound like a nod or a wink?


2.  Circuitous Entry &
Control: It is a sovereign right to allow or not to allow accounting services
under similar reciprocity with other countries. The MAFs circumvent this to
operate indirectly through ‘networks’ and entities that carry out accounting
and auditing in India to which India is yet to conclude under trade
negotiations. The effective management and/or control and significant influence
of MAF situated outside, are visible and identifiable. Here are some points
whose basis is disregarded in the report although mentioned in detail by the
Supreme Court:


a.  Control and Influence: CEO
changes post-Satyam debacle and global CEO comes and meets a cabinet minister.
Recently, a CEO was changed to a person who is not even a partner of Indian
registered firm or any other Indian entity. A MAF website reads thus about the
change that seems to be carried out from overseas: “… Indian Board and ratified
by the Indian partners”.

__________________________________________________________________

6   Arthur Levitt


Another example7 : “All of the PwC Network Firms in India
share the same Territory – Senior Partner and Managing Partner…The PwC Network
Firms located in India share office space and telephone numbers. ..the Global
Engagement partner shall engage a senior audit professional from a PwC Network
Firm located outside  India to oversee
and control the execution.


b.    Business-Tests: Using brand,
marketing under the same name as MAF, cross-selling services, using
infrastructure, process, technology, people, strategy, marketing and
soliciting, influencing decisions, strategy, promotional materials, key
appointments, and other dependency etc., show that the MAFs operate in India
indirectly.


c.    PCAOB Orders: If you
carefully study the reports of PCAOB they show MAFs operating in India through
LLP or Private Limited entities (not registered with ICAI) and use the Indian
ICAI registered firms for audit work. A response in respect of these audits is
signed by ‘Head of Audit’ on the letter head of such MAF. Many orders mention –
partners, locations, number of professional staff etc.


3.    Chequered Legacy:
Professional malpractice, breach of contract, tax shelter fraud8 ..
are some of the words used by enforcement agencies. 2018 fallouts involving
MAF: Carillion9, Steinhoff, Colonial Bank & Federal Deposit
Insurance Corp10 , Quindell11 , Ted Baker12 ,
BHS and these stories of fines just don’t go away. Would you call such MAFs
‘reputed international brand name’13 ? A reasonable question that
arises is: why does the report refer to MAF as ‘potential indemnifier of
losses’ and their appointment ‘signalling a superior quality of audit’? 

__________________________________________________________________

7   PCAOB Report Dated April 5, 2011 in the
matter of Pricewaterhouse

8   KPMG Tax Shelter Fraud – admitted charges of
criminal wrongdoing to help dodge $2.5 billion and agreed to pay $456 million
(about 2700 crore) involving partners, deputy chairman, and others with similar
titles.

9       Reported in UK newspapers and attributed
to UK MPs: KPMG (earning about £ 1.5 million/year) were rubber-stamping figures
that “misinterpreted the reality of business” … “in failing to exercise professional
skepticism…. KPMG was complicit in them”. The failure included “accounting for
revenue that had not even been agreed” [Some others used a more terrifying
language.]


A report, that in parts reads like a prospectus of MAFs, in praise and
even awe and seeks to wipe clean the past in disregard to the Supreme Court
directions is fit for rejection. One wonders why would a ministry report
disregard the obvious, discard the well reported and ignore what the Supreme
Court has said in such detail. After reading the conclusion given in the report
that ‘Multinational Accounting Firms’ is a misnomer, one wonders whether the
word ‘expert’ is a misnomer too!



Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

__________________________________________________________________

10  Federal Judge asked PwC to pay $625 million to
FDIC in one of the largest bank failure. Deloitte had earlier settled a claim
of $7 billion at an undisclosed amount in a fake mortgage case of TBW collapse
relating to the same matter. (www.marketwatch.com April 7, 2018)

11
KPMG fined £3.2 million after the
accounts were restated twice. This is a reduced fine as they chose to settle.

12  KPMG fined $3million by FRC for admission of
misconduct for providing expert witness services in breach of ethical standards.
(FRC website 20.8.2018)

13  Page 63

One Nation One Reporting


Last few weeks of September are like last overs of a 20-20 match –
tension, exhilaration and victory. Many Chartered Accountants had serious
issues with the tax filing utilities. It seems that the “empty screen” virus
which attacked GSTN made its appearance on the “incometaxindiaefiling” portal
also. If not the departments, the portals are certainly in touch with each
other!

 

Throughout the month I received reminder messages to file my tax returns
on or before 30th September 2018 or face penalty of Rs. 5000. Yet,
when I signed into the portal to upload, like thousands of others – the site
went blank – into an empty screen – perhaps representing the empty words of the
government.

 

From a high level, the Social Contract between the State and
Taxpaying Citizens is breaking down. One-word summary of its cause: Disregard.

 

Like many professionals, I wonder:

 

a.    Has the Finance Ministry set
a new record of poor taxpayer services?

 

b.    Have they breached their
obligation to make adequate arrangements to enable taxpayers to
discharge their obligations with ease1 ?

 

c.    What is the accountability
of Netacracy and Babucracy
when compliance enabling mechanism does not
work?

 

d.    Does tinkering Forms and
Utility
(at random frequencies) corroborate the mission of the Department 2?

 

e.    What should be the consequences
of not adhering to the stated Mission and Vision3 of Income Tax
Department?

I don’t know which emoji will come to your mind after reading Citizen’s
Charter, but many seem to have lost
the script. 

 

________________________________________________________

1   Income Tax Department Mission, Point No 2: To
Make Compliance Easy

2  Income
Tax Department Mission, Point No 3: To be accountable and transparent

3   Income Tax Department Mission, Point No 4: To
deliver Quality Services 

 

 

Design of Forms & Duplication: Income tax forms are a testimony to
design malfunction – in functionality and aesthetics, dated content, obsession
for excessive information, random placement of clauses, tinkering, focus on the
trivial and low sense of proportion.

 

Case in point: ITR to Form 29B to Form 3CD. Asking 8-10 registration
numbers in Form 3CD in Digital India – can I not put it in the master? MAT Form
29B asks for business code, which is already in ITR? Reproduction of details
from financials – when they could be attached or uploaded or picked up from MCA
(and let me tell you that when I incorporated a company in September I got
sales calls from five bankers before receiving certificate of incorporation –
how did they get that information?)? Asking for bifurcation of GST registered
and GST unregistered dealers – have GST returns stopped? 50 plus clauses/sub
clauses in a Tax Audit Report? … The only reason could be that someone didn’t
hear about ease of doing business!

 

In addition, multiple government agencies ask for same data for their
consumption although they are paid by the same taxpayers to talk to each other
and work in tandem. Can PF Department website not throw up a certificate to the
tax office about timely filings? What we need is – ONE NATION ONE REPORTING.
The State needs to get its act together and consolidate what it wants from
taxpayers and offer a single window to file everything! Instead of obfuscating,
blokes in North Block need to dumb down and utterly simplify everything.

 

How about:

1.    Not seeing the nation as
‘largely tax non-compliant society4’ (effectively calling us tax
evaders) and treat them as partners in nation building!

_____________________________________________________________________________________

4  Finance
Minister Arun Jaitley in his Union Budget Speech, February 2017 – The same
minister who made political party funding opaque. 

 

2.    Not inflicting the taxpayers
with quagmire5  of compliances
and providing seamless ease of compliance (and this is not as easy as
sloganeering)!

 

3.    A Ban on flip-flop law
tweaking and emphasis on discipline and care for taxpayers – it better be
demonstrable!

 

4.    Ending multiplicity and
duplication of filings and have departments talk to each other! Taxpayers are
not government servants, it’s the other way round!

 

5.    Justifying purpose, need and
quantum of reporting and why it cannot be served from fetching data from places
where it is already available! This means government has to be smarter and work
harder.

 

6.    Not punishing people who
comply and support compliance with outright coercive and thankless
‘provisions’? Slash and burn large parts of the Act, that will be a good
act. 

 

7.    Inserting a new chapter in
every tax law on “Rights of Taxpayers”, “Government Obligation to Tax Payer
Services”
and “Penalties for not serving the tax payers”.

 

8.    Including the ‘public
servants’ under Consumer Protection Act or similar and report performance of
circles / wards on a quarterly basis – like we pay advance taxes – show us that
advance taxes are working to serve the
tax payer!

 

Most taxpayers risk a lot and some everything, to earn their livelihood
from which taxes are paid. Taxes should be like fees paid – governments owe one
to the people who do pay taxes. The Finance Ministry should be glad that people
are not studying the CAG Reports on the performance of the government/s’ in
spending their hard-earned taxes. Rather than using smoke and mirrors,
it is time to look in the mirror Mr Minister!

__________________________________________________________

5  The
word refers to a swamp, marsh, quicksand, complex, hazardous, muddled, mixed up


Raman Jokhakar

Editor



 

 

Needle Of Allegiance

July 2018 is a Special issue of the Journal.
However, this issue is a doubly special one as the BCAJ is in its Golden
Jubilee year. The issue is dedicated to Accountancy and Audit, which form the
core of our profession. I hope you enjoy the eight pieces of Golden Contents in the following pages.

 

Exclusivity and Trust

A profession normally has certain
exclusivity – legal and/or perceived. Such exclusivity commands an obligation
of trust. Competence and credibility herald this exclusivity. A Chartered Accountant’s
exclusivity generally lies in his capability to:

 

a.  understand substance over form,

b.  decipher and analyse the evidence
underlying such substance, and 

c.  finally arrive at a judgement over
financial reporting

 

The exclusive license given to CAs to attest1
is a result of a lifelong commitment to a skill set and ethical orientation.
Skill and competence without values and ethics fail miserably. The exclusivity
to ‘attest’ financial reporting of millions of entities and billions in value
casts an obligation of trust. The numbers derive their full value from the
signature of an auditor. The IFAC code of ethics (2018) says it in this opening
line: “The distinguishing mark of the accountancy profession is its
acceptance of the responsibility to act in the public interest”
. This
is the direction of an accountant’s compass, his True North.

 

Turbulence

The accountancy profession is undergoing
turbulence. Some of it is of its own making and some thrust upon it.
Expectation chasm, reporting frequency, measures of business performance, the
pace of change, complexity, corporate culture (unspoken behaviours, mindsets
and social patterns), thinning lines between evidence and substance, are some
challenges and even threats to the audit profession.

While accounting is more or less taken over
by technology, perhaps audit too will soon be done 100% and in real time by
machines. Human intervention in future could be close to nought.

 

Recent news about auditor resignations –
mid-term or days before results, SEBI Order banning a firm for wrongdoings of
partners, Audit Report changes, SEBI seeking powers on auditors, ministers
blaming auditors before investigations, putting auditors behind bars,overnight
activation of NFRA – these are all worrying trends.

 

Role vs. Expectation

As an intermediate student, I was taught
that an auditor was like a watchdog (meant to bark when they saw something
suspicious) and was not meant to be a bloodhound (seek the suspicious). Twenty
years later, there are several watchdogs watching the auditors, and some even
hounding them. The expectation from an auditor today is akin to a sniffer dog –
to look out for dangerous, suspicious, and explosive content that could
potentially endanger the auditee. Whether one agrees to the above re-characterization or not, there is an underlying
indication, however implicit it may be, to a dog’s life!

 

Auditors are blamed by some (who should be
forgiven for they have not learnt sampling and materiality) driven by rhetoric
and not reasoning, facts and objectivity. Nevertheless, over seven decades,
auditors have cumulatively endured in doing a commendable job in preventing
businesses from crossing the line.

 

Global Macros

I do not know of the statistics in India
post rotation, but the global audit scene is alarming: Big becoming bigger, to
an extent of ‘too big to fail’. This often drags others into failure. When a
part of the system begins to feel it is ‘the system’, it gives an impression of
infallibility and indispensability. Diversity and distribution mitigate the
risk for everyone and not the other way round. In spite of regulations and
regulators, armed with teeth and paws, corporate failures continue unabated.

[1] To bear out, to confirm, a declaration in support of a fact, a
testimony, to prove…

 

The recent
Carillion failure as reported widely in the UK is a case in point: A top audit
firm gave a clean bill of health for £ 29 m fees. Another firm ran the internal
audit and could not report ‘terminal failings’ or ‘too readily ignored them’.
Another firm led the restructuring of the failing giant for £ 13 m in fees
between July 2017 and January 2018 and took the last cheque of £ 2.5 m, a day
before the collapse. Directors prioritised senior executive bonus payouts and
dividends (before pension payments) as the firm neared collapse. FRC, the
regulator, did nothing, except commending the company for good accounting
practices months before it imploded. Pensioners’ £ 2.6 b will have to take a
‘haircut’ of some £ 900 m. SME Suppliers will wait for their £ 2 b of bills and
were informed that they could expect 1/100 of their outstanding. 19,000 plus in
the UK and 43,000 worldwide employees (and their families) face a question
mark. UK Parliamentary report said: ‘edifice of corporate governance is rotten
to the core’. A Labour MP in his report said “(the collapse) once again
highlighted the catastrophic failure and inadequacy of our regulatory
system”. The external audit firm was described as ‘complicit’ in the
company’s ‘questionable’ accounting practices and FRC as ‘timid’. The
liquidator firm (another top accounting firm) reported: ‘Unfortunately, as a
result of the liquidation appointments, there is no prospect of any return to
shareholders’. Lawmakers called four auditors involved as a ‘cosy club
incapable of providing the degree of independent challenge needed’. It all
sounds like a classic plot of a typical corporate and accounting failure. The
point is: auditors’ impact on the economy and society, and their sniffing,
barking and challenging, makes a big difference.

 

Root causes

The problems around audit and auditors are
multi-dimensional and systemic. The major part of the problems revolves around
the following:

 

a.  Shareholder centric and shareholder wealth
maximisation business model

b. Definition of corporate performance and
performance linked executive pay

c.  Regulations and Regulatory maze

d. Conflict of interest in case
of audit firms



I wish to leave you
with questions about audit and auditors that I feel require a fresh look:

 

1.  Are auditors commercial entities like other
service providers or are they distinct?

 

2.  Does client / shareholder / majority
shareholder interest supersede public interest as in the present model?

 

3.  Can a ‘reasonable assurance’ be expected to
give ‘insurance’ on components of financial statements?

 

4.  Should ‘scepticism’ be replaced by ‘suspicion’
in the audit lingo?

 

5.  What is the real incentive that auditors have
to stand up and speak up to their clients?

 

6.  Can those in audit practice claim to be
experts in every aspect of company business and provide services or have other
lucrative business relationship with audit clients?

 

7.  How many times can a firm ‘settle’ with
regulators, shareholders, creditors? Does monetary payment wipe the slate
clean?

 

8.  Can the same set of people, who design and
sell tax avoidance schemes with disregard to laws, be entrusted with audit in
public interest?

 

I was at an
academic seminar in Lucknow recently, where all others, except me, were from
academia – their names had the prefix ‘Dr’. On the last day, a professor from
Kashmir asked me if I considered myself a capitalist. He clearly saw me to be
one – a spoke in the wheel, he said. This was contrary to what I thought of my
work to be as an auditor – that I was protecting the larger public good.
Perhaps, many people do not see the audit profession that way any longer. As a
profession, we have to constantly check our compass and see if it continues to
point to its True North. Every professional will have to judge her needle of
allegiance – to ensure it has not swerved to the magnetic north – but it
continues to point towards the True North of public interest!

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

Riding The Reset Button Constantly

Twelve
full moons have passed, and so have 360 sunrises as I write this. Holidays and
observances have gone by! Chartered Accountants are known to keep burning the
mid night oil to meet deadlines after deadlines. The year is over, Sir! It is
already Diwali.

 

Time
has flown by, to never return. Time is invisible, touching all there is. Time
is a temptress – every day looks like another day – but it really isn’t! The
Sanskrit word for time is Kaala. The word Kaala shares its root
with the Sanskrit words for death and black. Perhaps they all – time, black and
death – represent that which absorbs everything to a point of no return to its
original state. This Editorial therefore focuses on something to ponder around
the New Year.

 

Yuval
Noah Harai in his latest book – 21 Lessons for the 21st Century
– writes about three threats staring at humans – Technology, Nuclear War and
Climate Change. A compelling new vision is not coming through in our fragmented
world order – from political, business or spiritual sides. How connected and
how evolved we are and yet how fragmented and shallow are some of our actions.
Take the recent Living Planet Report 2018. It tells a tale of what
humans have done so far to life around them. Homo sapiens have destroyed 95% of
all species that have ever come to this planet; since 1970, 60% of all wildlife
that existed then is extinct by manmade causes. Yet we are going on as if it is
business as usual. While we are focused on a $80 trillion world economy (or
whatever that number is), Nature gives us services worth $125 trillion per
year. Some of what humans do is not just cruel, but outright stupid too. No
other creature goes on a binge to destroy itself like humans.
The word
Amazon brings an image of the online retail store these days, but 20% of the
real Amazon (forest) got wiped out in the last 20 years! Guess what –
consumption has played a big part in it. In other words: Amazons kill Amazon.
By Amazons, I mean the entire economic chain that entices us to consume. All
that we got and all that we need has its source in Nature. Just imagine the
pressure humans put on the planet – since circa 1800 the global population has
grown 7 times and Economic growth has been 444 times. Reading the report made
me wonder how misplaced our tools of measurement and epistemology of growth
are. We are moving fast but in the reverse gear!

 

On
the other hand there is good news. A new generation is re-shaping a messed up
planet – it does not want to own, does not need more and so it does not consume
like a maniac. This generation gets free news from the internet, sources free
books online1, believes in solar and wind energy2, they
are creating a sharing economy3. While the last generation bought
toys for their kids, this generation borrows toys from an online platform and
tells their children to take care of them, so that other children after them
will be able to play with them. This promise of change from ownership and
possession to sharing and circular economy – is a change in human thinking that
challenges present economic laws, legal structures, ideas of nations and rancid
belief systems. As one author writes, Geopolitics will be replaced with a
biosphere consciousness4. This silent transition will replace
consumerism by sustainability, capital by social capital, and being rich by
being valuable.

___________________________________

1    Even
the E Book share has nearly doubled in last 5 years to 25% of total book sales.

2  Germany’s
share of solar power is 7.5% of total consumption and India 2.2%. China has
added solar assets like never before – 43,530 MW in 2015 to 131,000 MW in
2017. 

3  Statistics
say that sharing economy can eliminate 80% vehicles. Additionally, they will be
replaced by EV and perhaps driverless cars.

4   Refer ‘The Third Industrial Revolution’ by
Jeremy Rifkin.

 



Exclusivity
is substituted by inclusivity; a pyramid structure is giving way to open
source. People are realising that forest fires, floods, landslides have a
connection with hamburger and the beef5  in it. Simply speaking, many are finding out
that everything is interconnected and all that we do intimately affects someone
else and will boomerang back to us. 

 

End
of 2016, I decided that through 2017 I won’t buy anything for myself (except
food) – like fasting on most forms of consumption. I could manage. As we march
into the New Year: let us consider to Refuse. Reduce. Reuse. Recycle. As
we begin the New Year let us consider offering back to the planet because if it
is not YOU then who and if is not NOW, then when?

New
Year means new beginnings – a cut-off to draw up a balance sheet of life and
revisit the reset button and stay at the beginning. As Jim Carrey puts it: “…Now
I am always at the beginning. I have a reset button. And I ride that button
constantly”.
This festive season BCAJ wishes you and your family the very
best to ride that reset button whenever you need it all through a wonderful New
Year!

 

_________________________________________________________

5   The second biggest cause of climate change
supposedly is methane emissions from animals. Popular beef requires 28 times
more land than chicken and pork, 11 times more water, and results in 5 times
more climate warming emissions. Compared to potatoes, wheat and rice: impact of
beef per calorie is 160 times more land and 11 times more green house gases.

 

 Raman Jokhakar

Editor

BCAS – E-Learning Platform
(https://bcasonline.courseplay.co/)

Sr. No.

Course Name E-Learning Platform

Name of the BCAS
Committee

Date, Time and Venue

Course Fees (INR)**

Members

Non – Members

1

Three Days Workshop On Advanced
Transfer Pricing

International Taxation
Committee

As
per your
convenience

5550/-

6350/-

2

Four
Day Orientation Course on Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA)

International
Taxation
Committee

As
per your
convenience

7080/-

8260/-

3

Workshop
on Provisions & Issues – Export/ Import / Deemed Export/ SEZ Supplies

Indirect
Taxation Committee

As
per your
convenience

1180/-

1475/-

4

7th
Residential Study Course On Ind As

Accounting
& Auditing
Committee

As
per your
convenience

2360/-

2360/-

5

Full
Day Seminar On Estate Planning, Wills and Family Settlements

Corporate
& Allied Laws Committee

As
per your
convenience

1180/-

1180/-

6

Workshop
on “Foreign Tax Credit”

International
Taxation
Committee

As
per your
convenience

1180/-

1475/-

7

Panel
Discussion on Analysis of PE
Constitution – “Recent Judicial
Pronouncements including MasterCard, Nokia Networks and Formula One.”

International
Taxation
Committee

As
per your
convenience

472/-

708/-

8

12th
Residential Study Course on GST

Indirect
Taxation Committee

As
per your
convenience

5900/-

N. A

9

Seminar
on Tax Audit

Taxation
Committee

As
per your
convenience

2065/

2596/-

10

Full
day Seminar on Charitable
Trusts – Critical Aspects

Corporate
& Allied Laws Committee

As
per your
convinience

2301/-

2773/-

11

BCAS
Initiative – Educational Series
on GST

Indirect
Taxation Committee

As
per your
convinience

Free

Free

12

GST
Training program for Trade, Industry and Profession

Indirect
Taxation Committee

As
per your
convinience

Free

Free

 

**Course Fee is
inclusive of 18% GST.

For more details, please contact Javed Siddique at 022
– 61377607 or email to events@bcasonline.org



MAY THE GOLDEN GLOW GROW

The 50th Volume is culminating
with this issue, but another extraordinary journey of the BCA Journal starts
next month. The task of the BCAJ will never end. Golden content will end with
this issue, but the glow must continue. Some things have no end – time, service
to fellow humans and quest for knowledge. Hope you will enjoy reading the
special content this issue carries.

 

As I was preparing and compiling material
contained in the following pages I was overwhelmed by the volunteers, who have
contributed month on month for years on end. Only one thing stands out –
commitment. I got to speak to several of the feature writers, and their central
objective was – how to benefit the readers! Just as this Sanskrit poetry says

 


Let
us always remember,

Let
us repeatedly speak out:

Our
duty is to do good to humanity.

 

The
Journal through its work of spreading knowledge serves the nation. Each one can
only serve a part, and that part is part of the whole. That way we serve the
whole. Do read the poem Jal Dastur, wrote in 2001 titled Always India in 43
verses. Our endeavour should be to build and serve the nation which is still
young but stands on the bedrock of the oldest living civilisation.

 

Our BCA
Journal in these fifty years has created a vast Vaangmay
(a body of content/knowledge). It has presented Vichaar (thought, counsel, consideration of mater), Vishleshan  (Analysis),
Vivechan
(examining deeply, critical evaluation), Vaktavya  (a statement fit for saying), Vistaar (elaboration and
detailing), Vitaran 
(Transference or distribution of knowledge), provided Vikalpa (alternatives), shown
a Vidhi
(process,
of how to go about), which has resulted in 
Vardhan
(foster, increase) of
capabilities of the readers. This has led to Vidvatta
, Vitta and Vinay (Scholarship, wealth and humility).

 

Thank
you, contributors! BCAJ is an example of owners working and workers owning. As
you will read below each column, contributors have truly owned their column and
therefore the journal, and have worked so hard year after year, month on month pro
bono
. 

 

The
difference between past and future is that future is not known and yet it is
arriving for sure. Future is coming faster than we are going towards it. What
will BCAJ be like at 75? Will BCAJ have AI as its editor? Perhaps one might be
able to take a capsule of the journal and it will transfer and register all of
the content in a reader’s brain! Or we might have a wearable and we will be
able to see and simulate various propositions given in the Journal simply by
thinking about it! It’s more likely that domains will be embedded in technology
and not otherwise. Perhaps there will be BCAJ Alexa whom you can speak to and
ask what you want? Who knows? But one thing is for sure that the essence of the
Journal will always be to share and serve. No matter what is in store for us,
we will cross every challenge and cover the distance:

 

 


Everything we have learnt will surely become
less useful with time. We will have to learn more but that learning will last
for lesser and lesser time. The ratio of relearning will be based on unlearning
/ past accumulation. Professionals will then be transformational officers –
transforming themselves faster and certainly more than transforming
others.  That way of growing will be the
real golden glow! May it continue to grow!

 


Raman Jokhakar

Editor

 

 

Let everyone play a game!

fiogf49gjkf0d
Three women, Sakshi, Sindhu and Deepa have done India proud by their achievements at the recently concluded Olympics in Rio. Predictably, they have been showered with awards and gifts by governments, individuals, associations and sponsors. While they undoubtedly deserve the honour that they have received, this postachievement support raises quite a few questions.

In the first few days when our athletes were not making a mark, many individuals were critical of their performance. It is a fact that while our sportspersons get bashed when they fail to perform, they get placed on a pedestal when they get results. However, very little attention is paid to their training and the effort that they have to put in, in the years before the competition takes place. A question is often raised as to why with a population of nearly 125 crore we have always faced a drought, in the medal tally. The problem I believe begins at home. Our children are rarely encouraged to participate in a sport. This is true across all households, with different economic backgrounds. In the case of the poor, it is of an economic constraint that prevents the child from taking up a sport; in the case of the middle class it is probably the desire to secure an economically sound future that drives the parents to force children to study rather than play. The situation is changing to some extent.

We must all realise, that merely having a large young population will not ensure Olympic medals for our country. For that all the children in the country must be able to play at least one sport of their choice. It is only then that we will have stellar achievers. In our country it is only those who achieve either national or international fame that can have an economically secure future. This must change. Even those who achieve some level in any sport must be in a position to make a reasonable living. This need not necessarily be achieved through reservation in jobs, but if the sport itself spreads far and wide, then that itself will give employment opportunities like, maintenance and creation of sports infrastructure, coaching et cetera. Every economist of repute has expressed the view that in order to achieve economic prosperity creation of a sound infrastructure is absolutely essential. This is equally true of any sport.

The next issue is in regard to the regulation of sports associations. It is true that over the last many decades many sports associations have been badly managed. There has been mismanagement of funds, in some cases even misappropriation. To run such institutions efficiently one has to strike a balance between those who have knowledge of the game and those who can administer it. A sportsman is not necessarily a good administrator and possibly a bureaucrat can fill in that role. Politicians can impress upon the government the requirements of the sport. While politicians and bureaucrats must not be permitted to misuse their positions to garner posts in such associations, a general bashing of these persons is also incorrect. When we are critical of politicians and bureaucrats as a class, we often forget that they have not fallen from heaven and are one amongst us. Many have actually contributed to the development of sport. Therefore while one welcomes regulation of sport, it must happen internally and through pressure from the public. The judiciary cannot do this job. Its role should be limited to nudging those concerned into action.

Finally, one must accept the role of sponsors and advertisers in the popularisation of a sport. Some are very critical of what they call “commercialisation” of a game. However, a game becomes popular only if it is viewed by more and more people. If that is so, then the needs of the public and their tastes have to be borne in mind. The IPL in cricket has been a total game changer. The format of the game has undergone a change. With the viewing public having less time on their hands, the T-20 form of the game has become more and more popular. With competition becoming more intense the skill levels have also increased tremendously. Very recently this format has been adopted by a local sport namely Kabaddi. A sport which was played mainly in Maharashtra and a few other parts of the country is now becoming a national sport and is increasing in popularity.

It needs to be accepted that sponsors and advertisers, the media moguls are here to stay. One must give them their due share, while ensuring that the game continues to be played fairly. A well regulated sport will be beneficial for those who enjoy it as well as those who play it. One hopes that the Olympic fever does not subside. If more and more children play a sport with standard facilities we will certainly see many more Olympic medals. It needs patience and perseverance. The Indian tricolour, being unfurled and the national anthem, being played at victory ceremonies will then not remain a dream but will become reality.

Expectations From The Profession

fiogf49gjkf0d
As I write this editorial, the results of the referendum in UK are out. By a small majority, the country has voted for an exit from the European Union (EU). The difference in the manner in which various parts of the United Kingdom voted was a revelation. To majority of the stakeholders, their expectations from the EU were not fulfilled while others expected that remaining with EU would be to their long-term benefit. Life is full of expectations but these are different for each individual. This leads one to either clamour for change or resist it.

The expectations from our profession have ben manifold and are ever increasing. The role of Chartered Accountants has seen a complete metamorphosis in a century. From being mere bookkeepers, we have now become consultants who advise on complex business strategies. As our role has increased so have the expectations. Keeping this in mind, we at the Society have kept the theme for this special issue of the journal as “Expectations from the profession”.

While, as chartered accountants, we play various roles, our niche area is that of audit. When businesses were small, in a majority of the cases there was complete identity between the management and the ownership. Consequently, the assurance that was required from the auditor was limited. As businesses became more complex, the number of stakeholders underwent a continuous increment. Today, the financial statements authenticated by auditors are relied on by investors from the public, lending banks and financial institutions, regulators and tax gatherers. The expectations of all these stakeholders are different, distinct and at times contradictory.

In order to cater to all the different expectations, audits have also been divided into different categories. A statutory audit assures the reader that the financial statements depict a true and fair view, an internal auditor reports on various areas of interest to the management, while a forensic audit seeks to detect fraud where the management or appointing authority suspects one. Unfortunately, neither can these roles be divided into straitjacket compartments, nor is the distinction understood by various stakeholders. This is the challenge that the profession has to meet. In fact, various changes in the reporting requirements under various statutes have increased the responsibilities of an auditor manifold. Apart from various amendments to CARO, an auditor is now required to comment on the adequacy or otherwise of internal financial controls. It is expected that once an amendment to the tax audit report is notified, the tax auditor may have to comment on compliance with Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (ICDS) as well.

One can often sympathise with the auditor as he strives to meet these different and often contradictory expectations. The management expects the financial statements to be drawn up in a manner that the investor is happy to remain invested and the lender is willing to lend. The investor expects that the statements are true and reflect the actual position (and possibly indicate what will happen in future) and expects the auditor to warn him of aberrations, if any. The public expects that the accounts are free from fraud / error and sees the auditor as a whistle blower, while the taxman expects the audited statements and the report thereon to reflect all the data required for computation of income.

While our profession is expected to meet all the expectations from the stakeholders which I have discussed above, it has two other challenges to overcome. The first is to convince the business houses to maintain that level of documentation which will enable the auditor to establish that he has done his duty properly. The second is to ensure that while doing his duty he maintains his independence and reports fearlessly. Although the statutes which deal with the reporting requirements, as well as the regulators do give him some support, that may not necessarily be adequate.

Apart from the role of an auditor in different forms, businesses expect a chartered accountant to perform an advisory function. On account of the expertise that he possesses, his advice in regard to conduct of business, mergers, acquisitions and restructuring thereof, as well as financial planning is extremely valuable. In this special issue, Akeel Master and Gaurish Divekar deal with the distinct expectations from statutory, internal and forensic audits, Chetan Dalal examines the role of forensic audits, while Dinesh Kanabar discusses the role of a chartered accountant as an advisor. I am grateful to these eminent chartered accountants for having authored these articles despite their busy schedules.

I hope that these articles will make interesting reading.

Silver Jubilee of Economic Liberalisation

fiogf49gjkf0d
Twenty-five years ago Dr. Manmohan Singh presented, what is now described as a path breaking budget unleashing a spate of economic reforms. He opened the doors of our country to the world and India began its transformation from a third world country to a significant player in the global economy. It is said that the government of the day was left no choice but to embark on these reforms such was the state of the economy then. However, credit for taking the plunge must also be given to the then Prime Minister – Mr. P.V.Narasimha Rao. A mention of the Long Term Fiscal Policy presented by Mr. V.P. Singh as the Finance Minister is also not out of place.

Since then, there have been changes of those who have enjoyed power, and India has been ruled by different political parties or political combinations. By and large, there has been a consensus on the direction of economic reform, though on account of political compulsions the parties in power and opposition have made different noises for public consumption. There has certainly been a difference in the pace in which the liberalisation process has moved and at times there has been a derailment on account of reservations of the left parties, whenever they have had a say in policy making.

There is no point in dealing with numbers as each set of statistics, published or relied on by one group of experts would be doubted and challenged by another group. On the ground, the reality is that GDP has grown consistently, purchasing power in the hands of a large majority of the population has increased and the number of those below the poverty line has decreased.

In certain areas there has been a sea change. Communication is one such area. From the time that we applied for a telephone connection and waited for the Black beauty to enter our homes, we are now in a situation where even in the remotest of rural areas a person uses a cell phone. He may not be literate but is a user of this technology. This one single development has been an absolute game changer.

Inbound and outbound foreign investment has increased manifold. 25 years ago, foreign investors were wary of investment in India. Apart from the bureaucratic hurdles, they were not certain about the soundness of the Indian economy. Today, possibly on account of the fact that the investment options in the other parts of the globe have reduced, every investor looks at India with keen interest. In those days the flow was one-way with foreign entities investing in India. Today Indian corporations have also become multinational. Large Indian houses today acquire companies across the globe, going in for mergers and amalgamations even in developed countries.

The movement of skilled labour has also become easier. Till a few years ago IT professionals found lucrative jobs abroad either on account of their own employers in India setting up businesses across the world or even foreign companies hiring these talented individuals. The pace may have reduced somewhat, on account of economic slowdown in those countries, but even today there are job opportunities to be seized. Along with the movement of human resources, the flow of trade has also become smoother. On account of increasing e-commerce, Indian consumers have access to commodities and services from all across the globe and the same is true of consumers of the world who are now able to enjoy Indian goods and services.

There are certainly certain weaknesses and hurdles. Lack of infrastructure remains one serious cause of concern. The quality of road, rail and air transport is a far cry from those in developed countries. The lack of infrastructure seriously hampers India’s economic growth. While successive governments have tried to give a fillip to the sector, both by way of investment and tax reliefs, this sector needs substantial improvement.

The second area that needs attention is the bureaucratic stranglehold on policy-making. Apart from the fact that the speed of decision-making is still extremely slow, what is worrying is the mind-set. More than six decades after independence, the overhang of the”Raj” still remains. While an independent bureaucracy is certainly strength, one with the mind-set that prevails today is certainly an impediment.

The third problem area is that of distribution. The fruits of economic growth have not reached a large part of the population. While successive governments have undoubtedly announced a large number of schemes to help the poor, their implementation is slow and tardy. The uneven distribution is creating economic disparity leading to political unrest which in turn will reduce or halt economic progress.

Our profession has also undoubtedly benefited from economic liberalisation. Apart from the traditional areas of tax, accounting and audit, we now deliver a range of services. There are many chartered accountants who now act as strategic consultants in mergers acquisitions and other forms of business reorganisation. Even in the traditional areas of taxation, international tax has gained importance. Since business has become global, the language of business that is accounting has also attained an international perspective. Ind As, that is IFRS with Indian flavour have become applicable to certain entities with effect from 1st April 2016 and thereafter there will be a gradual adoption by others. The implementation thereof provides an opportunity and a challenge at the same time.

In the balance, this silver jubilee of economic liberalisation deserves celebration. India has undoubtedly come a long way, though the distance to be travelled is also significant. Let us hope that with the passing of the much awaited GST bill, a milestone in India’s economic progress will be reached. We will then take a giant step in the transformation from being a developing country to a world leader!

Principles of Corporate Governance put to test!

fiogf49gjkf0d

In the past few days, there have
been two events which have caused sadness to professionals. The first event was
the will of God, whose wishes one has simply to accept. This was the untimely
demise of Rajesh Kapadia, an eminent Chartered accountant and a past president
of the Society. He was a man with sterling qualities, thoroughly professional
and yet humble to the core. I have had the good fortune of having worked with
him and have greatly benefited from the interactions. With his departure, the
profession has suffered a loss which cannot be made good.

The second event was the will of
men, the removal of Cyrus Mistry, as the chairman of Tata Sons, an entity which
virtually controls the Tata group. The name Tata has a special place in the
heart of nearly all Indians. The name, the brand may have been valued, but to
me, it was invaluable, and I hope it remains so. This was a group that carried
on business, with the object of creating wealth for all stakeholders and the
public. The concept that a businessman was a trustee was a principle that the
group followed in letter and spirit. This was because nearly 2/3rd of the
group’s wealth, belonged to various Tata Trusts which are public charitable
trusts. Philosophers, business commentators, and management gurus have lauded
the ethical standards of this group.

In this context, the removal of
Cyrus Mistry as the chairman of Tata Sons, caused shock and surprise, and the
manner in which it took place left a tinge of sadness in the mind. One would
like to believe that the wise gentlemen, who took this step, must have had
compelling reasons for taking the drastic action that they did. They would have
had interests of all stakeholders at heart. A change of guard, even a sudden one
is not unknown in industrial groups, but that it should happen in the Tata
Group is bound to create waves.

Firstly, the incumbent Cyrus
Mistry was not a hurried choice, but had been appointed after a long search and
deliberations. He had plenty of experience, was echnically sound and also had
to some extent a lineage. It is true that, in his four-year tenure the fortunes
of the group were not exactly ascendant. But that was the position with many
industrial groups. It was known that there were differences of opinion in
regard to various business decisions like divesting of assets, ownsizing of
businesses that were taken during his tenure.

There is very little in the
public domain which would lead one to believe that, change of chairman was
being considered much less imminent. Therefore, the manner in which Cyrus
Mistry was removed and the speed of the actions thereafter left one really
surprised. From what has been reported in the media, the action does not appear
to be fair, even if it may have been legally right and necessary. These
observations are from what has appeared in the press, and one is conscious that
these reports are not necessarily accurate.

In the action that was taken, it
appears that at least two principles of governance were not fully adhered to.
Firstly, in an action of this magnitude, it is imperative that all the
stakeholders are informed to the extent possible. These would be shareholders,
lenders, business affiliates, associates and in the case of the Tata Group the
public at large. This is because a majority stake in the Group’s fortunes is
held by public charitable trusts. By their very definition, every member of the
public is interested in those trusts. One is aware that if information as
sensitive as this is placed in the public domain, there would be some fallout
articularly in the form of an effect on share prices. But I am sure that a
group as strong as the Tata Group would not be unduly concerned with these
short-term effects.

Secondly, one has to be fair in
regard to the person against whom action is taken and also appear to be fair.
From what is reported in the media, Cyrus Mistry was not aware of the proposed
action and the notice, if at all it was given, appears to be very short. At the
cost of repetition, there is anguish, not for the removal of an individual,
because that must have been necessary for safeguarding the interest of the
Group, at least in the minds of those men who took the decision, but in taking
that action, some principles of governance appear to have been compromised.

I hope that the action does not
lead to litigation, and the public is quickly and fully informed as to the
rationale behind the decision, and the speculation is put to an end.

The reporting season is drawing to a close !

fiogf49gjkf0d

The audit season has come to a close and the tax season has got stretched in organically due to Income Declaration Scheme (IDS) into October. Hopefully, when you receive this journal you have enough time and mind space to go through all that which this Issue contains.

Income Declaration
Scheme (IDS)

IDS
window ended with declarations amounting to Rs. 65,250 crores (from 64,250
disclosures) which should result in tax revenues of Rs. 29,262 crores. We are
not sure whether this amount meets the estimated collection expectations or not.
I am using the word, expectation, unlike many who use the word ‘target’, which
I believe is inappropriate.  It is now a trend
that targets are set for tax collection and then officials are made to work
towards it. Such verbiage results in application of methods that are
inconsistent with the fundamental features of Indian taxation system. In the
same breath I hope that this is a definitive beginning of an endeavour to end
the menace of black money and all the evils related to it. Let’s hope that we
will soon have some data in a b road form as to the nature of persons who have
declared and whether they include the usual suspects who generate, hoard and
circulate cash. Till this ‘target’ is not dealt with, we can be sure that cash
economy is here to stay.

Internal Financial
Controls (IFC)

On the accounting side we had the
first time reporting on Internal Financial Controls by auditors on the design
and operative effectiveness of IFC over financial reporting. While the concept
did have its origins in the same realm from where the company law was drafted, butthe
‘one size fits all’ applicability was a dampener. IFC was made a part of every auditor’s
report, be it of a newly started enterprise, to relatively small marketing
subsidiary of a foreign parent  to listed
mega enterprises. . The ministry of corporate affairs did not bring out any
guidance, relief, or progressive application. Such progressive approach could
have allowed reporting to mature and given smaller enterprises some breathing
time.. The present reporting requirement seemed like asking for use of a water
hose to kill a mosquito .  A ray of
relief came when the ICAI brought out the second technical publication on IFC
and covered reporting situations in a more practical, rational and realistic
way. This publication did bring sense by negating the effect of the overarching
reporting requirement of the law. It also enunciated situations where auditors
comments could be more relevant and serve the purpose of the reporting. While
many of us, whether in Industry or profession know that while the concept is
useful, it needs to be made more specifically relevant so that’s the benefits
can be tangibly felt by the company to which it applies.  The Society on its part did bring out a  small booklet that was published well in time.

GST

GST journey has been like the
story of a Bollywood blockbuster. A large part of the story was drama and suspense
for a long time. The story has taken a strong turn since the passage of the constitutional
amendment. Now the story is shaping to become a action packed thriller till the
end of this fiscal. I guess till the bill is finally drafted, all inputs are
taken and procedure laid out, it will remain that way since the producers and directors of GST seem to desperately want to meet the timeline of 1st
April 2017 which will be a fitting time for an interval. From then onwards, most
of us would wish that the story turns out to be all romance and not turn into a
tragedy or a horror show.

I will not go into the details of
the current stage of evolution of GST. However, For every practitioner, even at
the cost of repetition, emphasis, or inspiration I have to say that GST is
certainly the biggest show in the professional calendar of FY1617 and many
years beyond, .From its sheer impact, opportune timing, wide relevance and of
course the thrill of being an early mover, the GST story is definitely not to
be missed. Irrespective of how the story shapes post interval, you should know
that you can choose not to just watch it, play a part in it. Whatever you
choose, whether enter the cast or watch from the balcony, I wish us all a
pleasant experience.

Ease of doing
business (EoDB) –

The focus on ease of doing
business still remains on the agenda of the government. It is indeed heartening
that EoDB is very much on the implementation radar of this government. This
project, if one may call it so, is an important step towards transforming India
in to a investment destination of choice. I do not see it only from foreign
investment perspective, but also as a means to incentivise local entrepreneurial
talents and pursuit. . . As much as we are aware of, our laws – their
structure, applicability, procedures and interpretation by lower rungs of administrators
remains an issue of concern for entrepreneurs since decades. It’s major fall
out could be serious constraint on job creation and poverty elevation, which
are both part of stated policy and a need of the hour. It cannot be forgotten
that by 2020 we will have 1.35 billion people, amongst them; more than 900
million will be in the working age. All the noise of Make in India to EoDB is
not just a political gimmick but a wakeup call or even an alarm or a siren
sounding loudly.

The centre alone cannot be responsible
for EoDB, but states have to chip in and work towards a common goal. In this
context a 98 point action plan was formulated by the centre and states
together. The points included, single window clearances setting, monitoring
time lines for registrations, self certification instead of inspections amongst
other things. These points had to be adopted at state level to bring India out
of the dungeon of the ridiculous and roar into the 50th rank by 2017. The timeline
does remain to be stiff and ambitious, and rightly so, considering the urgency..
The good news is that 25 states have completed 75% of the 98 points action plan
goals.  

Juxtapose a recent report by The National
Academies of Engineering, Sciences and Medicine, USA which reported that Indian
migrants to the US were the most entrepreneurial and contributed billions of
dollars to the economy. If we look at it from our national perspective, two
aspects stand out. The entrepreneurial capabilities of Indians and wonders that
right environment can do to actualise those capabilities. With deregulation and
further reduction in excessive and irrelevant reporting requirements which
place a burden on small and medium businesses, we can reach from the ridiculous
towards relevant.

Kashmir situation

As I write this I am spending
time with professor Meem Hai Zaffar, PhD from Srinagar. He is a thorough
Kashmiri – a pluralist, rooted in Local as well as national traditions of culture
and philosophy. He tells me that even today; the cultural traditions prevalent
in Kashmir have tremendous cultural unity with rest of India. This includes
inter religious connection rising way above borders of religions, in the words
of traditional songs to customs. The multi cultural ethos and expansive values
find expression in local songs, folklore, shrines, and so on. He tells me that
the deep cultural tradition of Kashmir, going back to Kashyap Rishi of the
yore, to Lal -Ded to Nund Rishi is alive. I wanted to share this conversation, as
we normally hear only political facet of things in media, whereas culture is
what binds people and nations.

Wishing you a happy Dussehra and a joyous Diwali!

Raman Jokhakar

Co-chairman

Journal Committee

Bravo, Bravi

As you read
this, 2017 will start to slide into memory. The common, indelible and
unquestionable memory of 2017 for professionals, businesses and tax
administrators will be GST. As we say, so long 2017, this editorial is
dedicated to that landmark transition: to say Bravo to every tax professional
and government and Bravi1  to
the millions of tax payers.

Bravo – Governments and Professionals

The governments,
at states and centre, deserve our deep regard for concluding the economic and
tax integration of India after 70 years. Future generations will look back in
disbelief at the type and manner of fragmented taxation systems that thrived
for so long. Let me walk you through it: 1944 (Central Excise) to 1956 (Central
Sales Tax) to 1965 (Octroi) to 1986 (MODVAT Credit) to 1994 (Service Tax) to
2002 (Service Tax Credit) to 2005 (VAT) to 2017 (GST). If there was one synonym
of GOOD in the definition of G(Good)ST, this is it. Bravo!

A supply
of booming round of applause to professionals – for having braved the onslaught
of compliance overdose and GSTN goof ups in first 5 months. If there was one
noun before which the adjective SIMPLE can be placed, it would be –
unbelievable – as in simply unbelievable. Bravo!

Bravi – Taxpayers

Bravi – millions of tax payers! For going through
the scary roller coaster rides by whatever name called: ‘teething troubles’,
‘invoice uploading’, ‘lame excuses’ and more, due to a
substandard compliance protocol. Those traders, manufacturers and the so called
‘informal’ sector2  will prove
that in spite of being subjected to such tax compliance catastrophe, they will
come out and shine bright! While there is noise on return of ‘GDP growth’, the
‘informal’ is what really gives work, dignity and livelihood to the millions
even if they don’t seem to give as much taxes. Bravi!

GST – A five month old baby

The GOOD of GST
is irrefutable, desirable and long overdue! The SIMPLE of GST is unverifiable,
contestable and hazy. GST is another example of an opportunity undermined. GST
could have transformed law making into the greatest enabler of doing business
at every level and create a solid revenue base for our nation. This was shot
down by legislative negligence in bringing out a substandard product and
executive misadventure of unleashing it before testing the GSTN. We can now
hope that both these do not lead us to judicial trauma of litigation3  and target driven revenue collection.
However, let’s not lose hope, for GST is still a baby!

Taking that
analogy, GST is a premature child, born to its ‘biological’ parents
Excise/Service tax and VAT, both having below average antecedents. Its genetic
makeup does mirror its family lineage. Some serious surgeries4 have
already been administered by super specialists5  on this baby. We hope that these surgeries in
the early stages will allow the baby to grow up into a well formed, pleasing
and healthy toddler. Tax compliance professionals had to play the role of baby
sitters and nannies to keep the baby safe and healthy, succumb to its tantrums
and cleaning the mess it made.

However, this
baby is a darling of everyone! We have made suggestions and recommendations for
its sound upbringing. We hope that by its first birthday, when it will start
walking and talking, it will be more cheerful, out of the ICU and will be as
playful as a young one can be! If I can speak for most, we all look forward to
a refined version of GST with excitement and anticipation!

So long 2017

As the year
comes to a close, let me mention that this is the best time ever in the history
of human race. There has never been a time like the one we are living in! I
wish you the best ever 2018! Whatever be your new year resolutions – be it diet
and exercise, to reading books, to taking more time off work, to giving back to
the society, to learning a new skill, … to becoming the person you ever wanted
to be – I wish they all come true!

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

_______________________________________________________________________

1 Plural of Bravo, often used at the end of musical performances.
2 Informal sector is said to provide 80-90% of all jobs and therefore dignity and economic freedom, while the 10-20% of large tax payers gives 80% of tax revenue but fewer jobs and fast switching to automation, robotics and AI.
3 Government is the largest litigant in the country.
4 Numerous notifications and circulars issued to amend the new law
5 The GST Council

Aadhaar and the Right to Privacy: An Overkill by Over linking?

Aadhaar seems
to be the flavour of the day for the Government. In the past few months, the
Government has gone on an overdrive to link all persons, transactions and other
digital initiatives through Aadhaar. Linking of PAN to Aadhaar was made
mandatory to be done before 31st August 2017 (now extended to 31st
December 2017). Providing Aadhaar for all bank accounts before 31st
December 2017 has been made mandatory under the Prevention of Money Laundering
(Maintenance of Records) Rules.Besides the requirement of obtaining Permanent
Account Number, Aadhaar number of the purchaser for all financial transactions
exceeding Rs. 50,000 has been introduced.Linking of all mobile SIM cards with
Aadhaar before 6th February 2018 has also been made mandatory. The
requirement of quoting of Aadhaar on registration of a death has also been
introduced from 1st October 2017. MCA has announced its intention to
make all MCA21 services linked to Aadhaar. The Government has also stated its
intention of linking all driving licences with Aadhaar shortly.

 While one
appreciates the need from a security perspective to link all these transactions
or accounts with the Aadhar number, a few questions do arise as to the manner
and haste with which this is being implemented. If one examines the provisions
of the Aadhaar (Targeted Delivery of Financial and Other Subsidies, Benefits
and Services) Act, 2016, section 3(1) clearly provides that every resident shall be entitled to obtain an Aadhaar number
by submitting his demographic information and biometric information by undergoing
the process of enrolment. Therefore, obtaining an Aadhaar number is not
mandatory under the Aadhaar Act, but optional. This was confirmed by the
Supreme Court in Binoy Viswam’s case (396 ITR 66), where the mandatory linking
of Aadhaar number with PAN was challenged.

Section 7 of
the Aadhaar Act provides that the Government, for the purpose of establishing
identity of an individual as a condition for receipt of a subsidy, benefit or
service, may require that such individual undergo authentication,or furnish
proof of possession of Aadhaar number, or in the case of an individual to whom
no Aadhaar number has been assigned, such individual makes an application for
enrolment. The proviso to this section states that if an Aadhaar number is not
assigned to an individual, the individual shall be offered alternate and viable
means of identification for delivery of the subsidy, benefit or service.

Therefore,
the very basis of the Aadhaar Act was that Aadhaar is optional, only for
purposes of subsidies, benefits or services, and that alternative and viable
means of identification should also be offered to persons who did not have
Aadhaar number.
Given
this, without amending the Aadhaar Act, is the Government justified in making
it mandatory under other laws?  Of course,
in Binoy Viswam’s case, the Supreme Court upheld the legality of the
requirement u/s.139AA of the Income Tax Act to link every PAN with the Aadhaar
number, justifying it on the ground of the need to check corruption and black
money, to tackle the problems of terrorism and crime and to ensure that
subsidies reach the right person. This decision was rendered subject to the
issue pending before the Supreme Court on whether the right to privacy, which
may be violated by the requirement of furnishing Aadhaar, was a fundamental
right under the Constitution.

A nine-judge
bench of the Supreme Court, in the case of Justice K. S. Puttaswamy vs. Union
of India, has now held that the right to privacy is a fundamental right under
the Constitution. It has further held that an invasion of life or personal
liberty must meet the three-fold requirement of (i) legality, which postulates
the existence of law; (ii) need, defined in terms of a legitimate state aim;
and (iii) proportionality which ensures a rational nexus between the objects
and the means adopted to achieve them. The Supreme Court further held:

 “We commend to the Union Government the need to
examine and put into place a robust regime for data protection. The creation of
such a regime requires a careful and sensitive balance between individual
interests and legitimate concerns of the State. The legitimate aims of the
State would include for instance protecting national security, preventing and
investigating crime, encouraging innovation and the spread of knowledge, and
preventing the dissipation of social welfare benefits. These are matters of
policy to be considered by the Union government while designing a carefully
structured regime for the protection of the data.”

While the legal
position of whether the requirements of mandatorily linking bank accounts, PAN
and mobile SIMs to Aadhaar violate this right to privacy would be taken up by the Supreme
Court in November 2017, other questions as to whether this is the right
approach by the Government do arise.

From a
situation where Indian residents are informed that Aadhaar is optional, to make
it compulsory under other laws may be legally correct, but is it morally
correct? Does this backdoor approach not amount to misleading the public? First
asking citizens to obtain Aadhaar which is meant to give benefits under social
schemes, then, steadily making Aadhaar mandatory for one thing after another!
Is it morally correct to burden citizens, especially those outside most social
benefit schemes to mandatorily quote Aadhaar in spite of them having obtained
PAN and other KYC registrations?

Again, in
law, Aadhaar was meant to ensure targeted delivery of subsidies, benefits and
services by the Government. What is the subsidy, benefit or service provided by
the Government when I file my tax returns, operate my bank account, use my
mobile phone or purchase jewellery exceeding Rs.50,000? Should not the
Government first amend the Aadhaar law, clarify the complete purpose of
Aadhaar, define benefits to every citizen and the State, put a security
apparatus in place for those who are keeping this identity information, and
then implement these requirements?

Viewed from the
perspective of observance of the right to privacy, versus the legitimate
concerns of the State, one can understand the need to link bank accounts with
Aadhaar ((e.g. to check money laundering). But what is the compelling need to
link mobile numbers or driving licences or death certificates with Aadhaar? One
can understand that this will help improve governance in these areas, or help
in tracing persons. But is this so necessary that it overshadows the right to
privacy? In almost all countries, obtaining a SIM card is an easy process, and
one does not need a domestic national identity proof / social security number
to obtain a SIM card. Is this therefore a case of overkill?

Through these
requirements, the Government is effectively making Aadhaar mandatory. Today, a
mobile phone is almost a necessity, a driving licence ensures that you can move
around even in the absence of efficient public transport, and it is not
possible to carry out some basic economic transactions without a bank account,
given the restrictions on cash payments. So a person is left with no choice but
to compromise his right to privacy in order to obtain an Aadhaar number due to
these requirements. What was meant to give benefits is now an impediment to
deny basic benefits citizens are entitled to and pay for!

There is also
the problem of the exceptional cases. Many senior citizens are unable to have
their fingerprints captured, due to their fingerprints being flattened and
faded by old age. They are unable to obtain Aadhaar, even if they have the
desire to do so. How do non-residents obtain SIM cards for use during their
visits to India without an Aadhaar number, for which they are not eligible?
Non-resident accounts obviously cannot comply with the requirement of linking
their bank accounts to Aadhaar. The Government in the past has come in for a
lot of flak for implementing schemes in haste without proper planning or
considering all the ramifications. The same fate should not befall this
initiative. Therefore, all these exceptions need to be thought through and
exemptions provided for, just as was done in the case of linking of PAN to
Aadhaar.

Given the large
number of hacking incidents involving hitherto thought safe databases (such as
Equifax) that one reads about, and given the different places at which the
Aadhaar numbers would be provided, the likelihood of leakage of Aadhaar data is
quite high. Should the Government not provide in the law for insurance or
compensation to persons affected by any such leak? After all, it is at the
behest of the Government that one is being forced to obtain and provide an
Aadhaar number.

Lastly, should
not a citizen, who just wants to comply with the law, and lead a quiet, decent
and private life without much Government interference, be allowed to do so? Can
we really see a situation of “less Government, more governance” graduate from
just being a slogan, to becoming a reality in our lifetimes?

Editorial

The New Oil, The Rig And The Extraction



Over the centuries mankind found things that
were considered rare and precious. The Native Americans exchanged their gold
for mirrors which the Spanish brought with them to the new continent. Napoleon
III is believed to have used aluminium vessels instead of gold cutlery, as it
was believed to be rare. When oil found its new use in the twentieth century,
it was named ‘black gold.’ Oil transformed nomadic economies into some of the
wealthiest ones. Today, data is the new oil.


Recently, Facebook CEO was questioned
publicly by the US lawmakers. The testimony has raised several questions. Four
areas for public and regulatory consideration can be placed under the
following:


1. Collection of data

2. Protection of data

3. Individual Privacy

4. Data use – propaganda, surveillance,
manipulation


The world of technology is fast, vast and
tangled for a lay user. As of January 2018, about 4 billion people use the
internet, 3 billion active social media users and 5 billion unique mobile users
around the world. Questions about privacy and secrecy of personal data are
critical. The EU is implementing GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) from
26th May 2018. The GDPR has extra territorial applicability, massive
fine (higher of 4% of annual turnover or Euro 20m) and onus of clarity in the
consent is on the data processers.


As citizens we are a subject matter of
possible if not actual digital surveillance although some of it comes across as
convenience. Consider these examples we can relate to:


1. Say you wish to buy a product. You enter
the words ‘Apple Cider Vinegar price’ in your browser. For next several hours
or days the application you use show advertisements selling that product.


2. I was travelling outside India. My phone
did not have data, wifi or local sim card. I was using the phone only for its
camera. I returned to my hotel, turned on the wifi and started to look at the
pictures I had taken during the day. Each picture showed with it, the location
where it was taken.


3. I was looking out for a new car. I searched
and clicked on a link on a browser. The website asks me my location.


Knowing about who you are, what you do, where
you go, what you buy, what you like and what you pay is invaluable. Today,
YOU are the new oil – the subject matter of digital data collection
. Data
about you is saleable and fetches big bucks. Although some services come
‘free’, they could be collecting your data in return and making use of that
data to suit their objectives. As a popular quote goes: ‘If you’re not paying
for it, you are not the customer; you are the product being sold.’


Data today can be used to control us – our
minds, opinions, judgements, and decisions. By knowing vulnerabilities of
people, technology can manipulate our individual and collective psyche to the
advantage of some. Recent reports show that personal data was sold and personal
data was used to manipulate elections. We all know how social media is used for
propaganda, fake news and to influence public opinion.


Today Facebook has 1.44 billion monthly
active users (MAU). That is 188 million more than India’s population. Alphabet,
Apple, Amazon, Microsoft and Facebook put together have market capitalisation
more than $3 Trillion. That means these companies collectively are larger than
individual GDPs of France, India, UK and Italy. However, these aren’t nations
or cooperatives; they are corporations with private ownership. Some are even
monopolies, but they seem like neutral public forums or platforms. Today we are
faced with the question: When we use an app, is it simply a ‘pass through
or is it a ‘gate keeper’ who controls what we should see?


One of the US lawmakers raised an important
question to the Facebook CEO – It is not about would you do it, it is about
could you do it! When we give access to our personal data on the phone, say our
contacts, do we know what that data will be used for? How secured it is? When
we press ‘I agree’, we hardly know what we are consenting to!


If data were new oil, your devices and apps
could well be the oil rigs. The feed you see could probably be a feed organised
by some vested interest – for propaganda, fake news or influencing your
decision. If individual freedom and liberty were to remain supreme in the
digital age, individual privacy cannot be disregarded. And if one were to
ask about the value of privacy, answer these questions – Do you like to be
spied on, stalked, watched or manipulated? Who would you want to give the right
to watch you and to what extent? What will be the dos and don’ts that you would
want an entity to follow with the information you shared?


There is no doubt that the gains of
technology outweigh most other drawbacks. At the same time, there is no legacy
more precious than individual freedom and liberty. Remaining a ‘private’
citizen is a challenge today. The question is can we even choose to be
one? 


 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

FORTHCOMING
EVENTS

COMMITTEE

EVENT NAME

DATE & TIME

VENUE

NATURE OF EVENT

Taxation Committee

Full Day Seminar on

Assessments, Reassessments
and Appeals

Saturday, 26th May, 2018

IMC Hall, Churchgate

Seminar

Jointly organized by BCAS and IIA BBY

Lecture Meeting on “Corporate Governance – Role
of Independent Directors”, by CA. Nawshir Mirza

 

6th June 2018

BCAS, 7, Jolly Bhavan No. 2, New Marine Lines,
Mumbai

Lecture Meeting

Human Development and Technology Initiatives
Committee

The 11th Jal Erach Dastur CA
Annual Day TARANG 2K18

9th June 2018

KC College

Student Annual Day

Indirect Taxation
Committee

12th Residential Study Course on GST

Thursday to
Sunday 21st June to 24th June 2018

Marriott Hotel, Kochi

RSC/House
Full

Human Development and Technology Initiatives
Committee

POWER-UP SUMMIT

REIMAGINING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

 

Saturday,
June 16th, 2018

Orchid Hotel, Mumbai

Others Programme

International Taxation Committee

International Tax & Finance
Conference, 2018

Wednesday, 15th August 2018 to
Saturday, 18th August 2018

Narayani Heights,
Ahmedabad

ITF

STUDY
CIRCLE

International Taxation Committee

ITF Study Circle Meeting on
“Case Laws related to Fees for Technical Services (FTS)”

Thursday, 10th May, 2018

BCAS, 7, Jolly Bhavan No. 2, New Marine Lines,
Mumbai

Study Circle

Taxation Committee

Direct Tax Laws Study Circle on
“Presumptive Taxation”

Monday, 7th May 2018

BCAS, 7, Jolly Bhavan No. 2, New Marine Lines,
Mumbai

Study Circle

 

BCAS – E-Learning Platform
(https://bcasonline.courseplay.co/)

 

Course Name
E-Learning Platform

Name
of the BCAS Committee

Date, Time and Venue

Course Fees (INR)**

Members

Non – Members

Three Day Workshop On Advanced Transfer
Pricing

International Taxation Committee

As per your convenience

5550/-

6350/-

Four Day Orientation Course on
Foreign          Exchange Management
Act (FEMA)

International Taxation Committee

As per your convenience

7080/-

8260/-

Workshop on Provisions & Issues –
Export/ Import/ Deemed Export/ SEZ Supplies

Indirect Taxation Committee

As per your convenience

1180/-

1475/-

7th Residential Study Course
On Ind As

Accounting & Auditing Committee

As per your convenience

2360/-

2360/-

Full Day Seminar On Estate Planning,
Wills and Family Settlements

Corporate & Allied Laws Committee

As per your convenience

1180/-

1180/-

Workshop on “Foreign Tax Credit”

International Taxation Committee

As per your convenience

1180/-

1475/-

BCAS Initiative – Educational Series on
GST

Indirect Taxation Committee

As per your convenience

Free

Free

GST Training program for Trade, Industry
and Profession

Indirect Taxation Committee

As per your convenience

Free

Free

**Course Fee is inclusive of 18% GST.

For more details, please contact Javed Siddique at 022
– 61377607 or email to events@bcasonline.org

 

  

 

 

 

The Journey of the Journal

Decades ago a handful of professionals did
something extraordinary. Bound by a common vision, they conceived and evolved
the idea of a Journal for Chartered Accountants. Those committed volunteers,
embarked on an uncharted journey to bring knowledge – which was scarce in those
days – to the desks of their fellow professionals. That journey of the Bombay
Chartered Accountant Journal – is entering its 50th Volume this month. I
feel honoured to extend my delightful thanks to you – the reader – our
consistent focus, motivation and inspiration on this journey.

BCAJ demonstrates what independent
volunteers connected by a common vision can accomplish to serve a larger
professional community.
So many professionals have
contributed to make the BCAJ what it is today. The innumerable writers,
contributors, poets, cartoonists, well wishers, our publishers and the editors
have given their time – a part of their lives – for a cause larger than
themselves.  BCAJ will remain ever so grateful
to all of them.

The journal over the years has been a part
of many a professionals’ journey. BCAJ has strived to present depth and breadth
of themes and topics to a Chartered Accountant. What started off with giving
economic news and then tribunal judgments is now covering a broad spectrum of
topics to make complete professional reading every month. Despite the wave of
‘specialisation’, BCAJ has remained relevant due to the quality of its content
and detailed analysis by experienced practitioners. In an interlocked world,
every professional will need to read about developments that could influence
his domain. Today, no area of practice can remain an island which cannot be
approached without crossing the waters of other spheres of influence.

The early years of the BCAJ, were times of
scarcity and restrictions. Today things have swung to the other extreme – we
are surrounded by a deluge of information seeking our attention – from a lack
of access
to clutter of excess. 
However, a professional is still faced with the same fundamental
problem – how to find a dependable, comprehensive and balanced source of
professional reading?
This problem and its solution are expressed in this
verse:

 

Endless
is the material to read; Time is short and difficulties many.

One
should therefore absorb the essence,

like
a swan who discerns between water and milk.

The BCAJ, then and now, strives to answer
that question. I wish and pray that BCAJ will serve its readers by curating the
essence and giving them balanced, succinct, comprehensive and dependable
technical reading every month. The reader is and always will be at the heart of
the BCAJ.

Over the years, the BCAJ has evolved its website
www.bcajonline.org which contains digitised issues of last 17 years. Many
subscribers read the digital version of BCAJ in flipbook format. We would like
more engagement, feedback and conversation with the subscribers to allow the
contributors to enhance their offering. Reader expectations matter the most,
especially now. Do write to us at journal_feedback@bcasonline.org.

The 50th Volume, starting this
month, will contain Golden Contents – pages with special articles, interviews,
musings, nostalgia, and more. This issue covers all of these to make it a
special one. The rest of the 50th Volume will continue to have such
Golden Contents. The usual monthly features and articles will of course
continue. I hope, you the discerning reader will relish this labour of love and
catch the essence. 


Every journey
has milestones and a destination. And every milestone and destination stirs you
to take another journey. The journey of the journal is one such journey, where
every milestone inspires us to reach higher and every destination will open up
a new vista to look farther. 

 

Will the sweeping sway of technology disrupt the Republic?

A very Happy New Year 2018! 2018 will be the
year when this third millennium becomes an ‘adult’ and so will all those born
at the turn of this century!

 

Most facets of our life are affected at
their root by the sweeping sway of technology. Politics, Religion and law
making appear to have remained comparatively untouched by disruption in spite
of being in dire ‘need’. As we celebrate our Republic Day on 26th January
2018 and with it our constitutional democracy, here are my thoughts on why
large parts of our constitutional democracy should look forward to disruption.

 

As citizens, it is our duty to ask
questions. If there is one duty at the top of the list of a citizen it is to
question the government. Questioning is the price that government should pay
for holding our country in trust. A government has to stand the test of
questioning, which is the price of Trust and Power and obligation for being
elected. Those trusted with the country are answerable – not in elections but
on a regular less frequent basis
. I am tempted to pose some questions (Q)
on the three pillars of our constitutional framework to allow you to take a
quick check on where we stand:

 

Q on the
Judiciary:

 

Is legal recourse guaranteed by constitution
available to the citizens considering its prohibitive costs, disproportionate
complexity and procedure and near eternal ‘time to resolution’? (Numerous CJIs
have said this, and therefore no evidence is necessary to prove this).

 

Q on the
Executive
:

 

Do you as a citizen feel inclined to seek,
as your first preference, government services in education, health, sanitation,
safety, social welfare, housing, etc.? What are the odds of receiving a timely,
courteous and appropriate service?

 

Q on the
Legislature:

 

Do those who made a commitment to uphold the
spirit of constitution, get carried away by narrow political ideology, and
underperform to deliver their lofty promises, have little accountability and
treat themselves as an entitled class? Do most elected representatives
strengthen rather than fiddle with the rule of law, government institutions and
administrative mechanism to pollute the vital breath of our democracy?

 

The answers to questions such as these tell
us that something very important is still amiss! The spirit of our constitution
and the vision of its makers are yet to blossom.

 

Can Aadhaar disrupt Democracy?

 

Aadhaar, rather than just a tool for
subsidies or policing, could well become the REAL and DIRECT BEDROCK1  of DEMOCRACY for India! Today, we have
few thousand people2 sitting in legislatures representing 1.3
billion people. Their speed, direction and intention have a lot to ask for.
Once mobile and Aadhaar settle down, there is a massive opportunity beyond
economic and social. Here is throwing a few thoughts and questions (and
wishes):

 

a. Can Aadhaar be used to vote
(including preferences, recommendations) directly on critical issues – more
frequently – and bring about direct view points of people without any filters?

 

b.  Can Aadhaar be used as a
participation and oversight tool on those who govern us? Rather than a 5 year
big fights and yearly battles in states, can Aadhaar linked participation bring
agility and stability to elections. Rather than being tracked, ensuring we can
track what the elected are up to.

 

c. Can Aadhaar neutralise
blame game? When people decide directly, there is no one to blame. All the
worthless paid mudslinging will end (and some tv channels will end too). 

 

d. Can Aadhaar be used to test
draft laws before being passed and get direct empirical feedback to measure
perceptions and potential implications directly from citizens/stakeholders?
While we thought we elect ‘representatives’ to do just that, they seem to take
it too lightly.

 

Imagine a problem in your locality –
shouldn’t people living there give preferences, solutions and be directly
involved in arriving at a solution than just having some ward officer or some
councillor decide our fate. Instead of the triad of long debates, bad
decisions, and timid execution; why not have everyone directly concerned, get
involved.

 

Of course, there will be norms and ground
rules to avoid endless debate or pitfalls of group decision. Considering the
state of democracy and ill effects of politicisation of issues; a mandatory
participation of people would allow our country to overcome evils the present
model has thrown up. This participation could be the dawn of real freedom and
real responsibility. Such approach could open the high citadels of power to
those who actually own it and not those who ‘win’ it. Then a minister will not
have to go to a calamity affected area to give government aid and claim credit
for himself / party for giving what belonged to people in the first place.

 

Let us imagine a new level at which direct
participative democracy can transform our country. Let’s ask – Will
DELEGATION undergo disruption where DIRECT is possible? Can this diffuse the
drama of representational election based on political ideology and bring the
ideology of the constitution to the forefront?
With growth of technology,
the very idea of Sovereign can undergo disruption. Could some of this be the
eventual fruition of the constitution makers’ dream – Purna Swaraj. Such
disruption in the idea of Republic could make the real winner stand up on the
high pedestal – the Citizen, the Indian, YOU.

________________________________________________________________________

[1] English meaning of Aadhaar

[2] Perhaps 0.002% people

The PNB Saga

The Punjab National Bank (PNB) scam involving Rs. 11,400 crore became public about a fortnight back and still continues to be in focus in the media, both electronic and print. Apart from PNB fraud, instances of frauds are being reported in other banks as well. Multiple investigating agencies have suddenly woken up and have started investigations. Premises of companies directly connected as well as related entities are being raided, properties are being seized or attached and several persons have been arrested, while the main players have already fled the country.

The Finance Minister, Mr. Arun Jaitley, while speaking at the Economic Times Global Business Summit, said ‘(there are) at least multiple layers of auditing system which either chose to look the other way or do a casual job’. He blamed the bank management, the regulator and the auditors. However, as the Minister under whom the regulator and the banks operate, he was not ready to accept any responsibility. He, in fact, said politicians are made accountable while regulators are not. He seems to have forgotten the political interference in the functioning of banks, particularly in sanctioning of loans. Reserve Bank of India has described the fraud as `a case of operational risk arising out of delinquent behaviour by the bank’s employees’. Others have called it a ‘system failure’.

Mr. Jaitley’s remarks, particularly blaming auditors, have generated sharp reactions from the profession. Mr. Jaitley, while blaming the auditors, did not consider the third possibility that the auditors did their job as was required of them, but yet the frauds happened. Obviously, in such a case the auditors cannot and should not be accused of ‘looking the other way’ or ‘doing a casual job’. However, the fact is that whenever there is rise in crime or atrocities against women, do people not ask “What was the police doing”? On the same logic, when there are massive frauds in the banks carried on for years, is it unreasonable if stakeholders question the efficacy of the audit process?

As a profession, we cannot do what Jaitley brazenly did – refuse to accept any responsibility. On the other hand, we need to look into increasing the effectiveness of audits. If the profession cannot provide a reasonable assurance as expected by the stakeholders, the future of the profession itself would be at stake.

It is surprising that the Letters of Undertaking issued through SWIFT messaging did not form part of the Core Banking Solutions (CBS). Reserve Bank of India had issued instructions to the banks pointing out this weakness, but it appears no follow up was done. None of the audits appear to have even considered this and consequently felt the need to modify their procedures to check the transactions. It is surprising that foreign branches of the Indian Banks in whose favour LoU were issued did not realise that these were not in accordance with the guidelines of the Reserve Bank of India. All these questions and many more need answers. At this stage, one can only hope that the enquiry is swift (pun not intended), thorough and impartial.

While the blame game is on, the Reserve Bank of India has appointed an Expert Committee. It is a matter of pride that the Committee is headed by a senior chartered accountant – Mr. Y. H. Malegam. The Committee will, inter alia, look into the reasons for high divergence observed in asset classification and provisioning by banks vis-à-vis the RBI’s supervisory assessment, and the steps needed to prevent it.

Today, audit assignments have become rather onerous. The businesses have grown manifold in size, operations are spread across nations and have become extremely complex. Add to that the changes that take place with great speed in the nature of business. There is pressure to complete the audit within a short period and to keep the cost of audit low. Accounting standards have become complex and are changing rather frequently. Pressure on managements to show progress quarter on quarter has increased the chances of manipulation of the financial statements at the instance of those charged with governance. In this scenario, auditor has an unenviable job to do.

Traditionally, where volume of transactions is large, auditors have depended on sampling techniques, including some rather sophisticated ones. Possibly, with data analytics, artificial intelligence, machine learning, the way we carry out audit may further change substantially in the future. With technology, the auditor will be able to draw far better conclusions than those based on sample checking. Machine learning may lead to development of models for predicting accounting frauds and possibility of the misstatements in the financial statements. Technology will not only be able to process a very large amount of data, but its true potential is in its ability to predict risk and future events. The auditors will have to be far more tech savvy, employ specialists and draw conclusions based on data processed using modern technology.

Internationally, businesses have started experimenting with artificial intelligence and machine learning. The professions have also started making large investments in these new technologies. It may take a while for smaller firms to be able to afford the use of these technologies. But, the past experience indicates that what was thought rather unaffordable, has, in a very short period, become easily affordable. DVD writers, mobile telephony, Internet are just some examples of technology becoming affordable.

But in spite of technological developments, one will still have human ingenuity, which will try and beat the system and we will have another scam like that of Harshad Mehta or PNB!! Let us hope that the profession in the meantime enhances its skill sets so that it can play a role in mitigating such risk.
 

Yes, but…

Presentation of the Union Budget (UB) has
remained an important date in a Chartered Accountant’s annual timeline. The UB
season creates a (predictable) buzz. By the time this BCAJ reaches you, you
would have got a complete download (and perhaps an overload) of the finance
bill provisions. I thought that I shouldn’t tax you with more of that and
instead share some observations of the buzz and drama of the budget ‘season’.

 

At a high level, the buzz hangs between the
two extreme points of self glorification and mindless criticism. Compared to
the ‘high’ of the stock markets, the pitch of glorification and criticism
remain consistent without going into the red. This editorial is dedicated to
the drama of ‘budget season’ rather than details of ‘budget provisions’. 

 

Precursor: A (tasteful) tradition

The season starts traditionally. The first
‘photo op’ is the Halwa making ceremony, done somewhere in a secret bunker of
the finance ministry. It marks the beginning of the quarantine period of those
officials, who after eating the delicious Halwa on a chilly Delhi day, choose
to remain in isolation till February 1. Two days before the UB, the national
Economic Survey is unveiled, building the tempo and setting the tone. Former
CEA, Kaushik Basu’s tweet sums up well: Reading India’s Economic Survey
2017-18 it is clear that the Survey is in very good shape. I wish I could say
the same for what it surveys.
And then comes the ‘B’ Day. The FM enters the
parliament, personally carrying a (unbranded1) briefcase with (secret)
budget documents in it.

 

The Budget Speech

The budget speech is like the annual sacred
sermon by the highest financial pontiff. As I enter the office, a bit late
since I arrived in Mumbai the same day at dawn, people are ready with
headphones plugged into their computers waiting for the FM to begin.

_______________________________________________________________

1   Emphasis is important considering recent
controversy over branded apparel worn by a politician.

these quintessential words balance and seal the budget speech.
With these words, every FM accentuates the government’s sole and focused
commitment towards the marginalised. The budget speech must also consider four
vital elements – Psychology, Politics, Economics and Strategy2. The
speech will get evaluated by the quality and proportion of each ingredient. Yet
after listening, a common citizen wonders as to why a recent report3  claimed that 73% new wealth created in last
one year went only to the richest 1%. Today the problem is not just poverty,
but inequality (the word that did not find place in the UB speech). The men who
feed us with their tilling and toil, why do they have to commit suicide: one
farmer every 40 minutes since last ten years?

 

Figures and Figures of Speech: Poetry and
Hindi

The speech not only contains large figures
in thousands of crores, but is also generous in use of figures of speech. FM’s
talk was delivered in English yet it was generously embellished with Hindi:
couplets, punch lines, quotes and Sanskrit to reduce monotony and serve
implicit purposes. Switchover to Hindi was often made at places where
commitment towards the under privileged needed accentuation. Memorable ones
from 2018 speech were: those wearing

____________________________________________________________

2   Inspired by Late Nani Palkhivala’s writings on
1981-82 Union Budget

3  
By Oxfam. Amongst other things, the study found that it will take 941
years for a minimum wage worker in rural India to earn what the top paid
executive at a leading Indian garment firm earns in a year.

 

Ratings and Ranting

Post the FM’s
speech, ‘analysis’ race starts on channels and internet. While lesser mortals
require time to read and understand a document that is detailed and mammoth,
such as the country’s budget, the ‘experts’ from every field show up on
channels to give their ‘considered’ views. Some of it sounds like, talking about
the wrapper before seeing the wrapped gift.

 

The day is
abuzz with variety of sound bites, tweets and posts. The ruling party people go
‘Wah Wah’ with clichés like “Pro Farmer” “Path Breaking” “Historic” “Pro Poor”.
The opposition parties just use the thesaurus to find antonyms of those words
to call it: “Pro Rich”, “Anti Poor”, “Inflationary” etc.. Some channels attempt
to unleash a verbal WWE4 like match in their studios with people
‘debating’ and ranting. Rising volume and interruptions by the anchor/panellists
serve as substitutes for reason and respect. One TV channel put a link to rate
the budget while FM was still into his speech. 1500 people had even rated it
before the FM had completed his talk and the UB was not even uploaded on the
MoF website.

___________________________________________________

4   World Wrestling Entertainment

 

 

On the other
hand, professionals start reading the fine print, for they know that Budget
Speech is not the Finance Bill and the devil is always hidden in the details.
While all this is going on, the number of ‘temporary economists’ spiral on
social media. Tweets and Posts glide hash tags (#) to prominence. Most
fascinating observations, are often those that state the obvious: “a good
budget, there was little room for tinkering indirect taxes due to GST being
dealt separately now.” My favourite comment came from an international rating
agency in 2017 (even the Economic Survey of India 2017 mentioned it for its
Poor Standards) – “India’s 2017-2018 budget illustrates the government’s
commitment to improving its fiscal performance over the medium term, despite the
hit to near-term growth from the demonetisation initiative” – stating the
obvious without conveying the expected meaning. Lastly, many industry bodies
find ways to praise the budget. Well, who wants to mess with power, which
continues to remain the largest litigant in India and even a significant
impediment to ease of doing business and to ease of living too!

 

And you wonder…

Yes, the journalists and businesses are ranking and debating, but the
common man is standing – in a line to get his share of benefits of growth. Yes,
India story cannot be talked down, but our complex nation needs a leap
to remain fit for future. Yes, budgets have come and budgets have gone, but
the bridge between intention of FMs and expectation of people is yet to be
completed: by impeccable execution! A big “Yes” to the budget, yet the “But
remains!

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

DeMo: The Incomplete Agenda

Demonetisation (DeMo), the overnight
invalidation of 86 percent of total value of currency, completes one year in
November 2017. After one year many remain unconvinced about the necessity
and efficacy of DeMo towards its principal stated objective: the annihilation
of black money.
Although an assault was made on black money1,
the empirical data on its whereabouts, form and probable effect of such action,
is not reported formally. We can only hope that, what is forcefully lauded as a
goal and even an achievement is not measured through empirical means (even with
limitations). We all know that only what gets measured gets changed2.
This editorial seeks to present the impact of DeMo action on that lofty goal
from three different perspectives that are underplayed.

1. Role of Banks

Here is a real life situation I witnessed.
An income tax survey was carried out on an assessee. The tax officer sought day
wise cash deposit details and also sought direct certificates from assessee’s
bankers about those cash deposits. The certificate given by bankers was
disputed by the assessee as they showed large SBN deposits in second and third
week of the period. The assessee wrote to the higher ups in the bank and
banking regulatory system, giving evidence that SBN deposits as claimed by the
bank was not made by the assessee. The branch immediately issued a ‘corrected’
certificate to the tax office to show that such SBN deposits were not made by
the assessee.

A well reasoned reader can draw the meaning!
While fingers were pointed at a certain profession, there was hardly any
reference to the potential or even actual breach of banking system that could
have diluted the very purpose of DeMo. Reports and photographs of people
with loads of new currency notes (obtainable by few hundred man years of
standing in a line during those times), could be possible only through a breach
of the banking system. This aspect is played down instead of being investigated
at a systemic level.

2. Risk of selective approach to assessing deposits

The second question, rather a risk, is
what if those who have the information of bank deposit decide to selectively
turn a blind eye to some of them.
For example, the
data of deposits could be selectively assessed to ignore some while punishing
others. I am unaware of legal and other precautions in place to ensure that
such ‘favourable assessments’ are not done to favour those who are high and
mighty, and friendly to the powerful.
This could defeat the entire purpose
and actually be so counterproductive that it could result in legitimising
‘illicit’.

3. The Impending kept pending: Action against corruption

Corruption is pervasive, collusive and
multi-dimensional. Corruption and black money are connected by an umbilical
cord, except that we cannot tell who the mother is and who the child is.

The self proclaimed ‘super specialists’ in eradication of disease of corruption
and black money haven’t done the surgery to sever it. The roots of tree of
corruption are made of political economy, the substance that also influences
the strongest pillars of our constitutional system. Consider the sluggish pace
of war against black money and corruption when the big weapons are in the
garage while the war is supposedly on:

a)  Lokpal and Lokayukta Act, 2013: Was notified in January 2014 and is
gathering dust since then. Reason given to Supreme Court in November 2016 was
that Selection Committee for appointment of Lokpal could not be constituted
because of unavailability of leader of opposition in Lok Sabha and therefore
amending bill was pending in parliament. In war, can there be so much waiting?

b) The Whistleblower Protection Act: Passed in 2014, but not notified
for 3 years.

c) RTI and Political Parties: The biggest parties, who talk at high
decibels about transparency in politics, oppose applicability of RTI to them.
Here, ‘No comments’ should suffice as the best comment.

d) Enforcement capability: Poor legislative, administrative and
political will and mechanism to deal with corruption cases. India is yet to
live up to the obligations under the UN Convention Against Corruption.

e) Finance Act 2017: The Finance Bill 2017 / budget speech, under the guise
of ‘transparency in electoral funding’ proposed a change that was exactly
opposite. A layer of opaqueness was sought to be added by removal of cap on
political funding (presently 7.5 percent3) and removal of disclosure
requirements of the beneficiary.

f)  Electoral Bonds: Bond with the Best, goes an advertisement
tag line. While we all wish to bond with the best, if the minister has his way,
these electoral bonds could be out soon. The reason: donors to political
parties had expressed their reluctance to ‘contribute by cheque or other
transparent means as it would disclose their identity and entail adverse
consequence’
. The present form of ‘electoral bonds’ could well be like
an IPO (Intimate Private Offering) for political parties – an easy way to
legitimise corruption.
Why would the Finance Minister want to help the
‘few’ at the cost of transparency in political funding? Electoral Bonds
(which rather appear to be Political Bonds) representing underlying incognito
money should then be given to EC to improve elections. If these bonds come out
on the lines declared so far, could turn out to be BONDING of BIG BUSINESS with
BIG POLITICOS.
I believe that Sunlight still remains the best
disinfectant
4, and every citizen would rather seek sharper sunlight
on political funding over a veil of darkness!

g) Prevention of Corruption (Amendment) Bill 2013: Diluting the
existing spineless law and making it bedridden (if not dead). “The Bill has
deleted the provision that protects a bribe giver from prosecution, for any
statement made by him during a corruption trial. This may deter bribe givers
from appearing as witnesses in court.”5 
There are other diluting provisions too.6  The key principals of bribery in private
sector and compensation for those affected by corruption are not even there. I
hope that, that is the reason why it is in cold storage and the anomaly will be
removed soon.

In conclusion,
an independent objective assessment of DeMo would be a welcome step instead of
another bash to celebrate 8th November. Before celebrating success,
it would be reasonable to empirically demonstrate the success to be so. While
rhetoric, promises and self praise are the visible #trends7; a
realistic and humble approach would evoke more trust and truly benefit the 1.3
Crore people who stood in lines (and some died too). All that we know so far is
that RBI took 9 months to count notes and gave the data but an emphatic
report to show the real effect of DeMo action on black money and corruption
remains wanting. That leaves Indians in the dark, the very shade of money DeMo
sought to eradicate
. While one does not doubt the intent, intent without
execution means little. Sun Tzu points out in his Art of War: “Strategy without
tactics is the slowest route to victory. Tactics without strategy is the noise
before defeat.”

The government
deserves a special appreciation for one pointedly pursuing Ease of Doing
Business
(EoDB). Considering that we remained in lower ranges since the
inception of EoDB index, jumping from 130th to the 100th rank
is indeed remarkable, although the stated aim was to be in top 50 by 2017. The
results are based on samples from Mumbai and Delhi, the effort in right
direction and at a good pace deserves acknowledgement. We should now aim to
reach in top 30 of Transparency International ranking on corruption. Then
investment will not have to be sought, it will come calling. Ram Rajya
will then come out of the manifesto and actually begin to manifest. While Acche
Din
is a worthy aim, Acche Din would only be Acche for few if
they are not Sachhe Din. Jai Hind!

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

________________________________________________________________________

1 Black Money economy is estimated to be Rs. 93 Lakh crore ($1.4Trillion) or 62 percent of GDP as per Arun Kumar, author of The Black Economy in India
2 Quote attributed to legendary Peter Drucker
3 Section 182 of the Companies Act, 2013. Compare this to Managerial Remuneration which is limited to 11 percent on a comparable base of profit.
4 Quote by Louis D. Brandeis, an American SC Justice
5 PRS Legislative Research – Highlights of the Bill – http://www.prsindia.org/billtrack/the-prevention-of-corruption-amendment-bill-2013-2865/
6 Refer Report No. 254th of Law Commission by Justice A P Shah
7 # supplied on purpose

September 2017: Like-No-Other

September is a busy month for us.
But for September 2017, calling it ‘busy’ will be a ‘material misstatement’.
Every alternate day is a regulatory deadline under some law. While deadlines
have grown exponentially, September 2017 will be – like-no-other – a record of
sorts. Audit closure, tax returns, advance tax payments, AGMs, Tax Audits,
limited reviews, and GST dateline every 5 days all through the month makes this
a marathon month – like no other. While people will put pressure on your time
and attention, know when to insert a full stop, a comma or a semicolon.

A Chartered Accountant plays a
vital role in facilitating compliance for their clients. CA still evokes trust
which few handful professions carry today. It is another matter that some who
call themselves CAs would be better off showing their income under the head
business rather than profession. However, CAs still remain the first port of
call as trusted advisors to help clients tide over difficult times with
multiple timelines and complex issues. This is the hallmark of a professional:
to put client need above personal interest. For that very reason, Chartered
Accountants are not the ones who count, but those on whom clients can count on.
  

Presumptive Punishment – If suspicion was evidence

Recently, it was reported that
MCA gave information about ‘shell companies’ to SEBI. While the words ‘shell’
company is not defined under the statute, let alone Companies Act, 2013, the
SEBI went ahead and issued an ‘administrative’ order to put a ban and have
stock exchanges initiate proceedings against the companies. Without going into
the validity of whether these companies have committed any default, the basis
on which SEBI went ahead and put strictures on ‘presumptive basis’ is alarming.
SEBI even challenged the jurisdiction of SAT to entertain an appeal against its
order, calling it ‘administrative’, even when the order had ‘serious civil
consequence’ and ‘prejudicially impaired the rights and obligations’ of the companies.
Such actions by MCA and SEBI, even if they contained substance, brings to fore
the approach based on ‘suspicion’, abruptness and disregard to natural justice.
The SAT rightly pointed out – “We are prima facie of the opinion that
the impugned communication issued by SEBI on the basis that the appellants are
‘suspected shell companies’ deserves to be stayed1”. While every
unlawful activity deserves right action, overstepping the boundaries and
violating the rights is more dangerous. Thomas Jefferson said this about
rightful liberty: “Rightful liberty is unobstructed action according to our
will within limits drawn around us by the equal rights of others. I do not add
‘within the limits of the law’ because law is often but the tyrant’s will, and
always so when it violates the rights of the individual.”

Amendments Galore: Notification, Clarification, Corrigendum

Recently, we have seen some
pieces of clarification, exemptions and relaxations which make the
process<purpose! Professionals often seek solace in the adage – better late
than never. Take the example of ICOFR, made applicable to all companies without
reasonable exceptions. The Companies Act, 2013 had a bias to address corporate
frauds, and so it brought out ‘one size fits all’ approach. Recent announcements
by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs have cleared impediments thrust upon
non-public interest entities. Specifically, the notification, corrigendum and
circular dated 13th June, 13th July and 25th
July respectively have eliminated the need to report on ICOFR by the auditors
in respect of certain companies.

A long pending proposal to amend
the Companies Act was passed by Lok Sabha on 27th July 2017 through
the Companies (Amendment) Bill, 2017. The changes are yet to be notified.
Auditor ratification (S. 139) has been done away with. S. 185 (on loans) is
replaced. The move to bring back layers of subsidiaries is still in limbo since
the proviso to S. 2 (87) remains to be notified. Let’s hope that finally the
layers are not brought back and vested interests do not succeed in creating
circular ownership loops. Declaration of dividend out of unrealized/notional/
revaluation gains due to fair value is specifically barred (S. 123). This is
especially relevant considering that many fair valuations have boosted annual
and Q1/2017 results of Ind-AS compliant companies. While garnishing of profit
and loss account through fair valuation makes the results look better, prudence
should hinder distribution of unrealized gains. Amendments made in Companies
Act, 2013 should strengthen the application of law in substance and we can hope
that there is better congruence amongst the family of laws applicable to
companies. 

Reporting under Tax Audit has
changed as well. While carrying out the audits u/s. 44AB of the Income Tax Act,
professionals will have to pay special attention to amended clause 13 relating
to ICDS and clause 31 in relation to sections 269SS and 269T. Special attention
must also be paid to cash balances in respect of non-corporate assessees. So
far as companies are concerned, there is a reporting about SBN in the financial
statements, however, in case of other assessees, one will have to be especially
cautious. As if this was not enough, few days ago Form 29B was changed to
address Ind AS companies under MAT. 

Paying a tribute

We celebrated 70 years of our
nationhood. A simple, silent yet an all pervasive achievement has been in the
area of payments. It sounds too familiar to be of any consequence. However, one
of the silent institutions of India, National Payments Corporation of India has
been at work to bring about game changing innovations. I recently was at a talk
by the former CEO of NPCI. He recollected how we issued cheques, the cheques
went for ‘collection’ and took up to 21 days when they were ‘outstation’
cheques. Cheques physically moved to a location for ‘clearing’. Millions of
cheques ‘cleared’ daily. Old men and women walked for miles to collect their
pension and other dues from designated banks! All this was not too long ago.
Today, we have come far from all that and financial inclusion has spread all
the way to grass roots level. RTGS, NEFT, IMPS, RuPay Card, BHIM, *99# have
largely replaced cheques, clearing, and passing. Payment technologies, such as
IMPS, were pioneered by India. 24X7 payments through IMPS is one such
innovation which allows one to pay and receive money on a real time basis. We
all have paid hefty bank charges for issuance of demand draft, while today many
banks charge Rs. 5 for transfer up to Rs. 1,00,000 and NIL up to Rs. 1,000.
That is certainly a big payout from financial technologies at work!  

Finally, I hope we all sail
through September as we have in the past! Despite the respite given by CBDT on
31st August, remember to take care of yourself. In the words of Jim
Rohn: Take care of your body. It’s the only place you have to live.

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

GST@1: GOODNESS OF A SIMPLE TAX

If a tax was good and simple it would not be a tax. From the
Indian experience of past 70 years, calling a tax good and simple is mythical
and superfluous. If I had to paint a common taxpayer of pre GST regime in a
vivid visual description, I would choose to make him look like a duck stuck in
an oil spill. The first-year journey of GST left many people feeling like that
duck too. The difference between the two eras is that the oil spill is receding
fast and the promise of fresh waters is more conceivable. That I think is the
goodness of GST as I think of it on its first anniversary. 

 

Much water has flowed since the midnight of 30th
June 2017 – from rate changes, to law changes, to GSTN changes, to procedural
changes, to return changes, to timeline changes, to body clock changes (of GST
service providers). Amongst such changes, there is one change that cannot be
ignored: the change of opinion of taxpayers about GST. BCAS carried out a dip
stick survey of taxpayers. While many changes are necessary and expected, most
taxpayers remained positive, optimistic and pragmatic about GST.

 

India is known for its ‘unity in diversity’ and we have
evolved it in a way which grants something for everyone. The interpretation of
this axiom is such that everyone’s demand must be met! Call it states and
centre, rich and poor, forward and backward, farmer and trader and every other
binary. Law making also succumbed to that format. Nevertheless, we paid a price
of multiplicity, clutter, inefficiency, red tape, ambiguity, and all the
interplay between them. GST changed that in a big way. I would like to call it
Uniformity in Diversity in spite of all its shortcomings – a single umbrella to
fit everyone. 

 

Yesterday, I was returning through the Vashi bridge. On my
left, I saw the lonely and desolate board of Octroi check naka (remember the
‘good’ old days?). The entire complex was sealed with tall metal boards. Lines
of trucks waiting at ‘naka’ after ‘naka’ to be ‘checked’ flashed in my mind. As
I was driving – beyond the octroi post and through that thought, I realised
that in effect, the trucks were not halting, but our progress was. What seemed
like checking was actually choking our growth.

 

GSTN is painful when it so frequently does not work. The same
GSTN also remains the backbone and blood stream of GST law and especially its
future. GSTN brought together humongous spread of geographies and disjointed
tax regimes. With it, the promise of what is possible in the times to come.

 

My meeting in Vashi was with a French subsidiary. The group
CFO showed me an App that had Optical Character Recognition (OCR). France had
legally barred paper invoices/documents for companies last year. For expenses,
all he had to do was take a photo of the tax invoice through that app and up it
went into the company ERP. The app’s OCR read the vendor name, VAT number,
amount and even the description and it did all the rest from taking credit to
preserving the image for the company. Imagine, a paperless VAT in a country
that sold VAT stationery not too long ago. 

 

A week earlier, I met a trader in Pune. He told me a story
from those ‘good old days’ that were not too long ago. Their trade association,
he said once requested the state finance minister for a VAT / Sales Tax rate
reduction in return for some ‘greasing’.

 

Reading both these examples
together, the goodness of GST is simple – it holds colossal potential for
future – of making a tax that is both good and simple.

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

FORTHCOMING
EVENTS

COMMITTEE

EVENT NAME

DATE

VENUE

NATURE OF EVENT

June, 2018

Human Development and
Technology Initiatives Committee

The 11th Jal
Erach Dastur CA Annual Day
TARANG 2K18

Saturday, 9th June 2018

K C College

Student Annual Day

Human Development and Technology Initiatives Committee

Soulful Trip to Muni Seva
Ashram,
Baroda – Noble Social Cause

Thursday, 14th
& 15th June 2018

Dakor – Goraj, Muni Seva
Ashram, Baroda

Others Programme

Human Development and
Technology Initiatives Committee

POWER-UP SUMMIT

REIMAGINING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

Saturday, June 16th,
2018

Orchid Hotel, Mumbai

Others Programme

Indirect Taxation
Committee

12th
Residential Study Course on GST

Thursday to Sunday 21st
June to 24th June 2018

Marriott Hotel, Kochi

RSC/House Full

Managing Committee

Lecture Meeting on “Transforming Mumbai –
Challenges and Opportunities” by Shri. Ajoy Mehta

(Hon. Municipal Commissioner of Mumbai)

Tuesday, 26th
June 2018

Walchand Hirachand Hall
IMC 4th Floor Churchgate,
Mumbai-400020

Lecture Meeting

July, 2018

Managing Committee

Lecture Meeting on

“Taxation of Transactions
in Securities”,
by CA. Pinakin Desai

Wednesday,
11th July 2018

Walchand Hirachand Hall IMC 4th Floor Churchgate,
Mumbai
-400020

Lecture Meeting

August, 2018

International Taxation Committee

International Tax &
Finance

Conference, 2018

Wednesday, 15th
August 2018 to Saturday, 18th August 2018

Narayani Heights,
Ahmedabad

ITF

STUDY CIRCLE

June, 2018

Human Development and
Technology Initiatives Committee

“Saptapadi of Family
Happiness”

Monday, 25th
June, 2018

BCAS Conference Hall, 7,
Jolly Bhavan No. 2, New Marine Lines, Mumbai-400020.

HRD Study Circle

 

BCAS – E-Learning Platform
(https://bcasonline.courseplay.co/)

Course Name E-Learning Platform

Name of the BCAS Committee

Date, Time and Venue

Course Fees (INR)**

Members

Non – Members

Three Days Workshop On
Advanced
Transfer Pricing

International Taxation
Committee

As per your convenience

5550/-

6350/-

Four Day Orientation
Course on Foreign          Exchange
Management Act (FEMA)

International Taxation
Committee

As per your convenience

7080/-

8260/-

Workshop on Provisions
& Issues – Export/ Import/ Deemed Export/ SEZ Supplies

Indirect Taxation
Committee

As per your convenience

1180/-

1475/-

7th
Residential Study Course On Ind As

Accounting & Auditing
Committee

As per your convenience

2360/-

2360/-

Full Day Seminar On
Estate Planning, Wills and Family Settlements

Corporate & Allied
Laws Committee

As per your convenience

1180/-

1180/-

Workshop on “Foreign Tax
Credit”

International Taxation
Committee

As per your convenience

1180/-

1475/-

BCAS Initiative –
Educational Series on GST

Indirect Taxation
Committee

As per your convenience

Free

Free

GST Training program for
Trade, Industry
and Profession

Indirect Taxation
Committee

As per your convenience

Free

Free

**Course Fee is inclusive of 18% GST.

 For more details, please contact Javed Siddique at 022
– 61377607 or email to events@bcasonline.org

Welcome 2017!

Welcome 2017! Wishing you a very happy new year from the
BCAJ! As Indians, we have the privilege to wish Happy New Year many times
throughout a 365 days period! Each new year is an opportunity to wish well to
people around us, to send blessings to so many we don’t even know, take time to
reflect on the days that went by, refresh our hopes and aspirations and renew
our resolve to realize our dreams. While we prefer to look at the past, as
‘what we know’ is embedded only in the past, we cannot benefit from that
completely until we look into the future. In the words of Micheal Chibenko “One
problem with gazing too frequently into the past is that we may turn around to
find the future has run out on us.”  So
best we combine reflecting on the past and look into how we want our future to
be!

Surge since Surgical Strike

The hangover of demonetization lingers on beyond 2016! This
is perhaps one of the longest lasting HOT TOPIC that has caught fascination of
one and all and doesn’t seem like it will die out anytime soon. The so called
surgical strike has caused a SURGE in so many things. In lighter vain, since 9th
November 2016, there has been a spike in lay people talking confidently like
economists on every aspect of demonetization. On a more serious note, I have never
seen such all encompassing SURGE in every facet of citizens’ lives, from
social, economic, political to psychological, covering everyone and everything.
Be it surge in queues, in cash flow of banks, in worries of the black money
hoarders, in the risks of downturn for several businesses, to a surge in blood
pressure of tax evaders and hoarders of illicit cash. There was a surge in
issuance and flip flops of government clarifications, in forwards and debates
on media and chat applications, in digital transactions, in uncertainty for
politicians who anticipated to use those notes to buy votes, in coffers of
local bodies and utility companies and so many areas that no one can list out.
Shall we call this move a bold ‘disruption’ in the sphere of ‘illicit’ economy? 

While the ‘demons’ got demonetized of their ill-gotten money,
the ‘commons’ had to go through pains of this sweeping change. The problem of
tainted money was so widespread that people began to believe it to be
legitimate. Sometimes pervasiveness becomes a cause for people to
wrongly believe it to be legitimate? This was a wakeup call, an alarm
and a siren to push people to make a change at a fundamental level. Let
2017 bring before us a strong and decisive follow through to ‘disrupt’ the
business of the corruption in India.  

Gazing into 2017

As I write we have the news of BHIM1  being unveiled. If I had one wish for the
year I would love to see ‘disruption’ through innovation in the sphere of
governance and law making. There are a thousand problems, but there can be
million solutions to deal with them. All we need is to find SIMPLE, FUNDAMENTAL
and DIRECT ways to deal with them. With power of technology and innovation, we
are no lesser gods, to turn around a massive problem on to our side.

The last three bastions that are embedded in the old mind set
and remain considerably untouched by innovation are organised religions,
politics and legal frameworks. As a professional in practice, I would expect
innovation at least in the Union Budget 2017 as this will be the last one to
make significant changes before the one that will precede the election year. In
the current context, one dream, and perhaps a bit far out, is to see changes in
Sections 13A and 13B.

_______________________________________________________

1   An App that will allow Digital transfers from
mobile handset other than smart phones

When churning takes place, it throws up both desirable and
undesirable. While we see billion commons queue up to get few thousands in new
currency, we also saw many others with new currency worth crores (equivalent to
lacs of people queuing up for months). It only showed how an ‘inside job’ was
still at it.  If the government is
serious, bold and willing to go to the end of the road of weeding out corruption,
a good start can be right in the backyard of its own class. A measure to ban
and regulate cash donations to political parties beyond a certain percentage of
total receipts, investigate cash ‘donations’, and prescribe stringent record
keeping, usage and audit is the need of the hour. A good beginning could be to
appoint a high powered committee with past or present CEC, SC judge/s, CAG
amongst others to suggest ‘surgical’ reform in this area with time bound
implementation.  Here is a big ‘break
point’2 , for the good in the government to ‘walk the talk’ on
corruption by starting from where it needs to start – from those who seek and
wield political power.

Let’s leave that topic aside for a while and look at many
other changes our world is seeing! A big change at a high level is that a
fossil fuel company has lost its top spot which is now taken over by a
technology giant. The top three most valuable companies are tech giants, and
that does tell us where things are headed. The solar power advocates are reaching
new heights and will lead to a new wave at how we look at energy. This could
also result in disruption of oil based middle-east geopolitics. . Electorates
in the west – particularly the US and UK have shown unpredictable and volatile
mood, and Germany and France will tell us what is next in store for EU. We can
look forward to fireworks from the Trump term starting this month. Media power,
fake news and propaganda are areas to watch out for. We will be challenged to
distinguish between misinformation and information; and differentiate and
depend on facts over pouring propaganda. We can look forward to more and more
of Artificial Intelligence (AI) surrounding and hounding us. A White House
report3  predicts massive job
losses in the US, between 9 – 47 percentages, which seems unprecedented and
unstoppable and will impact India too. Imagine all back office and routine
tasks taken over by AI! Winner-take-most will continue to dominate and
therefore competition might shrink more in many important areas, and result in
more wealth inequality.

___________________________________________________

2              In tennis lingo

3              Artificial
Intelligence, Automation, and the Economy, 
December 2016

In the end – Don’t postpone Joy!

Clouding human mind has never been such an important
business. Directing large numbers of people has never been so critical for
control – of their beliefs, habits, preferences and choices. With nearly 3
billion connected to internet the ‘market opportunity’ is humongous for every
selfish goal to find takers. Today we are surrounded, rather ambushed through
‘media’ that is incessantly seeking us.

In this maze, I wish to leave you with a short anecdote
attributed to John Lennon, “When I was five years old my mother always told
me that happiness was the key to life. When I went to school, they asked me
what I wanted to be when I grew up. I wrote down ‘happy’. They told me I didn’t
understand the assignment, and I told them they didn’t understand life.”
I
guess that is why we wish a Happy New Year! For all we need is TO BE HAPPY! May
you find that all through 2017!

An Incremental Budget

When the Finance Minister
presented the Finance Bill 2017, expectations ran high. The country had just
started recovering from the after-shocks of a momentous demonetisation decision
taken by the government. There is an on-going heated debate as to the benefits
of demonetisation and the problems caused by it. However, there was a virtual
unanimity among professionals that there would be provisions in the Finance
Bill which would, apply some smoothing balm to tax payers and attempt to
relieve the pain caused by demonetisation. Some felt that the budget would take
the battle against black money forward.

In this backdrop the budget
presented by Finance Minister could at the best be described as an `incremental
budget’. There were no big bang announcements. The tax rate has been marginally
lowered both for individuals and small corporates. Some of the controversies
and problems arising on account of interpretations of provisions in regard to
the real estate sector have been sought to be addressed. Two amendments, one
exempting notional income in respect of unsold flats for one year and the other
legislating a scheme for taxing capital gains arising out of joint development
or similar agreements are welcome provisions. However, the provision for
limiting the set-off of interest in regard to funds borrowed for acquisition of
premises is rather surprising. On the one hand the government continuously
states that it wants to give a fillip to the beleaguered real estate industry,
it is sought to legislate a provision which would act as a disincentive. There
are two reasons why I consider the provision to be retrograde. Firstly, if
interest paid by the borrower is permitted to be set off against other income
and is therefore a cost for the government, this interest constitutes income in
the hands of a lender who would normally be a bank or a financial institution.
This interest would suffer tax in the hands of the recipient. Therefore the denial
does not seem to be justified particularly in cases where the premises are let.
Secondly, this is incongruous with the reduction in the holding period in
respect of land and building from 36 months to 24 months for terming the asset
as a long-term asset. Therefore on the one hand, the government wants to
promote the sale of real estate and on the other, it seeks to deny set-off
during the period that the taxpayer holds this asset as an investment.

The government’s intent of
disciplining and regulating charitable trusts continues. Henceforth those
trusts which do not file their returns of income in time will be denied the
benefit of exemption. Further, if one charitable trust makes a corpus donation
to another, then such donation will not be treated as application of income in
the hands of the donor trust. This restriction already applies to
expenditure/donations out of accumulated income, it will now apply to all
donations by a charitable trust. While the disciplining of charitable trusts is
welcome, the attempt to regulate political parties and their funding is rather
half-hearted. While the threshold of cash donations has been reduced to
Rs.2000, one wonders whether it will be really effective given the way
political parties fund their expenditure. As far as the electoral bond concept
is concerned, the system remains opaque. It is true that donors do not want to
be identified with political parties. The fact is if they are so identified
they may receive benefits or be harassed depending on their affiliation is the
real cause of concern. The only plus point of the electoral bond scheme is that
the acquisition will be from accounted money. Let us hope that this is only a
beginning and these provisions are tweaked in future to make political funding
more transparent. The only solace is that like all other taxpayers, even
political parties would be required to file their returns by the due date
failing which they will also stand to lose their exemption.

There are two provisions for
which one would give negative marks to the Finance Minister. The first is the
deletion of the provision which requires the reasons recorded by an officer
before initiating a search to be disclosed to a judicial forum. The reason for
such deletion (which is with retrospective effect from 1st April,
1962) is that when disclosed, such reasons give 
public the name of whistle-blowers whose security is then under some
threat. Firstly, there could have been some mechanism built-in to avoid
disclosing the name of the informant to the public, while making the reason
available. Secondly, the fact that such disclosure results in a threat to the
person concerned, is a reflection of the position of rule of law in this
country. If reasons are not disclosed, it may result in wrongful use of power to
search and survey which are an invasion of the privacy of a taxpayer and if
unjustified are an unnecessary harassment for him. One hopes that the Finance
Minister takes a serious re-look at these provisions. Secondly, the provision
for seeking to penalise an authorised representative for “incorrect
information” is also uncalled for. There are enough provisions in the Act to
punish a person who deliberately attempts to mislead the Department. One feels
that given the way the bureaucracy functions on the ground, this provision may
be misused to harass professionals. In any case these representatives normally
belong to professions who already have an established disciplinary mechanism.

The Finance Bill contains steps
to ensure that the intent of the government to make the economy cashless is
taken forward. There are disincentives by way of disallowance for cash
expenditure with the limits being lowered in most cases. The most significant
amendment is however the restriction of any transaction beyond the threshold
limit of Rupees three lakh in cash. An infringement of this provision attracts
a penalty equivalent to the amount of the transaction. This is a very important
provision and one really needs to wait and watch as to what effect it has.

In all, the budget presented did
not have very many surprises. Possibly, once the effects of demonetisation are
fully known, and the quantum of tax at the government is able to garner on
account of the drive against black money is established, the Finance Minister
would have more leeway in the next budget which would be the penultimate for
this government. Till then let us keep our fingers crossed!